OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Final Environmental and Social Impact Statement (ESIS) 13EIA045EI RP03 – Volume 1 2nd February 2015 PO Box 2749 Gaborone, Botswana Phone: +267 393 0538 Fax: +267 393 0538 E-Mail: loci@info.bw Web: www.loci.co.bw Loci Environmental Pty Ltd ii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd iii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 DOCUMENT DETAILS Client Elsamex ITNL Project Title OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Document Title Environmental and Social Impact Statement (ESIS) Document No. 13EIA044EI RP03 ESIS F02 Tables Figures Appendices This Document Text (pgs) Other (no.) (no.) (no.) Comprises 304 77 72 18 none Rev. Status Author(s) Reviewed Approved By Office of Origin Issue Date By D01 Draft for JW JRW JJA Loci – Gaborone 22 September Internal 2014 Review Draft for Roads 29 September D02 Department JW JRW JJA Loci – Gaborone 2014 Updated draft 10 November D03 incorporating JW JRW JJA/MC Loci – Gaborone Roads 2014 Department comments th Final ESIS for 29 December F01 DEA review JW JRW JJA/MC Loci – Gaborone 2014 nd F02 Final ESIS JW JRW JJ/MC Loci – Gaborone 2 February 2015 Quality statement I hereby confirm that this report has been independently and objectively compiled, and meets the required project scope and quality. Name: Position: Signature: Date: Johannes Westra Director 2nd February 2015 Practitioner’s registration number: 20130058 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd iv OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Applicant Details Proponent Name: Elsamex ITNL Project Location: Southern District Physical Address: Broadhurst, Gaborone Postal Address: Parque Empresarial Barajas; San Severo, 18; 28042 Madrid; Spain Telephone: +267 76172714 Fax: +34 91 3294057 Contact Person: Mr. J. Arana Email Address: josejavier.arana@ELSAMEX.com Consultant Details Name: Loci Environmental Physical address: Unit 9, Market Gardens, Plot 163/164 Gaborone International Commerce Park, Gaborone, Botswana Postal address: P.O. Box 2749, Gaborone, Botswana Telephone: +267 3930538 Fax: +267 3930538 Contact: Johannes Westra Email: loci@info.bw 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd v OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Executive Summary This document refers to a proposed Output and Performance Based Road Contract (OPRC) to upgrade the existing road infrastructure between Pitsane and Phitshane Molopo, as well as construction of new roads between Rakhuna and Pitsane villages (through Tlhareseleele) and between Phitshane Molopo and Mabule village (hereafter referred to as “The Project”). The proponent of this project is the Botswana Department of Roads, and the Contractor that has been awarded the construction and maintenance contract is Elsamex ITNL (hereafter referred to as “The Contractor”). The Contractor has procured the services of Loci Environmental (Pty) Ltd (Loci) to undertake the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study for the project. In accordance with the Environmental Assessment (EA) Act of 2011, Loci staff includes registered members of the Botswana Environmental Assessment Practitioners Association (BEAPA), with two certified Principal Practitioners and one EAP on staff. Scope of the Proposed Development The objective of the OPRC contract is to refurbish and upgrade the main road corridor which extends from Rakhuna to Tlharaseleele to Pitsane. Under this proposed Package 2 contract, three main components are included:  Upgrade from gravel to paved road for the section from Rakhuna to Tlharaseleele to Pitsane.  Upgrade of existing B101 road from Pitsane to Phitshane Molopo.  Construction of a new road from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule. Associated access roads to several villages off of this main corridor will also be upgraded. A notable feature of the project is that the Contractor responsible for the road works will also be responsible for a 10-year maintenance period on the main road, as part of the contract. Specific changes pertaining to the upgrade of the existing road section include road widening, through the addition of an extra lane along parts of the alignment, increasing the existing 2-lane alignments’ width to that of a wider, 3-lane width. Any bridges and culverts that currently exist in the road sections will be retained unless found to be structurally unsound or otherwise in need of improvement. These will also be widened where required. The new road sections (Rakhuna-Tlharaseleele-Pitsane and Phitshane Molopo to Mabule) will be designed and constructed to similar road standard as the upgraded B101 section (Pitshane to Phitshane Molopo). For the Rakhuna-Tlharaseleele-Pitsane the road alignment will cross the existing railway line from Lobatse to Ramatlabama twice, and railway crossings will be designed and constructed as part of the project scope. Environmental Background Prior to embarking upon the comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA), Loci Environmental (Gaborone-based environmental consultants), in conjunction with TYPSA (Spain- based environmental consultants engaged by the Contractor as part of the environmental team) carried out preliminary environmental assessment obligations in line with the EA Act of 2011. These included a Project Brief and Scoping Exercises including the environmental Terms of Reference for the project, all approved by the DEA. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd vi OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The Project Brief for the document was submitted to the Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA) in April 2014, and served as an introduction to the project and environmental screening tool. The requirement for a detailed ESIA study was established by DEA shortly thereafter, and a scoping and Terms of Reference document was submitted in June 2014. This document included a summary of the public and stakeholder consultations, and established the scope of work for the detailed ESIA study. Upon first submission of the Scoping and ToR document, the DEA responded to the environmental consultants with a request for more information, which was dually submitted and an approval letter th was obtained from the DEA on 26 September 2014 (reference DEA/BOD/INFR/RDS 182 I (4). Copies of the Project Brief and Scoping and Terms of Reference documents can be found in the respective Appendices of this ESIS, including the related correspondence with DEA. Project Employer, Environmental Team The overall project employer is Government of Botswana, Ministry of Transport and Communications, Department of Roads. The Government of Botswana, through the Ministry of Transport and Communications, Roads Department, has successfully tendered two Output and Performance-based Road Contracts (OPRC) for the Design, Rehabilitation/Improvement, Network Performance and Periodic Maintenance/Resealing Works of roads in the south eastern part of Botswana. The contracts (Package 1 and Package 2), which will run for 10 years, are funded by the Government with financing from the World Bank. This ESIA refers to Package 2 works. The proposed roadworks will be carried out by a project contractor, Elsamex ITNL, who is also the client for the environmental consultants, Loci Environmental. Details of this project team and organizational relationship will be described in the following subsections. Elsamex, S.A. was established in 1997 in Spain, where the company is still headquartered. It is an international civil engineering/construction company specialising in infrastructure construction and maintenance, with a presence in Europe, South and Central America, Africa, and Asia. Elsamex ITNL is based in Madrid, Spain, while the management staff for the OPRC project being assessed is based in offices in Gaborone. A copy of the Company Profile for Elsamex ITNL is included in Appendix A. Table 1: Details of the Contractor Contractor Name Elsamex ITNL Contact Person José J. Arana Aicua Parque Empresaria Barajas Park; San Severo, 18 Postal Address 28042 Madrid Spain Local Address ICC Building, Broadhurst Industrial, Gaborone Telephone Number +267 76172714 Fax Number +34 91 3294057 E-mail Address josejavier.arana@ELSAMEX.com The team of experts who undertook the ESIA for the proposed project is shown on in the table below. It is a combined team of Loci consultants and consultants employed by TYPSA, an independent Spanish engineering consultancy. TYPSA has been engaged by Elsamex to contribute several technical specialist sections of the ESIA. The team members and the consultancies which they represent are shown in the following table. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd vii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 2: ESIA Team Project Manager/Environmental Mrs. J.R. Westra – Loci Environmental Consultant Environmental Consultant Mr. V. Lelaka – Loci Environmental Mr. J. Ruiz Casanueva – TYPSA consultants Biophysical Environmental Mr. E. Piñero Piolestán – TYPSA consultants Consultants (Air, Noise, Water) Mr. G. Varas Romero – TYPSA consultants Archaeologist Mr. W. Biemond – Loci Environmental Socio-Economic Specialist Dr. D. Cownie – Loci Environmental Socio-Economic Field Team Mr. R. Weeks – Loci Environmental Leader Environmental Health and Mr. G. Sibanda – Loci Environmental Safety Specialist Mapping Mr. L. Gaolekwe – Loci Environmental Baseline Environment Drainage in the project area is dominated by the Molopo River channel along which the project roads are located. The Molopo River and its Ramatlhabama tributary, on the southern border of Botswana flow westward into the Orange River. As with most rivers in Botswana these are ephemeral channels, usually not flowing above ground except in the summer rainy season. The drainage pattern in the project area is generally from north-west to south-east running to the Molopo River channel. Catchments draining across the proposed alignment, particularly for the Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule section extend considerably to the north. However, due to the very flat terrain in the area and the deep sand cover, extensive portions of these catchments may be ineffective in delivering runoff to the south and south-east (Molopo River). There are a number of stream crossings on the proposed alignment most of them are only seasonal stream which retain very little water during dry season with very few or no ponds. Endorheic ponds are common though the middle section of the road; Goodhope to Phitshane Molopo, and at the Rakhuna-Pisane section. A total of 12 sub-catchments with major outlets on the road alignment have been identified within the study. Larger sub-catchment is located at the West part of the Molopo River catchment No.1 is large catchment area extending well to the east of Phitshane Molopo and into the Republic of South Africa. Apart from the outlets from sub-catchments nº.1 and nº. 2, there are no other defined watercourses across the proposed road identifiable on the topographic map of the area. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd viii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 However, a number of water courses have been identified in the topographic survey of the proposed alignment and are provided with cross-drainage structure. The primary tributary of the Molopo is the Matletsi Dry Valley, which crosses the proposed alignment at km 54+260. At the crossing point has a basin Matletsi contribution of more than 900 km2, however no signs of erosion and/or hearth fillings. In terms of climate, the study area shows characteristics typical of that in the rest of south-east Botswana, being a subtropical, semi-arid environment with concentrated summer rainfall between October and April. Maximum temperatures range from 22-32 degrees Celcius in summer while minimum temperatures range from 5-19 degrees Celcius in the winter. Winds are primarily from the Northeast, and are highest in intensity between September and November. Ecology The existing environment is currently disturbed as a result of human-induced activities including the existing road corridors and associated verges. Aside from the existing paved and unpaved road network, the other activities that have negatively impacted the natural environment include the construction of power lines, arable lands and pastoral farming. The vegetation of the study area was observed to be homogenous, with little floristic variation. The local mixed veld type consists of a layer of grass cover with sparsely distributed shrubs. Shrubs are multi-stemmed plant species with a stunted growth form. In terms of fauna, wildlife species in the district include springbok, ostrich, hartebeest, and steenbok, although the majority of the Southern District’s wildlife species are concentrated in the western regions, a number of large mammals - with lower density - occur in the eastern part of the District along the habitats traversed by the proposed road works. Currently the main road sections under the OPCR project; act as a barrier to wildlife movement. Such effect is caused by the road traffic. Currently a 48.7 % of the road length is paved. Road reserves are not fenced. Human Environment Population in Southern District is concentrated in the eastern half, due to higher and more reliable levels of rainfall and better soils. According to the 2001 Population and Housing Census, the male population was 89,984 while the female population was 96,847 accounting for 48.2% and 51.8% of the total population, respectively. Affected populations relevant to the proposed roads project in Southern District include the villages of Jwaneng, Sese, Betesankwe, Sesung, Selokolela, Moshana, Kanye, Moshupa, and Lotlhakane West. Affected populations in Kweneng District are Thamaga and Ramaphatle. The A1 road traverses the eastern portion of the District, linking the border with South Africa at Ramatlabama to the northern boundary of the district heading for Lobatse and South East District. Traffic volume was estimated at 1,000 vehicles a day in 2008 (Ministry of Local Government, 2009). The A2 traverses the District, running from east to west through the middle of the District. The A2 provides a major link between southern Botswana and northern South Africa with Namibia and the port of Walvis Bay. Traffic volumes along the A2 are very high between Lobatse and Kanye, at around 4,000 vehicles per day, dropping as the road proceeds west (Ministry of Local Government, 2009). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd ix OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Traffic volumes are said by key informants to have increased significantly since these 2008 data, with annual traffic growth averaging some 15% per annum. Currently there are 14 clinics in Southern District, but 13 new clinics are required to keep up with population growth. Government intends to phase out health posts and upgrade these to clinics, but this is expected to take a number of years. There are 53 health posts in Southern District, of which 19 are currently due to be upgraded. As with much of the rest of Botswana, Southern District is affected by HIV&AIDS. BAIS IV from 2013 puts the national prevalence rate of HIV&AIDS at 16.9%. A limited number of archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database in the areas surrounding the project area. Pitsane area The Pitsane and Rakhuna area is covered by the 1:50 000 maps of 2525 B3 and 2525 D1. No archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned maps for these areas. No archaeological sites have been documented along the existing roads proposed for upgrading. Goodhope area The Goodhope area is covered by the 1:50 000 map of 2525 A4. Four archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned map for the area. Sites documented consist of Middle Stone Age and Iron Age sites around Kgoro Hill which is also declared as a national monument for landscape. The Metlojane area is covered by the 1:50 000 map of 2525 C2. No archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned map for the area. Further, no archaeological sites have been documented along the existing roads proposed for upgrading in the area. Road section between Phitsane Molopo and Mabule The Phitsane Molopo area is covered by the 1:50 000 map of 2525 C1. Two archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned map for the area. Sites documented consist of Middle and Later Stone Age sites. The road section between Phitsane Molopo and Mabule is covered by the 1:50 000 maps of 2524 D2, 2524 D3 and 2524 D4. No archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on these maps. Further, no archaeological sites have been documented along the existing roads proposed for upgrading on these maps. Economic Environment The Southern District is the location of the large-scale Debswana diamond mine at Jwaneng, a major source of income for Botswana. Aside from the mine at Jwaneng, there are other smaller mining and quarrying activities in the district, with the operation at Moshana the largest in this regard, and plans for a manganese mine. While mining is important for the overall economy of Botswana, for many residents of Southern District a mix of agriculture, trade, and formal employment are central to household livelihoods. Arable agriculture is more viable in the eastern part of the District, with better soils and higher and more reliable rainfall. Arable agriculture covers some 10% of the total land area, while rangeland comprises more than half of the total land area, and especially high in the west (Ministry of Local Government, 2009). Kanye is the largest centre for economic activity in the District, while economic activity elsewhere along the key road networks (Trans-Kgalagadi Highway and the roads leading north to Gaborone). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd x OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Tourism is limited in the District, with limited accommodation mostly along the Trans-Kgalagadi Highway for short-term stays on to other locations. There is one wildlife management area as well as four private ranges and eight ostrich ranches, and these are would not be relevant nor impacted by the project. Public Consultation As part of the requirements of the EA Act, public consultation has been undertaken with relevant villages within the study area, during the Scoping phase. The main environmental issues or potential impacts that were raised during public consultations were:  Employment issues;  HIV&AIDS issues;  Influx of people and crime;  Economic development of the villages and recognition;  Ground and surface water impacts;  Corporate social responsibility initiatives;  Borrow pit identification and permitting;  Relocation and compensation;  Air pollution;  Noise pollution;  Collision of vehicles with livestock; and  Destruction of archaeological sites. Therefore, these potential impacts were assessed within this ESIA, for their potential to affect the local environment due to the proposed development’s construction and implementation. Key Lines of Enquiry Key lines of enquiry (KLOE) are detailed questions stemming from various scoping exercises that provide a framework for the ESIA consultants to investigate during the comprehensive environmental assessment. The KLOE identified (through scoping exercises) as having relevance to the proposed project include the following existing environmental parameters in the ESIA study area:  Ecology;  Archaeology;  Socio-economic environment, including resettlement;  Water Resources;  Environmental Health and Safety;  Air Quality; and  Noise Impact. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xi OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Assessment of Environmental Impacts There is no specific definition in the Botswana environmental guidelines of what constitutes significance of impact in this context, but the following factors were considered and applied during the ESIA process by the various specialist studies:  The relative importance of the environment i.e. is it of national, regional, district, local, or site- specific importance;  The scale of the change e.g. positive, neutral, or adverse;  A degree to which the environment is affected e.g. enhancement or impairment;  Whether the effect is temporary or permanent and if temporary, its duration;  The degree of mitigation that can be achieved, and how. Physical/Biophysical Environmental Impacts In general there will be only a slight increase in the overall environmental impacts yielded upon the study area due to the proposed roads project, as the land use type will not change and the presence of an existing road network has already affected the existing natural environment. During construction phase, the atmospheric pollution sources are predicted to include airborne dust from earthworks, and tail gases from construction equipment and vehicles. A variety of organic and inorganic substances could be released into the atmosphere, such as dust and other particulate matter from earthwork and construction materials, or fumes, exhausts and spills from construction equipment using liquid fuel grease and lubricants. In terms of water resources, the primary impacts predicted will be upon water quality, from construction impacts including chemical pollution, and erosion/sedimentation during earth works. Ground water depletion (fall of the water table) due to water requirements may occur, and there is potential for changes in flow regimes due to road drainage improvement, and Improvement in sedimentation rates by paving road sections susceptible to erosion. Vegetation clearance will be the primary impact yielded upon the local flora in the area. This will be due to clearance during construction and will also be affected by borrow pits opened to provide the necessary aggregates for the road. Since the road upgrade design matches the current alignment, the impact of the works on the vegetation will be reduced, as new surface areas will not be occupied by the main roads (B101), beyond the 61 m defined as reserved buffer. New areas will only be occupied on the main roads and access roads to towns where new reserved buffer is defined, and, therefore, existing vegetation will be affected. In terms of local fauna, roads represent a considerable concern for wildlife conservation. The most visible effect of roads on wildlife is direct mortality from collisions with vehicles. Road influences on landscapes extend much further than their physical boundaries. Other species-specific effects include changes in habitat quality, loss of connectivity, or barrier effects and movement dynamics. Roads can impact animal communities by: (1) creating an edge with different habitat characteristics; (2) promoting the introduction of exotic species; (3) increasing stress and reducing survival through 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 disturbance and contamination; (4) blocking movement, causing genetic barriers and home range rearrangements; and finally, (5) causing direct road mortality. Social Impacts Permanent impacts of land loss, and in some cases resource loss, require mitigation under an Abbreviated Resettlement Action Plan (ARAP). The original Terms of Reference call for an Abbreviated Resettlement Action Plan, rather than a full plan, because the number of affected persons is less than 200, and because the impacts on households is expected to affect less than 10% of their assets. Within the ARAP is a Social Management Plan indicating the recommended way forward for resettlement planning and mitigation of these resettlement impacts. For purposes of resettlement planning and implementation in Botswana, the project should be categorised as an S2, with [low to] ‘moderate social issues expected’, with the management measure noted as ‘adopt generic d esign guidelines and norms along with a project specific abbreviated plan’ (see Table 17 in the ESMF; Department of Roads, 2008). As per Table 19 in the same report (Department of Roads, 2008: 90), the SIA screening results are consistent with the statement ‘the proposed project activity can be exempted from EA and/or RAP requirements on the basis of following’:  “No families will be displaced from the site”. Minor loss of property is anticipated;  “Identified impacts are minor, marginal and of little significance”. Social environment impacts are largely positive, and with effective mitigation negative impacts of construction are largely minor;  “Mitigation measures for the identified impacts are well understood and practiced in the area”. Compensation measures are based on Land Board regulations that have been applied in the area for a number of decades. Long-term negative impacts associated with land loss are minimal, and replacement land is understood to be available if required. A number of long- term positive impacts are anticipated associated with greater economic activity, improved access to and provision of services, reduced risk of accidents in the area, reduced presence of dust, and access to and from outside areas enhancing labour mobility and job seeking practices. Long-term negative impacts can be mitigated through government service provision, with long-term negative impacts associated with poor management of the road reserve mitigated through effective road reserve management under the OPRC, with consistent Government oversight. Summary impacts during and after construction are as follows:  Resettlement impacts are minimal. As per OP 4.12 and IFC standards, resettlement impacts have been minimised via road realignment;  Employment impacts, although short term during the construction phase, are overwhelmingly positive;  In-migration impacts can be positive from the point of local economic activity, but can be socially disruptive, with disruption largely limited to construction. Given the size of communities including Pitsane and Phitshane Molopo, these communities should be able to absorb limited in-migration without serious overall impacts. For smaller communities, however, construction impacts when construction is taking place nearby can be severe, and must be mitigated through: 1) local hiring; and 2) work camp policies that constrain access into and out of the camps, and positive behaviours when in local communities. Impacts on communities west of Phitshane Molopo are expected to be more extensive than in other locations, given relatively constrained access prior to road upgrading, and given the relatively long construction period for this area. This underlines the importance of the two mitigatory measured noted above; 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xiii OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Transport impacts would be largely positive, but does pose risks in terms of accidents, dust, and social pathologies which require mitigation;  Business opportunities would be positive for all villages along the route, but in-migration (temporary and permanent) can raise social pathologies, which require careful mitigation as well as enhancement of positive impacts; and  As the SIA proceeded information came available on impacts on property. To the full extent possible, road realignment will minimise the number of directly affected properties. Land loss and replacement of fencing, frees, hedges and similar will be required affecting fewer than 200 persons, with the overwhelming impacts on properties around houses, not agricultural fields. These comprise properties within 15 metres of the centre line of the upgraded road, with the result that the road reserve area must be cleared with only minimal exceptions. A summary of impacts and mitigation measures for the proposed project are briefly discussed in Table 3 below, and are further discussed in this document. Table 3: Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures Erosion and Sedimentation during earth Preventive measures for water pollution movements phase. risks during construction works. Clearly define work areas. Waste management Littering must be prohibited, and all waste produced must be disposed of in accordance with the project EMP. Bitumen must always be recycled where possible. Excess bitumen must be sent back to the supplier. Oil / grease / oil filters / oil rags waste must be separated. Safe recycling / disposal us highly recommended. Clearing land-vegetation (clearing and Strict delimitation of areas affected by the grubbing). project activities (construction works) and re-vegetation of all disturbed areas. Contamination of vegetation by vehicle Vehicles fitted with appropriate exhaust exhaust. systems. Loss of topsoil Removal of top soil (for storage) prior to the commencement of construction and road refurbishment activities for use during the re-vegetation processes. Changes in water quality due to accidental Preventive measures for water pollution spillages during works. risks during construction works. Ground water depletion (fall of the water Water Right must be required by the table) due to road work water demand Department of Road from the Department of Water Affairs (DWA). Loss of biodiversity Demarcation of work areas. Night shift will not be allowed. Animal intrusion Fence along the road reserve. Installing traffic control measures. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xiv OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures Dust impacts Ensure that all access roads that are constantly in use are kept wet to minimise dust production. Reduce dropping height when loading trucks with materials that produce dust. Fuel and chemical pollution A dedicated Environmental Officer must be employed to monitor the state of pollution on site. Mitigation of hydrocarbon and chemical pollution will require the contractor to select a designated area for the storage fuel and chemicals. The chemicals must be clearly labelled and used according to the manufacture’s guidelines. Fire occurrence Fires can be destructive to flora if not well controlled, all areas with flammable liquids must be provided with fire extinguishers, a dedicated storage area for flammable substance must be constructed. A smoking area must be demarcated on site to avoid workers smoking elsewhere on the site. The use of electrical equipment must be in accordance with the manufacture’s guidelines to avoid electrical faults that may cause fire. The workers using the flammable substances must be well inducted in order to avoid incidents. Vehicle wildlife collision To mitigate for vehicle-animal collision traffic culming measure must be implemented. The maximum speed limit on unpaved access roads must be maintained at 40km/h. Noise disturbance To mitigate the noise disturbance to be generated by the construction operations the contractor is advised to install silencers on noisy equipment in order to reduce noise disturbance on wildlife. Access roads will be maintained to minimise noise when vehicles are moving. If there is need for blasting, this should be done only during the day and after consultation with the nearby communities. Employment opportunities Local hiring and subcontracting must be done where possible. Increased poaching Hunting and trapping of wildlife species must be prohibited and any poaching activities must be reported to management as soon as possible. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xv OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures Social Pathologies (HIV/AIDS) Effective consultations, contract clauses that negate social pathologies, local hiring, strong camp management and project management, enforcement of rules and regulations on behaviours, liaise with local authorities to expand their services if required (e.g., HIV programming). Construction Site Safety Establish and enforce policies on safety. Establish camp infrastructure with consideration of the potential for sexual harassment and sexual assault, with inputs from the police gender desk in this regard. Resettlement Design an alignment that minimises the need for resettlement. Design individual RAPs for each affected household and institution following OP 4.12 and ESMF/RAP guidelines. Cattle Theft Community consultations to establish systems to prevent cattle theft, work with local police to expand anti-theft services. Conclusion In terms of the physical and biophysical environment, there are no red flags or fatal flaws with the proposed roadworks project that are likely to yield substantial environmental impacts upon the study area which cannot be accommodated through vigilant mitigation measures set forth in the project Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP). In terms of the Social environment, key conclusions are as follows:  Resettlement impacts are minimal, but require the design and implementation of an ARAP.  Overall project social impacts are positive, if mitigatory activities are effective. Impacts on directly affected households are expected to be minimal, both in terms of the number of households affected, and in terms of the proportion of properties affected. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xvi OPRC Roads Project Package 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE STUDY 1 1.2 CLIENT 1 1.3 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT AND CONSULTING TEAM 1 1.3.1 PROJECT CONTRACTOR 2 1.3.2 ESIA CONSULTANT AND TEAM 2 1.4 BRIEF PROJECT BACKGROUND 3 1.4.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND: SCOPE OF OPRC SERVICES 3 1.4.2 LOCATION W ITHIN BOTSWANA 7 1.4.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 9 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL BACKGROUND 9 2 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 10 2.1 NATIONAL LEGISLATION 10 2.1.1 BOTSWANA CONSTITUTION 10 2.1.2 LAND RELATED LEGISLATION 10 2.1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION 12 2.1.4 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS RELATED LEGISLATION 16 2.1.5 ROADS RELATED LEGISLATION 18 2.2 POLICIES AND STANDARDS 19 2.2.1 VISION 2016 19 2.2.2 REVISED NATIONAL POLICY FOR RURAL DEVELOPMENT (2002) 20 2.2.3 NATIONAL SETTLEMENT POLICY (2004) 21 2.2.4 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 21 2.2.5 WATER SECTOR REFORMS 21 2.2.6 BOTSWANA BUREAU OF STANDARDS (BOBS) W ATER STANDARDS 22 2.2.7 BOTSWANA BUREAU OF STANDARDS (BOBS) ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE STANDARDS 22 2.2.8 TRIBAL GRAZING LAND POLICY (1975) 23 2.2.9 NATIONAL POLICY ON LAND TENURE (1983) 23 2.2.10 COMMUNITY BASED NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT POLICY (2007) 24 2.2.11 NATIONAL POLICY ON RESOURCE CONSERVATION AND DEVELOPMENT (1990) 24 2.2.12 REVISED NATIONAL POLICY ON DESTITUTE PERSONS, 2002 24 2.2.13 EARLY CHILDHOOD CARE AND EDUCATION POLICY, 2001 25 2.2.14 SHORT TERM PLAN OF ACTION FOR ORPHANS (STPA): 1999-2003 25 2.2.15 VDC GUIDELINES, 2001 25 2.2.16 NATIONAL POLICY ON HIV/AIDS OF 1998 (AND NATIONAL POLICY ON HIV/AIDS AND GENDER 2006) 25 2.2.17 NATIONAL POLICY ON EDUCATION (1994 - REVISED) 25 2.2.18 NATIONAL YOUTH POLICY (1996) AND THE NATIONAL ACTION PLAN FOR YOUTH (2001) 26 2.2.19 NATIONAL POLICY FOR WASTEWATER AND SANITATION MANAGEMENT (2001) 26 2.2.20 BOTSWANA AIDS IMPACT SURVEY 4 (BAIS4) 26 2.3 DEVELOPMENT PLANS 26 2.3.1 NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN (NDP) 10 26 2.3.2 SOUTHERN DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT PLAN 27 2.3.3 NATIONAL MASTER PLAN FOR W ASTEWATER AND SANITATION (2003) 30 2.4 INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS 30 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xvii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.4.1 BASEL CONVENTION 30 2.4.2 KYOTO PROTOCOL 30 2.4.3 CONVENTION ON BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY (2006) 31 2.4.4 AGENDA 21 32 2.4.5 UNITED NATIONS FRAMEWORK CONVENTION ON CLIMATE CHANGE (UNFCCC) 32 2.4.6 THE VIENNA CONVENTION FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE OZONE LAYER 32 2.4.7 THE MONTREAL PROTOCOL ON SUBSTANCES THAT DEPLETE THE OZONE LAYER (MONTREAL PROTOCOL) 32 2.4.8 THE STOCKHOLM CONVENTION ON PERSISTENT ORGANIC POLLUTANTS (POPS) 33 2.4.9 VARIOUS HUMAN RIGHTS RELATED CONVENTIONS 33 2.5 WORLD BANK GROUP REQUIREMENTS 34 2.6 WORLD BANK POLICIES TRIGGERED 39 2.6.1 WORLD BANK OP 4.01: ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 39 2.6.2 WORLD BANK OP 4.04: NATURAL HABITATS 39 2.6.3 WORLD BANK OP 4.36: FORESTS 40 2.6.4 WORLD BANK OP 7.50: PROJECTS ON INTERNATIONAL W ATERWAYS 40 2.6.5 WORLD BANK OP 7.60: PROJECTS IN DISPUTED AREAS 40 2.6.6 WORLD BANK OP/BP 4.10: INDIGENOUS PEOPLES 40 2.6.7 WORLD BANK OP 4.12: INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT 41 2.6.8 WORLD BANK OP 4.07: WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT 41 2.6.9 WORLD BANK OP 4.20: GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT 41 2.6.10 COMPARISON BETWEEN BOTSWANA POLICY AND W ORLD BANK POLICY ON ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT 41 2.7 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK 42 2.7.1 DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL AFFAIRS 42 2.7.2 DEPARTMENT OF NATIONAL MUSEUMS, MONUMENTS AND ART GALLERY (NMMAG) 43 2.7.3 DEPARTMENT OF MINES 43 2.7.4 DEPARTMENT OF W ATER AFFAIRS (DWA) 43 2.7.5 BOTSWANA POWER CORPORATION (BPC) 43 2.7.6 BOTSWANA TELECOMMUNICATION CORPORATION (BTC) 43 2.7.7 DEPARTMENT OF W ILDLIFE AND NATIONAL PARKS (DWNP) 43 2.7.8 DEPARTMENT OF FOREST AND RANGE RESOURCE 44 2.7.9 DEPARTMENT OF W ASTE MANAGEMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL (DWMPC) 44 2.7.10 LAND BOARD 44 2.7.11 DEPARTMENT OF LANDS 44 2.8 SUMMARY – REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO THE ROAD CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION 44 3 METHODOLOGIES FOR DETAILED ESIA STUDIES 46 3.1 EA PROCESS (BACKGROUND) 46 3.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND TERMINOLOGY 47 3.3 HYDROLOGY 49 3.3.1 CATCHMENT CHARACTERISATION 50 3.3.2 DRAINAGE 50 3.3.3 INDICATOR CALCULATION 50 3.4 AIR QUALITY 50 3.4.1 MODELING 51 3.5 NOISE ASSESSMENT 54 3.5.1 LOCATIONS SELECTION 55 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xviii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 3.5.2 EQUIPMENT 57 3.5.3 BUILDINGS INVENTORY 57 3.5.4 MODEL AND METHODOLOGY FOR CURRENT NOISE LEVEL 57 3.5.5 METHOD OF CALCULATION 59 3.5.6 INPUT DATA 59 3.6 WASTE IMPACTS 59 3.7 ECOLOGY 60 3.8 ARCHAEOLOGY 63 3.8.1 PROJECT TEAM 64 3.9 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 64 3.9.1 APPROACH 64 3.9.2 TEAM MEETINGS 65 3.9.3 SECONDARY MATERIALS ASSEMBLY AND REVIEW 65 3.9.4 QUALITATIVE APPROACH 65 3.9.5 SIA COMPONENT OF AN ESIA 65 3.9.6 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 66 4 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 67 4.1 PROJECT BACKGROUND 67 4.2 TECHNICAL PROJECT SCOPE 67 4.2.1 PROJECT AREA 68 4.2.2 PROJECT SCALE 70 4.2.3 ALIGNMENT OF NEW ROAD SECTION 71 4.2.4 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND STANDARDS 72 4.2.5 FENCING 75 4.3 ASSOCIATED DEVELOPMENTS 78 4.3.2 ACTIVITIES 85 4.3.3 EMPLOYMENT 87 4.3.4 PROJECT SCHEDULE AND PHASING DETAILS 87 5 ANALYSIS OF PROJECT ALTERNATIVES 88 5.1 CONVENTIONAL CONTRACT VS. OPRC 88 5.2 ROAD ALIGNMENT – PHITSHANE MOLOPO TO MABULE ROAD SECTION 88 5.2.1 SUGGESTED ROAD ALIGNMENT IN MARCH 2010 90 5.2.2 ANALYSIS OF OBJECTIVES FOR NEW B101-4 ROAD 92 5.2.3 ALTERNATIVE SELECTED 93 5.3 ACCESS ROADS 95 5.4 ROAD TYPE 95 5.5 WIDENING OF ROAD RESERVE – EXISTING ROADS 95 5.6 USE OF CURRENT BRIDGES 95 5.7 CULVERTS AND DRAINS 96 5.8 CAMP OPTIONS 96 5.9 SOURCES OF MATERIALS 96 5.10 CONSTRUCTION WATER 96 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xix OPRC Roads Project Package 2 5.11 TRAFFIC ACCOMMODATION 97 5.12 NO DEVELOPMENT 97 6 ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 98 6.1 LIMITATIONS 98 6.1.1 ECOLOGY 98 6.1.2 HYDROLOGY 98 6.1.3 NOISE STUDY 98 6.1.4 SOCIAL STUDIES 98 6.2 ASSUMPTIONS 98 7 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING (BASELINE ENVIRONMENT) 101 7.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 106 7.1.1 CLIMATE 106 7.1.2 GEOLOGY 110 7.1.3 HYDROGEOLOGY 111 7.1.4 SOILS 112 7.1.5 HYDROLOGY AND SURFACE W ATER DRAINAGE 113 7.1.6 WATER PONDS 122 7.1.7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE EXISTING GROUNDWATER PATTERN 125 7.1.8 THE WATER MANAGEMENT 127 7.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 131 7.2.1 FLORA 131 7.2.2 FAUNA 133 7.2.3 MAIN HABITATS 140 7.2.4 HUMAN-W ILDLIFE CONFLICTS 141 7.2.5 CURRENT BARRIER EFFECTS 141 7.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 143 7.3.1 GOVERNANCE 143 7.3.2 DEMOGRAPHY 145 7.3.3 AGE AND SEX STRUCTURE 146 7.3.4 SETTLEMENT PATTERNS 146 7.3.5 ECONOMIC ACTIVITY 148 7.3.6 HEALTH 148 7.3.7 POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS 150 7.3.8 TOURISM 151 7.4 CULTURAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL 151 7.4.1 PITSANE AREA 152 7.4.2 GOODHOPE AREA 152 7.4.3 ROAD SECTION BETWEEN PHITSHANE MOLOPO AND MABULE 152 8 PUBLIC AND STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS 153 8.1 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN 153 8.1.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN 153 8.1.2 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT APPROACH USED 154 8.1.3 STAKEHOLDER ANALYSIS AND MAPPING 154 8.1.4 CONSULTATION METHODOLOGIES USED 156 8.1.5 DISCLOSURE OF PROJECT INFORMATION 158 8.2 RESULTS OF THE STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PROCESS 158 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xx OPRC Roads Project Package 2 8.2.1 SUMMARY OF THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION MEETINGS 158 8.2.2 SUMMARY OF THE STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS 163 8.3 CURRENT CONSULTATION ACTIVITIES 164 8.4 OVERVIEW OF PLANNED CONSULTATION ACTIVITIES 164 8.4.1 GRIEVANCE MECHANISM AND PROCEDURES 164 9 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS 166 9.1 WATER RESOURCES (HYDROLOGY) 166 9.1.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 166 9.1.2 IMPACT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE 172 9.2 AIR QUALITY 172 9.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 173 9.2.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE 174 9.3 NOISE 177 9.3.1 RESULTS FROM MODELLING – EXISTING NOISE LEVELS 177 9.3.2 PREDICTED FUTURE NOISE LEVELS 179 9.4 PREDICTED WASTE IMPACTS 181 9.4.1 ASSESSMENT 181 9.5 ECOLOGY 182 9.5.1 FAUNA IMPACTS 182 9.5.2 FLORA 187 9.6 ARCHAEOLOGY 194 9.6.1 SITE 3 197 9.6.2 SITE 7 198 9.6.3 SITE 9 199 9.6.4 SITE 17 200 9.7 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 201 9.7.1 PHYSICAL HAZARDS 202 9.7.2 CHEMICAL HAZARDS 207 9.7.3 BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS 208 9.7.4 SPECIAL HAZARD ENVIRONMENTS 208 9.7.5 SUMMARY OF PREDICTED IMPACTS 209 9.8 SOCIAL IMPACTS 210 9.8.1 AFFECTED POPULATIONS 210 9.8.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 215 10 MITIGATION MEASURES 221 10.1 WATER RESOURCES (HYDROLOGY) 221 10.1.1 MACHINERY MAINTENANCE IN THE CONSTRUCTION CAMPS 221 10.1.2 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR W ATER ABSTRACTION ACTIVITIES 223 10.1.3 RESIDUAL W ATER RELATED IMPACTS MITIGATION 224 10.2 AIR QUALITY 224 10.2.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 224 10.2.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE 226 10.2.3 SUMMARY 226 10.3 NOISE MITIGATION MEASURES 226 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxi OPRC Roads Project Package 2 10.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT 227 10.4.1 GENERAL MITIGATION MEASURES FOR W ASTE 228 10.5 FAUNA 231 10.5.1 CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES 231 10.5.2 COMPENSATORY MEASURES 232 10.5.3 SUMMARY 232 10.6 FLORA 232 10.6.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 233 10.6.2 PROTECTION OF TREES 233 10.6.3 RECOVERY OF TOPSOIL 233 10.6.4 FIRE PREVENTION PLAN 234 10.6.5 MITIGATION MEASURES FOR SITE AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 235 10.6.6 CORRECTIVE MEASURES 236 10.7 ARCHAEOLOGICAL MITIGATION 237 10.7.1 SIGNIFICANCE AND RECOMMENDATION FOR SITE 3 238 10.7.2 SIGNIFICANCE AND RECOMMENDATION FOR SITE 7 238 10.7.3 SIGNIFICANCE AND RECOMMENDATION FOR SITE 9 238 10.7.4 SIGNIFICANCE AND RECOMMENDATION FOR SITE 17 239 10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 239 10.8.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAMME 239 10.8.2 ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE MITIGATION MEASURES 240 10.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MITIGATION MEASURES 242 10.9.1 SPECIFIC MITIGATORY ACTIVITIES: CONSTRUCTION 242 10.9.2 SPECIFIC MITIGATORY ACTIVITIES: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PHASE 246 11 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 248 11.1 PROJECT STAGE 248 11.2 SUBJECT 248 11.3 MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVE 249 11.4 MITIGATION MEASURES RECOMMENDED 249 11.5 IMPLEMENTING AGENCY 249 11.6 MONITORING AGENCY 249 12 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN 272 12.1 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX 272 12.2 REPORTING STRUCTURE 272 12.3 MONITORING PLAN 273 12.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT 285 12.5 POLICY, ORGANISATION AND TRAINING 285 13 CONTRACTORS CODE OF CONDUCT 287 13.1 GENERAL ITEMS 287 13.2 EMPLOYMENT POLICY 288 13.3 HEALTH AND SAFETY 288 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13.4 HUMAN RELATIONS 288 13.5 WORK ITEMS 289 13.5.1 METHOD STATEMENTS 289 13.5.2 CLEARING 289 13.5.3 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT AND SOIL EROSION 289 13.5.4 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING 289 13.5.5 LAND ISSUES AND COMMUNITY LIAISON 290 13.5.6 MATERIAL SOURCING 290 13.5.7 EDUCATION AND TRAINING 290 13.5.8 ARCHAEOLOGY 290 13.5.9 NOMINATED PERSONNEL 290 13.6 PROJECT SPECIFIC BUSH CLEARING SPECIFICATION 291 13.6.1 GENERAL 291 14 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 292 15 BIBLIOGRAPHY 293 16 APPENDICES 304 List of Figures Figure 1.1 Location Map Showing Proposed Layout of Package 2 Roads Project ........................ 8 Figure 3.1 Environmental Assessment process in Botswana as guided by the EA Act (2011) .. 47 Figure 3.2 Analysed roads overview ................................................................................................. 53 Figure 3.3 Location of measurement points ..................................................................................... 56 Figure 3.4 Example of the users interface and model in CADNA-A. .............................................. 58 Figure 3.5 Road corridor dimensions. ............................................................................................... 63 Figure 4.1 Road location and sections (Source: TYPSA) ................................................................ 69 Figure 4.2 Typical cross section in straight alignments (Source: TYPSA) ................................... 73 Figure 4.3 Engineers proposed fencing design (Source: TYPSA) ................................................. 77 Figure 4.4 Location of the proposed construction camp ................................................................ 79 Figure 4.5 Proposed construction camp layout ............................................................................... 80 Figure 4.6 Proposed bund wall details for fuel storage (Source: SANS 10087-3) ........................ 82 Figure 4.7 Example of on site fuel storage ....................................................................................... 83 Figure 4.8 Proposed borrow pits ....................................................................................................... 84 Figure 5.1 Existing roads on the Phitshane Molopo to Mabule section (Source: Mabule – Phitshane Molopo road Project, March 2010). .......................................................................... 89 Figure 5.2 Existing roads and proposed new alignment from 2010 designs (Source: Mabule – Phitshane Molopo road Project, March 2010). .......................................................................... 91 Figure 5.3 Suggested horizontal alignment (red line) for the 3 km long by pass of Mmakgori School. One of two suggested by-passes (Mmakgori and Tshidilamolomo) ........................ 94 Figure 6.1 Assumptions for affected properties within road reserve (Source: Typsa) ........... 100 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxiii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.1 Traffic count sections (Source: TYPSA, Noise Assessment Report, 2014) .............. 102 Figure 7.2a Annual Average Daily Traffic count 2014 (Source: TYPSA, Traffic Assessment Report, 2014) ............................................................................................................................... 103 Figure 7.2b Annual Average Daily Traffic count 2024 (Source: TYPSA, Traffic Assessment Report, 2014) ............................................................................................................................... 104 Figure 7.2c Annual Average Daily Traffic count 2034 (Source: TYPSA, (Source: TYPSA, Traffic Assessment Report, 2014) ........................................................................................................ 105 Figure 7.3 Average Annual Rainfall Distribution in Botswana ..................................................... 107 Figure 7.4 Average and Extreme Temperatures ............................................................................. 108 Figure 7.5 Wind Rose ........................................................................................................................ 109 Figure 7.6 Rainfall at Jwaneng (Source: Department of Meteorological Services).......................... 109 Figure 7.7 Local Geology (Source: Geological map of Botswana (E=1:1,000,000) and Southern District Integrated Land Use Plan, 2005) ................................................................................. 111 Figure 7.8 Local Hydrogeology (Source: Southern District Integrated Land Use Plan, 2005) .. 112 Figure 7.9 Local Soils (Source: Soil map of the Republic of Botswana (E=1:1,000,000) and Southern District Integrated Land Use Plan, 2005). ............................................................... 113 Figure 7.10 Basins and main rivers (Source: by Typsa from Okavango Basins and Africa Basins shapefiles)................................................................................................................................... 114 Figure 7.11 Catchment area ............................................................................................................. 115 Figure 7.12 Boundaries of the catchments and location of the water courses (Source: Detailed geometric design, materials investigations and tender documentation for Phitshane Molopo - Mabule road project. Roads Department)................................................................ 116 Figure 7.13 Matletsi Dry Valley ......................................................................................................... 117 Figure 7.14 Molopo river; South African border............................................................................. 118 Figure 7.15 Monthly mean rainfall at selected stations in the Molopo Basin ............................. 120 Figure 7.16 Boundaries of the catchments and location of the water courses (Source: Detailed geometric design, materials investigations and tender documentation for Phitshane Molopo - Mabule road project. Roads Department)................................................................ 121 Figure 7.17a Seasonal endorheic lagoons along the road alignment near Rakhuna (P: pond) 123 Figure 7.17b Seasonal endorheic lagoons along the road alignment near Metlojane (P: pond) ...................................................................................................................................................... 124 Figure 7.18 Hydrogeology in Package 2 (Source: Southern District integrated land use Plan, 2005) ............................................................................................................................................ 125 Figure 7.19 Tectonic domains originating from superimposed alternating synfoms and 2 antiforms with in each domain, the number of boreholes with a yield >1/l/s per 1000 km . ...................................................................................................................................................... 126 Figure 7.20 Major institutions and their relevant functions .......................................................... 128 Figure 7.21 Water storage tank for human consumption .............................................................. 129 Figure 7.22 Example of rainwater harvesting tank (left) and cattle borehole (right) .................. 130 Figure 7.23 Borehole for water supply for human consumption. ................................................ 130 Figure 7.24 Ecology in the Study Area ............................................................................................ 135 Figure 7.25 Avifauna in the Study Area ........................................................................................... 135 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxiv OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.26 Avifauna in the Study Area (2) ..................................................................................... 136 Figure 7.27 Important Bird Areas: South-east Botswana.............................................................. 137 Figure 7.28 Wildlife in the project area ............................................................................................ 139 Figure 7.29 Animal corridors ............................................................................................................ 140 Figure 7.30 Main wildlife habitats .................................................................................................... 141 Figure 9.1 New road alignment -section Tshidilamolomo - no water lines or courses crossed ...................................................................................................................................................... 167 Figure 9.2 New road section at Mmakgori - no water lines or courses crossed ...................... 168 Figure 9.3 Example of current noise levels (from model) ............................................................. 178 Figure 9.4 Example of future noise levels from modelling ........................................................... 180 Figure 9.5 Project conditions impacting on fauna (Source: TYPSA) ........................................... 186 Figure 9.6 Access to Cwaanyaneng ................................................................................................ 188 Figure 9.7 Access to Tshwagare ...................................................................................................... 189 Figure 9.8 Access to Mokgomane ................................................................................................... 190 Figure 9.9 Access to Sedibeng ........................................................................................................ 190 Figure 9.10 From Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule (main road)......................................................... 191 Figure 9.11 Location of archaeological sites.................................................................................. 196 Figure 9.12 General view of the site and the pan ........................................................................... 197 Figure 9.13 Exposed artifacts in the clay soils (left) and MSA tools identified (right) ............... 198 Figure 9.14 View of the historical building (left) and entrances (right) ....................................... 199 Figure 9.15 View of the second historical building (left) and entrance door (right) ................... 199 Figure 9.16 View of the historical building (left) and vehicle remains (right) ............................. 200 Figure 9.17 General view of the site (left) and view of the river bank (right) .............................. 201 Figure 9.18 Exposed artifacts on the bank (left) and MSA tools identified (right)...................... 201 Figure 10.1 Machinery repair management area at worksites ...................................................... 222 Figure 10.2 Perimeter drainage at worksites .................................................................................. 223 Figure 12.1 Environmental management reporting structure....................................................... 273 List of Tables Table 1: Details of the Contractor .................................................................................................... vi Table 2: ESIA Team ......................................................................................................................... vii Table 3: Summary of Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................................................. xiii Table 1.1: Details of the Contractor .................................................................................................. 2 Table 1.2: ESIA Team ......................................................................................................................... 3 3 Table 2.1: National standards (µg/m ) for compliance ................................................................. 21 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxv OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 2.2: Maximum permissible noise for specific environment Facility Noise limit. BOS 575:2013 ........................................................................................................................................ 23 Table 2.3: Southern District Sector Goals, Objectives and Performance Indicators ................ 27 Table 2.4: Sector Changes and Strategies ..................................................................................... 28 Table 2.5: Comparison between Botswana EA and Bank EA ...................................................... 41 Table 2.6: Summary of legal requirements .................................................................................... 44 Table 3.1: Description of scale of change used in impact assessment ..................................... 48 Table 3.2: Description of severity levels used in impact assessment ........................................ 48 Table 3.3: Description of change duration used in impact assessment .................................... 49 Table 3.4: Sections considered under the Road traffic study ..................................................... 51 Table 3.5: Vehicle category considered. ........................................................................................ 54 Table 3.6: Emission factors for different pollutants due to road transport (Tier 1 mean values) 54 Table 3.7: Emission factors for different pollutants considering the grouped light and heavy vehicle categories ........................................................................................................................ 54 Table 3.8: Vegetation inventory sites. ............................................................................................ 60 Table 3.9: General characteristics and buffers for roads and accesses. ................................... 62 Table 3.10: BNMM mitigation requirements ................................................................................... 64 Table 4.1: Main road sections to be upgraded .............................................................................. 70 Table 4.2: Access roads to villages from main roads .................................................................. 71 Table 4.3: Summary of intersections .............................................................................................. 75 Table 4.3: Project Phasing summary .............................................................................................. 87 Table 7.1: Temperature and humidity monthly mean values (Source: Department of Meteorological Services) ........................................................................................................... 110 Table 7.2: Peak Flows of the main basins .................................................................................... 122 Table 7.3: Insects Identified in Botswana. ................................................................................... 133 Table 7.4: IBA. W011 South-east Botswana................................................................................. 136 Table 7.5: Populations of IBA trigger species ............................................................................. 137 Table 7.5: Current condition of the roads. ................................................................................... 142 Table 7.6: 2001 and 2011 Population Data ................................................................................... 145 Table 7.7: Village Populations in Project Area ............................................................................ 145 Table 7.8: Land Use in Southern District ..................................................................................... 147 Table 7.9: Southern District Health Facility List (2009) .............................................................. 149 Table 8.1: Consultation Methods Used (Public and Stakeholders) ........................................... 156 Table 9.1: Water needs for soil compaction during construction ............................................. 170 3 Table 9.2: Water need for 1 m (1000 l) soil compaction ............................................................ 171 Table 9.3: Water needs for during construction.......................................................................... 171 Table 9.4: Water needs for dust mitigation .................................................................................. 171 Table 9.5: Inputs data for gas emissions estimation .................................................................. 174 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxvi OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 9.6: Gas emissions estimate for the construction phase ................................................ 174 Table 9.7: Typical fuel consumption figures, per km, by category of vehicle ......................... 175 Table 9.8: Average Daily Traffic (ADT) (2034) by section ........................................................... 175 Table 9.9: Gas emissions estimate for 2034 scenario ................................................................ 176 Table 9.10: Traffic data, year 2034 ................................................................................................ 179 Table 9.11: Summary of Waste Related Impacts without Mitigation ......................................... 181 Table 9.12: Project roads conditions – Main road and Access roads (AR) .............................. 185 Table 9.13: Affected vegetation areas on Rakhuna to Pitsane section .................................... 188 Table 9.14: Affected vegetation areas on Cwaanyaneng access road ..................................... 188 Table 9.15: Affected vegetation areas on Tshwagare access road ........................................... 189 Table 9.16: Affected vegetation areas on Mokgomane access road......................................... 189 Table 9.17: Affected vegetation areas on Sedibeng access road ............................................. 190 Table 9.18: Affected vegetation areas on Phitshane Molopo to Mabule Section .................... 191 Table 9.19: Works description: Paved Main Roads .................................................................... 193 Table 9.20: Works description: Paved Access Roads ................................................................ 193 Table 9.21: Coordinates of sites situated within the proposed road reserve. ......................... 194 Table 9.22: Details of site 3............................................................................................................ 197 Table 9.23: Details of site 7............................................................................................................ 198 Table 9.24: Details of site 9............................................................................................................ 199 Table 9.25: Details of site 17.......................................................................................................... 200 Table 9.28: Construction Impacts (Duration: Construction Stage) ........................................... 216 Table 9.29: Operational Impacts (Duration: Operational Phase) ............................................... 219 Table 10.1: Water Pollution Mitigation Measures ........................................................................ 224 Table 10.2: Botswana Air Quality Objectives .............................................................................. 225 Table 10.3: Air quality impacts and mitigation summary ........................................................... 226 Table 10.4: Waste Mitigation Measures ........................................................................................ 229 Table 10.5: Fauna Impacts Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 232 Table 10.6: Summary of Flora Mitigation Measures.................................................................... 237 Table 11.1: ESMP Table ................................................................................................................. 250 Table 12.1: Responsibility matrix ................................................................................................. 272 Table 12.2: Design phase monitoring plan .................................................................................. 275 Table 12.3: Construction phase monitoring plan ........................................................................ 277 Table 12.4: Operational/Maintenance Phase Monitoring Plan ................................................... 281 Table 12.5: Closure and Decommissioning Phase Monitoring Plan ......................................... 284 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxvii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Abbreviations ADT Average Daily Traffic AIA Archaeological Impact Assessment AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome ARCGIS ARC-Geographical Information System BAIS IV Botswana Aids Impact Survey BEAPA Botswana Environmental Assessment Practitioners Association BIDPA Botswana Institute for Development Policy Analysis BNTP Botswana National Tuberculosis Programme BPC Botswana Power Cooperation BPEO Best Practicable Environmental Option BRDM Botswana Road Design Manual CBD Convention on Biological Diversity CBNRMP Community Based Natural Resource Management Policy CDM Clean Development Mechanism CM Contracts Manager COR Certificate of Rights CSO Central Statistics Office CSR Corporate Social Responsibility DA District Administration dB Decibels DC District Commissioner DDP District Development Plan DEA Department of Environmental Affairs DegC Degrees Celcius DGS Department of Geological Surveys DWA Department of Water Affairs EA Environmental Assessment EAP Environmental Assessment Practitioner EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIS Environmental Impact Statement ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan ESIS Environmental and Social Impact Statement ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan FPSG Fixed-Period State Grants GHG Greenhouse Gas GIS Geographical Information System GPS Global Positioning System HFCs Hydro-Fluoro Carbons HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus IAPs Interested and Affected Parties IAPs Interested and Affected Parties IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development IEMA Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment JI Joint Implementation KLOE Key Line of Enquiry km2 Kilometre Squared LAeq A-weighted equivalent sound pressure level in dB LAFmax A-weighted, Fast, Maximum, Sound Level. LAmax A-weighted, Maximum, Sound Level Lday Day equivalent level A- weighted 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxvii OPRC Roads Project Package 2 i MFDP Ministry of Finance and Development Planning NACA National AIDS Coordinating Agency NCS National Conservation Strategy NDP National Development Plan OFID OPEC Fund for International Development OPEC Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries OPRC Output and Performance Based Road Contract PFCs Perfluorinated chemicals Pty Ltd Proprietary Limited PV Photo Voltaic RAP Resettlement Action Plan RMY Reference Meteorological Year RSA Republic of South Africa SDA Seventh Day Adventist SEPR South Eastern Planning Region SIA Social Impact Assessment SIA Social Impact Assessment TB Tuberculosis TGLP Tribal Grazing Land Policy ToR Terms of Reference UNCED United Nations Conference on Environment and Development UNDP United Nations Development Plan VDC Village Development Committee WB World Bank WHO World Health Organisation Appendices APPENDIX Name of Appendix No. of Pages A Elsamex ITNL Profile 6 B DEA Correspondence, Project Brief 10 C Approved Scoping and TOR, DEA Letter 90 D Consultation Documents 123 E Social Impact Assessment Report 93 F Hydrology Assessment Report 43 G Flora Assessment Report 155 H Fauna Assessment Report 41 I Water requirements report 45 J Air quality Assessment Report 23 K Noise Assessment Report 393 L Archaeological Impact Assessment 59 M Safety, Health and Environment Report 57 N Traffic Study report 99 O New Proposed Design for B101-4 Road 16 P Land Use Map 1 Q Engineers Proposed Fencing Designs 1 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd xxix OPRC Roads Project Package 2 R Construction Camp Layout Plan 1 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 1 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 1 Introduction This document refers to a proposed Output and Performance Based Road Contract (OPRC) to upgrade the existing road infrastructure between Pitsane and Phitshane Molopo, as well as construction road upgrades between Rakhuna and Pitsane villages (through Tlhareseleele) and between Phitshane Molopo and Mabule village, where the proposed upgrade will also include realignment. The project also includes the development of access roads to a number of villages along the road alignment. The proponent of this project, Elsamex ITNL (hereafter referred to as “The Contractor”) has been contracted by the Botswana Department of Roads to design, construct and maintain the roads as described within this document. The Contractor has procured the services of Loci Environmental (Pty) Ltd (Loci) to undertake the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) study for the project. In accordance with the Environmental Assessment (EA) Act of 2011, Loci is registered with the Botswana Environmental Assessment Practitioners Association (BEAPA), with two certified Principal Practitioners on staff. This document has been prepared in accordance with Section 8 (1) of the Environmental Assessment (EA) Act of 2011, which requires that an ESIA must be prepared and submitted to DEA for review and approval, prior to any project construction activities. A DEA-approved Environmental Terms of Reference (ToR) was used to guide the ESIA team to prepare this informative and systematic report based on ESIA findings, referred to as the Environmental and Social Impact Statement (ESIS) for the project. 1.1 Purpose of the Study The purpose of the ESIA study was to examine the potential environmental effects (both positive and negative) of the development as well as the hypothetical “No Development” alternative, and outlined appropriate mitigation or optimisation measures. Mitigation or optimisation measures are procedures or protocols that will be employed to ensure that negative effects are minimised and positive effects are maximised during the development of the project. Additional options identified during the environmental assessment process may be considered as applicable. Following the assessment studies, this written ESIS has been produced and submitted for review by the competent authority (DEA Botswana). The ESIS has addressed all phases of the project, including planning and design, construction, operation and closure, and includes an Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring Plan. 1.2 Client The overall project employer is Government of Botswana, Ministry of Transport and Communications, Department of Roads. The Government of Botswana, through the Ministry of Transport and Communications, Roads Department, has successfully tendered two Output and Performance-based Road Contracts (OPRC) for the Design, Rehabilitation/Improvement, Network Performance and Periodic Maintenance/Resealing Works of roads in the south eastern part of Botswana. The contracts (Package 1 and Package 2), which will run for 10 years, are funded by the Government with financing from the World Bank. This ESIA refers to Package 2 works. 1.3 Details of Project Proponent and Consulting Team The proposed roadworks will be carried out by a project contractor, Elsamex ITNL, who is also the client for the environmental consultants, Loci Environmental. Details of this project team and organizational relationship will be described in the following subsections. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 2 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 1.3.1 Project Contractor Elsamex, S.A. was established in 1997 in Spain, where the company is still headquartered, to date. It is an international civil engineering/construction company specialising in infrastructure construction and maintenance, with a presence in Europe, South and Central America, Africa, and Asia. Elsamex ITNL is based in Madrid, Spain, while the management staff for the OPRC project being assessed is based in offices in Gaborone. A copy of the Company Profile for Elsamex ITNL is included in Appendix A. Table 1.1: Details of the Contractor Contractor Name Elsamex ITNL Contact Person José J. Arana Aicua Parque Empresaria Barajas Park; San Severo, 18 Postal Address 28042 Madrid Spain Local Address ICC Building, Broadhurst Industrial, Gaborone Telephone Number +267 76172714 Fax Number +34 91 3294057 E-mail Address josejavier.arana@ELSAMEX.com 1.3.2 ESIA Consultant and Team Loci Environmental is a Botswana-based environmental consultancy firm, with its earliest roots in Landscape Architecture and Environmental Engineering-related consulting. The founders registered Loci Environmental (Pty) Ltd in Botswana in February 1998. Since then, the company has added many new areas of expertise to its repertoire, including all aspects of environmental consulting, assessment, management, and development studies. The company’s strength has been attributed to a growing depth of local knowledge, a continually-growing network of leading regional sub consultants and added years of experience in Africa and abroad. In accordance with the Environmental Assessment (EA) Act of 2011, Loci staff includes members accredited by Botswana Environmental Assessment Practitioners Association (BEAPA), including two certified Principal Practitioners. The company growth has resulted in a focus on environmental consulting projects in the Southern African region. Loci has a wealth of experience in Botswana, but has also successfully completed projects in Lesotho, Zambia, Namibia and Zimbabwe and is able to apply this experience in other countries throughout Southern Africa. Loci has a strong team of strategic partners and specialists throughout Southern Africa to further support these activities. The team of experts who undertook ESIA for the proposed project is shown on Table 1.2 below. It is a combined team of Loci consultants and consultants employed by TYPSA, an independent Spanish engineering and environmental consultancy. TYPSA has been engaged by Elsamex to contribute several technical specialist sections of the ESIA (under Loci guidance and coordination). The team members and the consultancies which they represent are shown in the following table. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 3 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 1.2: ESIA Team Project Manager/Environmental Mr. J. Westra – Loci Environmental Consultant Environmental Consultant Mr. V. Lelaka – Loci Environmental Mr. J. Ruiz Casanueva – TYPSA consultants Biophysical Environmental Consultants (Air, Noise, Mr. E. Piñero Piolestán – TYPSA consultants Water) Mr. G. Varas Romero – TYPSA consultants Archaeologist Mr. W. Biemond – Loci Environmental Socio-Economic Specialist Dr. D. Cownie – Loci Environmental Socio-Economic Field Team Mr. R. Weeks – Loci Environmental Leader Environmental Health and Mr. G. Sibanda – Loci Environmental Safety Specialist Mapping Mr. L. Gaolekwe – Loci Environmental 1.4 Brief Project Background A notable feature of the proposed road works project is that it is an Output and Performance-based Road Contract. The following description of this type of contract is described below. 1.4.1 Project Background: Scope of OPRC Services Output- and performance based contracting for roads are designed to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of road asset management and maintenance. It should insure that the physical condition of the road under contract is adequate for the need of road users, over the entire period of the contract which is normally several years. This type of contract significantly expands the role of the private sector, from the simple execution of work to the management and conservation of road assets. In traditional road construction and maintenance contracts, the contractor is responsible for the execution of works which are normally defined by the Road Administration or the Employer, and the contractor is paid on the basis of unit prices for different work items, i.e. a contract based on “inputs” to the works. The results of traditional road contracts are in many cases optimal. The problem is that the Contractor has the wrong incentive, which is to carry out the maximum amount of works, in order to maximize his turnover and profits. Even if the work is carried out according to plan and considerable money is spent, the overall service quality for the road user depends on the quality of the design given to the Contractor who is not accountable for it. In many cases the roads do not last as long as they should because of deficiencies in the original designs, aggravated by inadequate maintenance. The OPRC as a model for road user asset management is similar to Design, Build, Maintain, Operate and Transfers (DBMOT) model of contract which addresses the issues of inadequate incentives. During the building process, contractors compete among each other by essentially proposing fixed 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 4 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 lump-sum prices for bringing the road to a certain service level and then maintaining it at that level for a relatively long period. It is important to understand that contractors are no paid directly for “inputs” or physical work( which they will undoubtedly have to carry out), but for achieving specified Service level on the road under contract, and specific improvements, all represented in output or outcomes, expressed in Service-Level criteria. As lump-sum periodic remuneration paid to the Contractor must ensure that the roads under contract comply with the Service Level s which has been specified in the bidding document. It is possible that during some months he will have to carry out a rather large amount of physical works in order comply with the required Service Level and very little work during other months. However, his periodic payment remains the same as long as the required Service Levels are complied with. A fundamental feature of the OPRC is that the “Contractor” must not necessarily be a traditional works contractor, but can be any type of firm or business venture “Contractor” having the necessary technical, managerial and financial capacity to fulfill the contract. In any case, the contractor is responsible for designing and carrying out the works, service and actions he believes are necessary in order to achieve and maintain the Service Levels stated in the contract. The Service Levels are defined from a road user’s perspective and from the “strength of the pavement“ point of view and may include factors such as riding comfort, safety features, residual strength of pavement, etc. if the Service Level is not achieved in any given month, the payment for that month may be reduced or even suspended. Under the OPRC, the Contractor has a strong financial incentive to be both efficient and effective whenever he undertakes work. In order to maximize profits, he must reduce his activities to the smallest possible volume of well-designed interventions, which nevertheless ensure that pre-defined indicators of Service Level are achieved and maintained over time. This type of contract makes it necessary for the Contractor to have a good management capacity. Here, “management” means the capability to define, optimize and carry out on a timely basis the physical interventions, which are needed in the short, medium and long term, in order to guarantee that the roads remain above the agreed Service Levels. In other words, within the contract limitations and those required to comply with the local legislation, technical and performance specifications and environmental and social regulations, the Contractor is entitled to independently define (within the limits indicated in the schedule of payment):  What to do;  Where to do it;  How to do it; and  When to do it. The role of the Road Administration and of the employer is to enforce the contract by verifying compliance with the agreed Service Levels and with all applicable legislation and regulations. The Contractor will be responsible for the detailed design of the rehabilitation and other consequent phases in the life-span of the project (the Contractor is not entitled to any payment for the design). The Design standards and specifications shall be recommended by the project manager and meet at least the minimum specified design standards. The bidder can propose higher standards if it serves better his optimal Programming for the project designed for 10 year period. The project managing triangle is composed of the Employer, Contractor and the Project Manager from the Monitoring Consultant. Maintaining a road network includes both routine and periodic tasks. Routine Maintenance consists of many different tasks frequently necessary to maintain the function of the road (such as pothole repairs, cleaning of drainage, sealing of cracks, cutting vegetation, etc.). Intelligent management, the timelines of innervations and the adequacy of technical solutions are critical. It is expected that the use of private specialized firms under output and performance-based contract will unleash significant efficiency gains, and stimulate innovation in comparison with traditional road administration practices. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 5 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Minimum road conditions and Service Levels are defined through output and performance measures, and these are used under the OPRC to define and measure the desired performance of the Contractor. In the OPRC, the defined performance measures are thus the accepted minimum thresholds for the quality levels of the roads for which the Contractor is responsible. The performance criteria should ideally cover all aspects of the contract and take account of the fact that different sub-areas within the contract might require different Service Levels. Criteria can be defined at three levels (although simpler contracts will not use all the criteria identified below): (a) Road User Service and Comfort measures, which can be expressed in terms such as:  Road Roughness;  Road and lane width;  Rutting;  Skid resistance;  Visibility of road signs and markings;  Availability of road signs and markings;  Response time to rectify defects that compromise the safety of road users;  Vegetation control;  Attendance at road accidents; and  Drainage off the pavement (standing water is dangerous for road users). (b) Road Durability measures, which can be expressed in terms such as:  Longitudinal profile;  Pavement strength;  The extent of repairs permissible before a more extensive period maintenance treatment is required; and  Degree of sedimentation in drainage facilities. (c) Management Performance Measures, which define the information the Employer requires both to govern the asset during the term of the contract, and to facilitate the next tender round. Requirements should include:  Delivery of regular progress reports to the Road Controlling Authority;  Inventory updates and other data sharing requirements; and  Maintenance history (so subsequent tender can price the work). Together the performance measure defines the minimum acceptable Service Level for the particular road. In setting the measure various criteria (both technical and practical) need to be carefully considered, such as: 1. Subgrade quality and type; 2. Traffic volume and composition; 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 6 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 3. Urban vs. rural; 4. Flat, hilly or mountainous terrain; 5. Quality of available construction materials; 6. Capacity of available contractors; and 7. Any environmental constraints, such as protected areas, parks, forest reserves, etc. However, probably the most important criterion is the question of what service level can be afforded and economically justified for the road on question. Together the performance measures define the minimum acceptable service level for the continuous monitoring and control of road conditions and service levels for all roads or road section included in the contract. This will not only be necessary to fulfill the contract requirements, but it is an activity which will provide him with the information needed to be able to: 1. Know the degree of his own compliance with service level requirements; and 2. Define and plan in a timely fashion, all physical interventions required to ensure that service quality indicators never fall below the indicated thresholds. Under the OPRC model, the Contractor will not receive instructions from the Employer concerning the type and volume of road maintenance works to be carried out. Instead, all initiative rest with the contractor who must do whatever is necessary and efficient to achieve the quality levels required. This concept is expected to lead not only to significant efficiency gain, as mentioned earlier, but also to technological innovation. The beneficiaries of the concept are expected to be road Administration, and the contractors or other private sector enterprises. In a wider sense, future generation will be able to benefit from a better preservation of past investments in roads. Road users will be able to know the service level they can except in return for the payment they make for the use of the infrastructure (tolls, traffic, user fees, taxes, etc.). The Road Administrations should benefit by obtaining better overall road conditions at the same levels of expenditure. For contractors and other private sector enterprises, the new type of contract should open up new business opportunities, in which longer contract periods provide a more stable business environment, and for the establishment of true public-private partnership relations. However, it may be the future generations who will perhaps benefit most, since they will have to pay for the reconstruction of roads destroyed because of lack of maintenance today. Output – and Performance-based Road Contract as the model asset management transfers a significant burden of risk onto the contractor. It is important that this burden is both equitable and within the capacity of the industry. The contract defines the risk profile carried by the contractor arising from storm events, legislation change, change in traffic volume, and roadside development. Some emergency works should always be foreseen. Those are meant to remedy unexpected damage which occurs as a result of extraordinary natural phenomena, and which affect the normal use of the road network, or the safety and security of the users. For emergency works, the contract limits the responsibility of the Contractor, establishing that the Employer will approve execution of services and separate remuneration based on specific amounts proposed by the Contractor for each case, on the basis of volume of works estimated at each time and on unit prices include in the bid and in the contract. The agreed periodic payment for the maintenance works and services will be made to the Contractor if he has complied, during the month for which the payment is to be made, with the agreed service level 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 7 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 on the road network under contract. Together with his Periodic Payment report, the Contractor will report the result of his own evaluation of compliance with the required service levels, based on his own monitoring system which is mandatory. His statement will then be verified by the Employer or his representative (supervision/monitoring consultant) through inspections. If the service levels are not met, payments are reduced based on a schedule given in the contract; payments may even be suspended, if the contractor fails during an extended period to achieve certain minimum thresholds values of service levels. The contract describes the formulas used to calculate payment reduction and potential contract suspensions. 1.4.2 Location Within Botswana This Scoping and Environmental ToR document refers to the development of a contract referred to as “Package 2”, which is situated in a corridor that connects the villages of Rakhuna, Tlhareseleele, Pitsane, Phitshane Molopo and Mabule. All villages are located in the Southern District, Borolong Sub- District (refer to Figure 1.1). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 8 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 1.1 Location Map Showing Proposed Layout of Package 2 Roads Project 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 9 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 1.4.3 Project description The contract will be undertaken in tandem with another separate OPRC contract referred to as Package 1, which involves the road section of A10 and A2 from the turnoff to Mmankgodi village in Kweneng District, to the Jwaneng roundabout. However, the technical scope of this Package 2 contract is different from Package 1. Under this proposed Package 2 contract, three main components are included:  Upgrade from gravel to paved road for the section from Rakhuna to Tlharaseleele to Pitsane;  Upgrade of existing B101 road from Pitsane to Phitshane Molopo; and  Realignment and upgraded road from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule. A full description of the project details and components has been provided in Chapter 4. 1.5 Environmental Background The scope of works for Loci Environmental’s commission is to undertake the environmental and social impact assessment for the proposed Project. This includes two pre-ESIA documents to be submitted to the DEA for approval i.e. a Project Brief and a Scoping and Terms of Reference report, followed by the ESIS (this document), to be submitted after completion of the ESIA studies. Prior to embarking upon the environmental scoping and ToR, as per the EA Act of 2011, Loci completed and submitted a Project Brief to the Department of Environmental Affairs for review. The Project Brief also served as an introduction to the project and environmental screening tool. The Project Brief was submitted in April 2014, and correspondence in response to the document was th received from the DEA in April 2014 (DEA reference no. DEA/BOD/INFR/RDS 1831 (2) dated 17 April 2014). The ToR was subsequently submitted to the DEA for approval in June of 2014, and this th was approved in September 2014 (reference DEA/BOD/INFR/RDS 182 I (4) dated 26 September 2014). The response letter approving the project Terms of Reference and Scoping from DEA required that:  Upon completion of the ESIA study, two hard copies and a soft copy of the EIS should be submitted to the DEA  If the study is not completed within 12 months, the scoping exercise must be re-done. The Project Brief and DEA correspondences, as well as the approved Scoping and ToR document are appended on this report as Appendix B and C respectively, in this document. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 10 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework This Chapter is intended to identify all policies, legislation, regulations, plans, guidelines, etc. which impact on the proposed planning, development and operation of the proposed Project. The key pieces of legislation that have a direct bearing on the successful implementation of the proposed development are highlighted below. 2.1 National Legislation The following are Acts and regulations relevant on a national level, which may affect the proposal in terms of the developer’s obligations and legal requirements in carrying out the project. The national legislation description has been organised into the following categories for ease of reference:  Botswana constitution;  Land related legislation;  Environmental legislation;  Water related legislation; and  Road related legislation. 2.1.1 Botswana Constitution The Constitution of Botswana is the supreme law of the land. Adopted at independence on 30 September 1966, the Constitution declares Botswana as a parliamentary republic, and identifies fundamental rights and freedoms of individuals in Botswana. A detailed summary of the constitution is included in the Social Impact Assessment specialist report undertaken as part of this ESIA. 2.1.2 Land Related Legislation Botswana has three principal land tenure systems, each governed through specific laws and regulations regarding access, ownership, and the ability to transfer property. These comprise freehold land, which can be bought and sold on the market, tribal land, which can be transferred through agreed mechanisms and which are in part governed by traditional systems, and state land. Land use includes land used for agricultural purposes (with uses including arable farming, wetland farming, mixed farming, and grazing), commercial agriculture, industrial use, residential and community. Tribal land is most common, followed by state land, which includes national parks, and much of what is defined as urban land, and freehold tenure in urban and rural areas (FinMark Trust, 2012). Overall, an estimated 72% of land is classified as Customary, 23% is classified as State land, and 5% is classified as Freehold (Mathuba, 2003). 2.1.2.1 Tribal Land Act (1968) – amended in 2001 Land administration in rural Botswana is governed by the Tribal Land Act of 1968. The Act governs access, use and disposal of over 70% of land in Botswana. It provided for the establishment of Land Boards whose functions involve the grant of customary land rights. Part III of the Act states that the powers vested in a Chief under customary law in relation to land include:  The granting of rights of use of any land; 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 11 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  The cancellation of any grant of any rights to use any land;  The authorisation of transfer of tribal land and authorisation of change of land use of tribal land; and  The imposition of restriction on the use of tribal land. The above shall be vested in and performed by a Land Board. In essence the Tribal Land Act transferred powers previously vested in the chiefs to the Land Boards. In accordance with the conditions of this Act, the project proponent must be granted legal surface rights for the land on which the mining operations are to take place. Following the completion of the application process by the project proponent, the Land Board will issue Surface Rights for a fixed period. The process will require the project proponent to:  Consult the land overseer;  Consult the affected local community;  Consult and obtain consent from the existing land rights holders and at least three neighbours; and  Submit the application form to the Land Board. It must be noted that there is a clause that requires the project proponent to pay compensation to the land rights holder, for the land that will be acquired for new road alignments or borrow pits. 2.1.2.2 State Land Act (1966) – amended in 1993 Botswana passed the State Land Act in 1966. It provides for the management of state land (urban land, parks and forest reserves) by the central government working with district and town councils. State land is allocated through Certificates of Rights, which are inheritable, perpetual and secure or, if converted, can fall under a Fixed Period State Grant leased for 99 years to residential use and 50 years for commercial and industrial use (see Bornegrim and Collin, 2010). The Sectional Titles Act of 1999 (USAID, 2010) largely governs land use in urban areas where an extensive land market has developed. The State Land Act also provides for privately owned freehold tenure, where land is also inheritable, perpetual and transferrable, and which can be owned by individuals or companies. Privately owned land is found in urban areas for residential purposes, and an established market exists in this regard especially in Gaborone and Francistown. Since 1978 the government has stopped the allocation of new land as freehold tenure for agricultural purposes, and some freehold land has since been converted into tribal land and state land. 2.1.2.3 Town and Country Planning Act (2013) This Act requires development plans for all areas declared as planning areas and promotes environmental protection through the Development Control Code and the Urban Development Standards which establish planning controls over the development and use of land. The Act also requires local authorities to prepare development plans for all planning areas. The village of Goodhope currently has Development Plan in place within the project area. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 12 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.1.2.4 Other The 1975 Tribal Grazing Lands Policy allowed the changing of tenure in tribal lands to allow exclusive leasehold rights regardless of tribal affiliation, with land boards responsible for such land allocation in rural areas. The 1977 Town and Country Planning Act govern the development of rural and urban land; setting forth plans for land planning. The 1991 National Agricultural Development Policy allows for permit owners of boreholes to apply for 50-year leases to an area of 6,400 square hectares around their boreholes. Leaseholders are permitted to fence the area and have exclusive rights to all natural resources within that area. The 1999 Sectional Titles Act allows for the transfer of rights to sections of developments and properties, including for industrial developments. 2.1.3 Environmental Legislation The following sections summarise the environmental legislation relevant to the proposed project. 2.1.3.1 Environmental Assessment Act (2011) The EA Act provides for Environmental Impact Assessments to be used to assess the potential effects of planned development activities; to determine and to provide mitigation measures for effects of such activities as may have a significant adverse impact on the environment; to put in place a monitoring process and evaluation of the environmental impacts of implemented activities; and to provide for matters incidental to the foregoing. Only after the competent authority, the DEA, has approved the Environmental Impact Statement can the project proceed. The EIA process entails:  The identification of potential environmental impacts;  The identification of measures to mitigate the adverse impacts and enhance the positive effects;  Public consultations to inform and solicit the views and concerns of interested and affected parties about the proposed project; and  The development of an Environmental Management Plan that outlines the proposed measures to mitigate both archaeological and environmental effects. For the undertaking of environmental studies in compliance with the EA Act (2011), the Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2012) have been developed. These guidelines clearly outline the activities to be undertaken during each of the assessment stages, as well as the information and format to be submitted to the DEA for Review. 2.1.3.2 Monuments and Relics Act (2001) Road construction, particularly on new road sections, can be destructive of the land surface, and this and collateral development is therefore likely to impact any archaeological or historic sites and other heritage that may exist in the proposed area. Immovable heritage is a non-renewable resource often with scientific, spiritual, economic and educational value. Therefore an audit is required to be first undertaken for any impacted area, and if sufficiently important sites are discovered, a programme of mitigation to salvage material or information should be implemented prior to any construction work commencing. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 13 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 All development in Botswana that are likely to change or disturb the land surface requires the permission of the Department of National Museum and Monuments, under the terms of the Monuments and Relics Act (2001), before such work can begin. This Act provides for the protection and preservation of ancient monuments, relics and material of archaeological, cultural or historic interest. Old or new burial sites are not to be disturbed nor moved without the permission of the Director of the Department of NMM, the fact that there are different classifications (e.g. historic to recent) of burial sites should be taken into account. The classification of possible grave sites influences the outcome from the Director, which can be preceded by a lengthy consultative process with the local communities. The development permission usually granted after a pre-development impact study AIA has been conducted by an approved archaeologist to the satisfaction of the National Museum, the institution tasked with the responsibility of overseeing the Act. It may also be necessary to carry out mitigation work or have the development project modified before the permit is issued, depending upon the findings of the AIA. Archaeology is a relatively new profession in Botswana and impact and mitigation studies are contributing to building up a comprehensive prehistory of the country as they frequently take place in under-explored parts of the country or unearth aspects of the heritage not previously studied. They also often contribute to improved planning of the proposed development by identifying potential snags and of course can obviate delays caused by unexpected discoveries that necessitate rescue archaeology. As part of the ESIA study, an Archaeological Impact Assessment (AIA) has been undertaken to fulfil the requirements of the 2001 Act. 2.1.3.3 Waste Management Act (1998) “Waste” as defined by the Waste Management Act includes the following substances and any combination thereof which are discarded by any person or accumulated or stored by any person for the purpose of recycling: undesirable or superfluous by-products; residue or remainder of any process or activity; any gaseous, liquid or solid matter. Waste is also defined by place of origin or generation (household, industrial, mining waste etc.). The Waste Management Act was promulgated to manage controlled waste and Section 45 of the Act incorporates the provisions of the Basel Convention. It addresses management of controlled and hazardous waste. This includes provision of waste management plans, identification of waste management sites and control of groundwater pollution. The relevance of this Act to the proposed project is such that it is imperative to manage all waste generated by the project, including construction waste, as well as waste generated during operational and decommissioning phases, which includes rubble, sanitation waste and general waste, in an environmentally responsible manner and as stipulated in this particular Act. 2.1.3.4 Atmospheric Pollution (Prevention) Act (1971) Atmospheric Pollution (prevention) Act of 1971 is currently the only piece of legislation, which is specifically directed at pollution prevention and control. The Act also provides for the prevention of pollution of the atmosphere caused by industrial processes, and further provides for the appointment of pollution control officers as well as inspectors. Given the nature of road construction operations, the provisions of this Act are such that the proponent cannot carry out any activities that would result in the release of atmospheric emissions before:  The study area is declared a controlled area by the Minister;  The company has been issued a valid registration certificate allowing the air emitting process; and 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 14 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Erecting plants with particular equipment and technology that will abate and monitor the offensive emissions. The Act represents a move to an air pollution control strategy that is based on receiving air quality management. It focuses on the adverse impacts of air pollution on the ambient environment and sets standards as the benchmark for air quality management performance. At the same time it sets emission standards to minimise the amount of pollution that enters the environment. The Act regulates the control of noxious and offensive gases emitted by industrial processes, the control of smoke and wind borne dust pollution, and emissions from diesel vehicles. The promulgation of the Act resulted in a shift from air pollution control based on source-based controls to decentralised air quality management through an effects-based approach. An effects based approach requires the meeting of ambient air quality standards. Such standards provide the objectives for air quality management. The Contractor must ensure adherence to local air quality standards where applicable, and international standards such as the World Bank air quality guidelines. This is especially important in that the operations are to be periodically monitored by legally mandated air pollution control officers who will check for compliance. The Air pollution control officers also retain the power to request the registration certificate holder to take steps to improve the performance of the equipment in use or to request that the existing equipment be replaced with newer, more efficient equipment. Non- compliance is an offence that can result in legal action against the registration certificate holder. 2.1.3.5 Factories Act (1979) The Factories Act is one of the few pieces of legislation primarily concerned with Occupational Health and Safety in Botswana. The Act provides regulations to govern conditions of safety, health and welfare in the employment in factories and other places. It also provides regulations for the safety and inspection of certain plant and machinery and for incidental purposes. The definition of “Factories” according to the Act is essentially all premises where people are employed in manual labour, and is highly relative to the construction industry. Subjects relevant under the act include:  Occupational Hygiene;  First aid;  Personal protection equipment (PPE);  Notification of accidents, dangerous occurrences and industrial disease;  Trenching safety; and  Cranes and other lifting machines and apparatus. 2.1.3.6 Herbage Preservation Act (1978) This Act stipulates the creation of herbage preservation committees at national and district level to regulate the burning of vegetation, the construction and maintenance of fire breaks. The principal objective is to prevent uncontrolled fires. Such fires occur in the district seasonally, this Act is of particular relevance to control potential fires around the proposed Project development. The Act states that “no person shall wilfully or negl igently light a fire which by spreading damages or destroys, or threatens to damage or destroy, the property of another person.” [4. (2)] “Every person, before burning vegetation on a land of which is the owner or on which is permitted or authorised to 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 15 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 burn vegetation, shall give reasonable notice of his intention to do so and, as nearly as possible, of the time at which the burning is to begin to all owners or occupiers of adjoining land and, where reasonably practicable, to a police officer or headman.” [6 (1)]. As the proposal in question will comprise a significant expanse of vegetated land, this Act holds significant relevance in its attempt to protect the natural vegetation of the local environments. 2.1.3.7 Public Health Act (1981) This Act addresses diseases and the spread thereof, and provides a range of health measures including regulations on prevention, management and control of diseases as well as cleanliness and sanitation and the control of nuisances. The Act also provides for the welfare of all personnel and addresses working facilities related to sanitation, workshops and offices, stating that these must be cleaned regularly and free of litter, and free of any nuisances that are offensive, injurious to health and possible environmental pollutants. Under the Act, proponents are prohibited from conducting operations such that any street, road or part of, any stream, pool, ditch, gutter, watercourse, sink, water tank, cistern, water closet, privy, urinal, cesspool, soak-away pit, septic tank, cesspit, soil pile, waste pipe, drain, sewer, garbage receptacle, dustbin, dung-pit, sewer, refuse pit, slop-tank, ash-pit or manure heap so foul or in such a state or so situated or constructed as in the opinion of a health officer to be offensive or to be injurious or dangerous. Additionally, the Act protects the quality of water used by the public, by controlling the disposal of polluted water and control of mosquito larvae. This particular Act has relevance to the setup of the construction camp setup for the project. 2.1.3.8 Forest Act (1968) The Forest Act has been put in place to enable the declaration of State Land as forest reserve. The Act describes responsibilities for the relevant authorities involved when declaring a forest reserve. It also deals with protected trees, prohibited acts and relevant licensing, exemptions and fines. The Act is relevant in terms of the proposed project as it specifies the protected tree species for Botswana. During the planning, design and construction of the project all regulations and guidelines in this Act must be taken into account, specifically in relation to clearance activities. 2.1.3.9 Agricultural Resources Conservation Act (1974) This Act makes provision for the conservation and improvement of Agricultural Resources and has established the Agricultural resource Board whose mandate is to include issuing conservation orders and stock controls. 2.1.3.10 District Bye-laws There are as yet no Botswana Standards for construction noise assessment. However, in Botswana’s National Environmental Health Policy, noise pollution is specifically mentioned as a problem faced by the country. Botswana considers noise control as a component of environmental health control. In view of the importance of noise pollution to Botswana’s health care goals, the noise study was deemed an essential component of the ESIA. Botswana has not assigned specific numerical values to sound or noise levels. However, non-numerical noise regulations are contained in the Southern District Council (Noise and Nuisance) Byelaws in Sections 33 and 34 (Source www.laws.gov.bw). In these regulations, the closest reference to mining noise is contained in Section 3(e) where reference is made to the following: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 16 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 “(e) [No person shall…] between the hours of 12 midnight and 7.30 a.m. carry on any busines s, trade or industry involving the use of machinery which by reason of the noise created by it is offensive or constitutes a nuisance or which disturbs the comfort or peace of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood”. The intention of the provision is clear, that noise from industry (and road construction is assumed to be included here), particularly at night is unacceptable. However, the regulation does not provide for a way to assess noise disturbance scientifically. Since there are no regulations or standards in Botswana governing the issues of the measurement and assessment of noise, reference is made to international standards and guidelines and South African standards. 2.1.4 Construction Materials Related Legislation The following sections summarise the gravel extraction and water supply-related legislation relevant to the proposed project. 2.1.4.1 Boreholes Act (1956) The Boreholes Act (1956) was enacted to ensure that the records for all boreholes are kept safely within the Department of Geological Surveys (DGS). In practise it is now common practise for all borehole drillers to submit and send borehole records and lithological samples to the DGS. Any drilling contractors subcontracted by the Client for the exploration and production borehole drilling will be expected to comply with the act. This Act is primarily relevant to any new or existing boreholes used for water during the construction activities. 2.1.4.2 Water Act (1968) The Water Act primarily provides for the prevention of the misuse and pollution of water through enforcement of penalties. The Act also addresses the ownership, protection and the rights to use “public water”, and requires that the water resources within t he project area and beyond should not be polluted by any matter derived from the project. Under the Act, development proponents must first obtain water rights from the Water Apportionment Boards (WAB) before any act such as constructing a dam or proceeding to store, use or discharge any effluent into the public water. The process also includes applying for water rights that will provide the permission required to do such. The management of water resources will be facilitated by the provisions of both this Act and the Waterworks Act (1962). Under these provisions it is an offence to pollute or foul any public water by either discharging any substance likely to pollute or by dumping any material in a place where water is likely to flow and carry the pollutants along. Such offences are liable to penalties to be paid by the polluter. The Water Act 1968 and the Borehole Act outline the requirements for the drilling of boreholes and groundwater rights. The Water Act defines the ownership of any rights to surface or groundwater and grants permission for the use of water resources through the Water Appointment Board (WAB) under the Department of Water Affairs. The Water Act 1968 (and the Water Utilities Act 1970) will only be relevant if water supplies are located close to established population centres. The Water Act 1968 enables authorities to acquire or curtail existing works in times of drought. The Water Utilities Act can be used to declare any demand centre as a waterworks area, however in practise this only applies to towns and major villages. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 17 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.1.4.3 Waterworks Act (1962) The Act provides for the establishment of Water Authorities mandated with the responsibility of supplying water and other waterworks in townships and areas designated by the Minister as Waterworks areas. The provisions of the Act are such that the water authorities have been given a wide range of powers that include the right to acquire rights to take water, to provide waterworks needed to supply water. They also have the authority to enter private property for the purpose of reading water meters, inspecting, repairing, replacing or testing any service without giving prior notice to the owner, making it an offence to obstruct the inspectors/officers from carrying out their duties. The Act prohibits water pollution and promotes water conservation by also considering the following as offences:  Pollute or cause risk of pollution to any water, or to allow any foul liquid, gas or other noxious matter to enter into the waterworks or any pipe or fitting connected therewith;  Deposit any foul, noisome or injurious matter, earth or excavated material in a manner that it can be washed off and carried into the waterworks;  Undertake any activities that can result in silt, sand, gravel, sawdust, refuse or waste entering into the waterworks or any pipe or fitting connected therewith; and  Wilfully and purposefully waste water. This Act is primarily relevant to the project for any water infrastructure in the corridor throughout the study area. 2.1.4.4 Electricity Supply Act (1973) The Act provides for clear rules, regulations and responsibilities related to the supply of electricity. It specifies minimum requirements for electrical installations to adhere to, as well as licensing regulations. The electrical installations covered in the act include standard low voltage systems, high voltage (overhead) lines and installations other than consumer installations (such as substations). The regulations include:  Technical requirements for materials, conductors, testing and overloading;  Safety requirements for fencing, maintenance, inspections and wind pressure; and  Fire precautions and clearance instructions. This Act is relevant for the design and safety aspects of the electrical infrastructure components of the project, particularly at camps or during relocation of electrical infrastructure within the road reserve, and needs to be taken into account during all design and construction phases. 2.1.4.5 Mines and Minerals Act (1999) The original Mines and Minerals Act of 1977 has been revised to incorporate changes designed to facilitate the issuing of exploration and mining licences and to make Government participation in new developments more attractive to investors. The new Mines and Minerals Act was passed in July 1999, and in accordance with this Act, the proponent must obtain a mining licence from the Department of Mines prior to the commencement of any borrow pit operations. There are three types of mineral rights in Botswana (a reconnaissance permit, a prospecting licence and a mining lease). The rights may be granted to an individual or company as provided for in the Act. The Act also stipulates that the application for the mining licence must be accompanied by a completed EIS, which includes an EMP. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 18 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The EMP must make specific reference to the actions that will be taken to address the environmental impacts throughout the project life cycle and after closure. Subsequent to the enactment of the EA Act (2011), the issuing of the mining licence is subject to approval of the ESIA. Section 65(1) of the Mines and Minerals Act states: The holder of a mineral concession shall, in accordance with the law in force from time to time in Botswana and in accordance with good mining industry practice, conduct his operations in such manner as to preserve in as far as is possible the natural environment, minimize and control waste or undue loss of or damage to natural and biological resources, to prevent and where unavoidable, promptly treat pollution and contamination of the environment and shall take no steps which may unnecessarily or unreasonably restrict or limit further development of the natural resources of the concession area or adjacent areas. The paragraph above requires the applicant to consider and address all polluting activities, assessing the risk, potential impacts on the environment and prevent or mitigate such impacts. 2.1.4.6 Mines, Quarries, Works and Machinery Act (1978) This Act is relevant to issues relating to the safety of (borrow pit) mining, ancillary and quarrying operations and also the safety, health and welfare of the site employees. The project proponent is required under the Act to put in place measures that will result in the compliance with the specifics summarised in the legal register. It is important that the project proponent acquaint themselves with the stipulations made with regard to the construction and operation of borrow pits. In addition, the Act also specifies that a Mineral Permit must be issued by the Department of Mines for any borrow pit or quarry to be operated during the construction phase. The application for the Mineral Permit has to be accompanied by a completed EIA report for each borrow pit or quarry. 2.1.4.7 Explosives Act (1968) – amended in 1977 The Act falls under the Department of Mines and provides for “the control of the manufacture, importation, sale, transport, storage, use and disposal of explosives and for matters incidental thereto.” The Explosives Act is relevant to this development due to the fact that construction in certain areas may require the use of explosives for blasting of rock. 2.1.5 Roads related Legislation The following sections summarise the roads related legislation relevant to the proposed project. 2.1.5.1 Road Traffic Act -Road Traffic (Amendment) Act 1993 and 2001 This Act provides for the regulation of traffic in the country to ensure road safety. Part VIII of the Act specifically addresses driving and other offences relating to the use of vehicles on roads and their penalties. The Act also is relevant in terms of guidance pertaining to:  Road Traffic (Signs) Regulation, which deals with road signs (regulatory, warning and informative), road markings, signals, and  Road Traffic (Speed Limits for specified vehicles) Regulations. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 19 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 This Act regulates the behaviour of drivers involved with the development delivery of raw materials and hauling of spoils/waste materials and finished goods for the proposed development. The Road traffic regulations hold importance to the proposed road works project due to the substantial amount of movement of trucks that will be transporting construction materials to site and construction waste to disposal areas. 2.1.5.2 Botswana Roads Design Manual (1982) and Roads Maintenance Manual (2010) Both documents are technical guidelines/standards for the design, construction and maintenance of roads in Botswana. They outline the different road types, the required technical parameters (including clearance), relocation requirements and maintenance activities/requirements. 2.1.5.3 Environmental and Social Management Framework Including a Resettlement Policy Framework In 2008 the Department of Roads issued an Environmental and Social Management Framework which included a Resettlement Policy Framework (Department of Roads, 2008). This was based on an OPRC project requirement, arising from World Bank financing, of a framework guiding impact responses and resettlement for roads projects. While covered in more detail in the Accelerated Resettlement Action Plan, here the principles and procedures guiding resettlement are summarised here. The Framework makes reference to the World Bank Group member organisation IFC Operational Policy on Resettlement (4.12), discussed below. Consistent with the international standards, the Framework notes that involuntary resettlement should be avoided as possible and, if not avoidable, minimised. If resettlement is not avoidable, displaced persons must be meaningfully consulted and involved in planning and implementing resettlement actions, and their lives should not be made worse off by resettlement. Individual Resettlement Plans are required for each affected property. Valuation of affected assets under 4.12 “stipulates that where domestici law does not meet standard of compensation at full replacement cost, compensation under domestic law is supplemented by additional measures necessary to meet the replacement cost standard” (Department of Roads, 2008: 7). Thereafter, the Framework elaborates start-up and implementation processes, grievance procedures, and monitoring and evaluation requirements. 2.2 Policies and Standards The following are policies that have been put into place in Botswana for the holistic development of the country from a variety of perspectives. Where national standards are relevant to the work of the consultants on the ESIA, these are also mentioned below. 2.2.1 Vision 2016 The EA Act does not require the specific commissioning of a full social impact assessment when undertaking EIA studies for proposed projects. The actions of the applicant in the social field in Botswana are therefore guided more broadly by the development vision of the country, and the specific challenges facing the project area, rather than issues of compliance. The Government’s response to the development challenges facing the country are guided at the broadest level by Vision 2016. Vision 2016 was developed in 1996 through a nationwide consultative process and published in 1997 (Presidential Task Group, 1997). Noting the accomplishments of the past, the Vision 2016 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 20 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 document highlights the need for Botswana to adapt to a changing environment and to respond to opportunities. Under Vision 2016, Botswana aspires to the following national traits:  An educated, informed nation;  A prosperous, productive and innovative nation;  A compassionate, just and caring nation;  A safe and secure nation;  An open, democratic and accountable nation;  A moral and tolerant nation; and  A united and proud nation. The aim of Vision 2016 remains consistent with the national development objectives of social harmony, sustained development, rapid economic growth, economic independence, and social justice. Key social environment elements of the Vision 2016 document are as follows:  Recognition of the importance of sound environmental management and community involvement in conservation and exploitation;  The need to meet economic growth targets to allow the continued provision of social services;  Economic diversification for job creation;  Adequate shelter, following the national housing policy that “will not discriminate against any social group, women or the disabled” (Presidential Task Group, 1997: 8);  More equitable income distribution;  The eradication of extreme poverty and the reduction of the percentage of the population in poverty from 46% in 1994 to 23% in 2016;  Social safety net coverage of all those in poverty, and all of those who are vulnerable;  Access to adequate health care services;  A reduction in new infections from HIV, and the provision of treatment to all of those in need;  Reduced levels of crime;  Improved road safety; and  Open, transparent governance, including a strengthened role for civil society. The National Development Plan 10, covering the seven-year period 2009-2016, covers the period up to Vision 2016. 2.2.2 Revised National Policy for Rural Development (2002) Given the rural nature of the Project areas and surrounding settlements, the “Revised National Policy for Rural Development” (Government Paper No. 3 of 2002, Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, 2002) is of relevance. The 2002 revised policy is based on a review of the 1973 Rural Development Policy that focused largely on the transfer of finances from mining activities into rural development initiatives. While successful in transferring resources to rural areas and rapidly expanding both productive and social services on an unprecedented scale, the emergent situation required a different focus that would place more emphasis on local initiative (see BIDPA, 2001), and strengthen the process of rural development that would overcome the perceived disempowering approach of resource transfer. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 21 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.2.3 National Settlement Policy (2004) This Policy aims to provide a comprehensive set of guidelines for national physical planning and to provide a framework for guiding the distribution of investment in a way that reflects the settlements size, population, economic potential, level of infrastructure and their role as service centres. Protection of the environment through sustainable land use planning is provided specifically through this policy that aims to:  Provide guidelines and long term strategy for development of human settlements;  Rationalise and promote the optimal use of land and the preservation of the best arable land; and  Provide guidelines for the development of transportation networks to strengthen the functional linkages between settlements. This policy of relevance since consideration must be given to where the employees will be accommodated and, how they will be transported. 2.2.4 National Ambient Air Quality Standards These standards make provision for the setting and formulation of national ambient air quality standards for substances or mixtures of substances, which present a threat to health, well-being or the environment. These standards prescribe the allowable ambient concentrations of pollutants, which are not to be exceeded during a specified time period in a defined area. If the air quality standards are exceeded, the ambient air quality is poor and the potential for health effects is greatest. 3 Table 2.1: National standards (µg/m ) for compliance Pollutant Averaging period Concentration 24-hr average 300 Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Monthly average 160 Annual average 80 1-hr average 400 Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) Annual average 100 1-hr average 40,000 Carbon monoxide (CO) 8-hourly running average 10,000 Monthly average 200 Particulate Matter (PM10) Annual average 100 2.2.5 Water Sector Reforms The National Water Master Plan Review in 2006 recommended that a series of institutional reforms were required within the water sector. These are needed to meet the increasingly complex challenges facing Botswana in the development of water resources, the supply of water and overall management of the sector. Based on these recommendations, the Government initiated a comprehensive effort in April 2008 to upgrade and extend water and wastewater services throughout the country. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 22 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The Government enacted the first of a series of institutional water sector reforms in May 2009. These included the consolidation of all water and wastewater operations under the umbrella of the Water Utilities Corporation (WUC). The National demand for water has increased dramatically over the past few decades. Most of this increased demand has come from households and the mining sector, with the current water demand 3 for the entire country estimated at 250Mm /annum. Over half of the water consumed is through self- providers such as the minerals, livestock and wildlife sectors, with the remainder being accounted for by WUC, Department of Water Affairs (DWA) and the District Councils. Under the reforms WUC has or will become the sole supplier to all sectors including ‘"self providers”. Stage 1 of this transfer has already commenced with WUC taking over urban and village water supplies from the DWA and District Council Water Units. The completion date for this stage is the end of 2014 when WUC will provide all household supplies nationwide. Thereafter the proposed reforms include WUC supplying the mining, construction, agriculture and wildlife sectors (Stage 2). This plan involves WUC purchasing and taking over existing privately owned wellfields and associated 3 infrastructure and charging a mutually agreed tariff per m supplied. In the case of farmer/wildlife boreholes, installing meters and billing individuals or institutions accordingly. The water sector reforms are relevant to the project, as substantial quantities of water will be required during the construction period. 2.2.6 Botswana Bureau of Standards (BOBS) Water Standards BOBS has issued two standards that define water quality requirements:  BOS 93:2012, 2nd Edition. Waste Water – Specification. This specifies physical, microbiological and chemical requirements for wastewater discharged into a sewer, a watercourse and open environments.  BOS 32:2009, 2nd Edition. Drinking Water – Specification. This specifies two classes of water that are suitable as drinking water, defined in terms of physical, organoleptic, chemical and microbiological constituents. Class 11 specifies requirements that are considered to be the maximum allowable for short-term consumption. 1 The upper limits of acceptability of physical and chemical determinants for discharge of wastewater into an ephemeral watercourse have been used as a standard in this assessment. The Class 11 drinking water quality standard has also been considered. These are given in the headers of tables of analytical results and assessment of leaching of waste rock and tailings in the appendices. 2.2.7 Botswana Bureau of Standards (BOBS) Environmental Noise Standards Accordingly to Botswana Standard; BOS 575:2013, -Botswana Bureau of Standard. BOS 575:2013. Maximum permissible limits for environmental noise - the maximum permissible noise levels for specific environments shall be as shown in the next table. The levels represent the sound pressure levels of the environmental noise that affect the most exposed receiver in the listed environment. The 1 Determinands are chemical substances, microbiological organisms, or some other characteristic of the water that can be measured. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 23 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 maximum levels shall be measured with the sound pressure instrument set to the most sensitive mode. Table 2.2: Maximum permissible noise for specific environment Facility Noise limit. BOS 575:2013 FACILITY NOISE LIMIT DBA (LEQ) Day Night Pre-school bedrooms, inside bedrooms, indoor hospital and ward rooms 30 30 School classrooms and preschools during class (indoors) 35 35 Any building used as hospital, convalescence home, home for the aged, 45 35 sanatorium, learning institutions, conference rooms, public library, and environmental and outdoor recreational site Residential building 50 35 Mixed residential with some commercial and outdoor entertainment 55 45 Residential and industry/small scale production and commerce 60 50 Industrial area, commercial. civic community including churches, shopping 70 60 and traffic areas (indoor and outdoor) Railway and highways 70c 70c Ceremonies. festivals and entertainment events 100e 100e a Day is from 6:00 am to 8:00 pm. b Night is from 8:00 pm to 6:00 am. c Time base is per 24 hours. d Time base is per 4 hours. e Limit shall not be exceeded more than five times in a year. The Botswana Standard; BOS 575:2013, states that an equivalent noise level of 50 dBA (day) or 35 dBA (night) at the building facade for residential building is the maximum acceptable level. People in hospital, convalescence home, home for the aged, sanatorium, learning institutions, conference rooms, public library, and environmental and outdoor recreational site are especially vulnerable to noise. BOS 505 states a maximum noise level of 45 dBA (day) and 35 dBA (night). 2.2.8 Tribal Grazing Land Policy (1975) The Tribal Grazing Land Policy (TGLP), adopted in 1975, focused on the increased commercialisation of livestock production in communal lands areas and to take grazing pressure off of common grazing areas. It offered citizens fifty-year leases on these farms. This Act has relevance for the proposed project due to the fact that areas under this type of land tenure will be affected by the proposed development. 2.2.9 National Policy on Land Tenure (1983) In 1983, the pre-existing Land Tenure practices that were instated prior to independence were reviewed. The Commission appointed by the Government for the review found no reason for large- scale overhaul of the policy in use, deeming it appropriate in terms of the nature and rates of change that it adopts. The following suggestions were, however, incorporated into the policy (Adams et al., 2003, pg.7): 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 24 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  “Commercial and industrial leases on tribal land should be modified to allow for duration of 50 years; automatic right of inheritance should be granted; land board consent should no longer be required for a sale of a common law lease to a citizen; the consent of the land board to transfer or sale should not be unreasonably withheld.  Common law leases for residential plots, for the purpose of mortgaging residential buildings, should remain as 99 years; the lessee should be allowed to apply for reversion to customary allocation at any time, subject to it not being mortgaged.  Fixed-Period State Grants and Certificate of Rights were deemed to be the most suitable form of land tenure on state land in urban areas. The Commission called for changes to allow lending against a Certificate of Rights offered as security. Amendments to the Deeds Registry Act were proposed to stop land fronting.” This policy is of significance for this development due to the fact that the proposed road alignment is likely to encounter different types of current land uses, and is expected to have a large impact on the land tenure systems that are in place. 2.2.10 Community Based Natural Resource Management Policy (2007) The Community Based Natural Resource Management Policy (CBNRM Policy) of 2007 was the end result of a series of innovations, that began in 1995, aimed at giving community representative institutions authority over resources that were proximate to the community (see Johnson, 2009). The Policy itself included provisions to overcome a problem associated with the mal-distribution of revenues from CBNRM activities, improve accountability, and strengthen monitoring and oversight. This bears relevance to the proposed Project due to the fact that the area is host to many different natural resources, as well as to a few rural communities. Therefore, the current CBNRM initiatives (if any) that are in place in the area must be identified through the project Social Impact Assessment (SIA), and the client must be aware of the development’s impact on such. If there are no CBNRM programmes in the area, this may constitute a CSR opportunity for the developer. 2.2.11 National Policy on Resource Conservation and Development (1990) The National Strategy on Natural Resources Conservation and Development (also called “National Conservation Strategy” or NCS) aims at promoting conservation of natural resources in the country such as fresh air, water, vegetation, wildlife, soils and archaeological features. This Policy was formulated by Botswana Government and approved by the National Assembly on the 17th December 1990. The conservation goals of the Policy relevant to the water regime are:  The conservation of all main ecosystems, wildlife and cultural resources;  The control of the depletion of exhaustible resources; and  The prevention and control of pollution. This policy’s relevance under this ESIA involves seeking assurance that the proposed project will not use up a finite non-renewable water resource and maintains the quality of the resource for future generations. 2.2.12 Revised National Policy on Destitute Persons, 2002 The policy provides welfare conditions and economic circumstances to qualify for entitlement to social benefits/safety nets and services to beneficiaries. The policy directs provision of the following services which are aimed at alleviating the distressful impact of absolute poverty targeting the most 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 25 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 underprivileged members of the community: Food basket, clothing, shelter, medical expenses, and uniforms for the needy students, funeral expenses and other social safety services deemed necessary. The Southern District Council has been fully implementing the policy in accordance with the guidelines and intends to maintain and accelerate the quality services during DDP7. Southern District has a caseload of 7,416 (2007/08) destitute persons and currently there are no graduates from the programme. 2.2.13 Early Childhood Care and Education Policy, 2001 The policy provides guidance and supervision in the implementation of Day Care Centre Program (Acceptable hygienic conditions, acceptable physical structures, acceptable quality of the environment, and acceptable quality of food, adequate education and development material). Day Care Centres are licensed after meeting the policy requirements and standards. In this regard, Southern District Council has been fully implementing the policy in accordance with the guidelines. 2.2.14 Short Term Plan of Action for Orphans (STPA): 1999-2003 The STPA is aimed at protecting the welfare of orphans, providing basic social services, protecting their inheritance, property, providing them with medical, school and welfare support and ensuring proper childhood development. Services provided include psychosocial support (PSS). The District has been adhering to the conditions and providing services in accordance with the laid down guidelines of the STPA. 2.2.15 VDC Guidelines, 2001 These guidelines govern management of VDCs on committee procedures, facilitating the planning, implementation, monitoring and feedback accounting to the community expectations. It provides for procedures on election of committee, function of the committee and management of VDC property. Southern District reports that a number of these VDCs are in arrears on payments due, and also report that poor management undermines effective functioning. 2.2.16 National Policy on HIV/AIDS of 1998 (and National Policy on HIV/AIDS and Gender 2006) This policy describes the problem of HIV/AIDS in Botswana, the problems facing those who are infected and affected, and outlines the response including, based on the 2006 policy, considering the gender dimensions of the response. The relevance of this policy to the project is in relation to the Contractor’s policy on HIV/AIDS which the company has to develop. There is an opportunity for possible CSR support to HIV/AIDS prevention and response in the affected area. 2.2.17 National Policy on Education (1994 - revised) The policy notes that education is a fundamental human right and that, as affordable to the state over time, education should be free. The Policy also notes a focus on basic education, and ensuring that education is consistent with national development objectives associated with economic diversification and employment creation. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 26 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.2.18 National Youth Policy (1996) and the National Action Plan for Youth (2001) This policy describes the challenges and opportunities facing the youth, and notes their needs in terms of business development, education, employment, health, crime, protection from violence, substance abuse, and recreation. The proponent will comply with this policy by developing hiring practices that are consistent with this policy. 2.2.19 National Policy for Wastewater and Sanitation Management (2001) This policy’s purpose is: “to promote the health and well-being of the people of Botswana through the provision of appropriate and sustainable wastewater/sanitation management and to introduce mechanisms for the protection and conservation of water resources.” (National Master Plan for Wastewater and Sanitation 2003). The Policy is relevant to this project since there will be need to effectively manage wastewater produced by the overall construction processes and use of water in the construction camp. 2.2.20 Botswana Aids Impact Survey 4 (BAIS4) As with much of the rest of Botswana, the District relevant to the study area is affected by HIV&AIDS. BAIS IV from 2013 puts the national prevalence rate of HIV&AIDS at 16.9%. BAIS IV Prevalence was found to be higher among females than males at 19.2% versus 14.1%, respectively. The rates in the Southern District, where the majority of the proposed roads project is located are consistent and similar to other areas of the country. The Southern District Regional HIV and AIDS Coordinating Office oversee and supervise the implementation of HIV programmes in schools. It gives support, consult, trains and advice schools in matters regarding HIV Education in an attempt to fight the HIV scourge. 2.3 Development Plans The development plans for the area have been taken into account during this study. Those of relevance include the NDP 10 and the Southern District Development Plan. 2.3.1 National Development Plan (NDP) 10 NDP 10 includes a brief review of progress towards the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Largely consistent with Vision 2016, Botswana has made progress on most MDGs:  Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger – The percentage of the population living in poverty dropped from 49% in 1993 to 23% by 2008;  Universal primary education – by 2004, net primary school enrolment reached 98.5%, and no primary school fees applied;  Gender equality – The ratio of girls to boys in primary and secondary school remained equal. Employment of women in non-agricultural sectors of employment grew from 38.4% in 1995 to 42.4% in 2006;  Infant and child mortality – Due to the rapid rise in HIV prevalence, infant and child mortality rates continue to rise, despite dramatic improvements in health service delivery, family planning, and nutritional status. Infant mortality increased from 48 per 1000 live births in 1991 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 27 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 to 56/1000 in 2001. For under-five mortality, rates rose from 63/1000 live births in 1992 to 74/1000 in 2001;  Maternal mortality rate – Dramatic increases in supervised childbirth (at 96.1% in 2003) and improved nutritional status meant that the maternal mortality rate dropped from 326 per 100,000 live births in 1991 to 167/100,000, despite dramatic increases in HIV prevalence;  Combat HIV/AIDS – HIV prevalence has stabilised, albeit at a high rate, during the 2000s, at near 30% for those aged 15-49. HIV prevalence among 15-19 year olds has seen a dramatic drop, however, from over 30% in 1995 to 17.5% in 2006. The availability of free anti-retroviral therapy for all those in need reached almost 100% by 2008; 2.3.2 Southern District Development Plan th Southern District issued its 7 District Development Plan in 2009 (DDP 7; Southern District Council, 2009). The extended plan, at over 314 pages, covers numerous sectors, and provides a vision for the way forward for the district, within the context of Vision 2016 and NDP10. After providing background and contextual information (discussed in the SIA report, please refer to Appendix X), and thereafter describing achievements under the previous development plan and problems remaining, the plan elaborates key development challenges, along with associated sector goals, objectives and key performance indicators which have not changed from the previous plan. These are reproduced below: Table 2.3: Southern District Sector Goals, Objectives and Performance Indicators Sectoral Sectoral Objectives Performance Indicators Goals To improve standard of Build effective partnership with Visible community sanitation sanitation in the District the communities initiatives Intensify public education Increased community participation To improve arable agricultural Improved housekeeping and Number of reported cases production by developing hygiene appropriate technological Improved occupational health Number of reported cases or transfer. and safety number of occurrences Improve access to potable water % services provided within set and waste water services service standards To have provided quality To provide good quality and % of services provided in time social welfare services as per timely services by 2016 and within the set standards set standards. To empower and improve the To improve the livelihood of % of beneficiaries exiting the livelihood of disadvantaged destitute persons through programme persons for self-sustenance. rehabilitation projects by 2016 To improve access and Assist communities in the The number of facilities already quality of education establishment of construction, built and equipping of pre-primary, primary, secondary and non formal education facilities Establish educational facilities in recognized settlements To ensure equitable To have constructed 2 clinics Number of facilities distribution of health services with maternity, 3new clinics, 3 constructed/upgraded health post, and upgraded 19 health posts To reduce and reverse the To prevent further spread of Reduction in HIV prevalence spread of HIV&AIDS and HIV&AIDS through: - among women 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 28 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Sectoral Sectoral Objectives Performance Indicators Goals mitigate AIDS effects on Dissemination of information - Reduction in HIV prevalence those already affected. Availability and accessibility of among the youth condoms. Encouraging testing for HIV&AIDS (use of testing centres). Encourage abstinence in youth -Improve access to ARV program -Increased males & couple testing Mitigation of AIDS effects for No of clients accessing Family those already affected by: Care Model & ARV programs Providing support for family Improve health status of the members (Home Based Care, infected Orphan programmes) Reduction of new HIV cases To promote productivity in the To adopt government Improved customer satisfaction Public Service programmes aimed at improving Targeted employees trained productivity
 -Improvement of Targeted sub districts & service conditions of service e.g. centres operational housing. Continuous training on PMS -Advocate for further decentralization (of authority) in decision - making The Plan elaborates 12 key sector challenges, along with associated strategies. These are reproduced below: Table 2.4: Sector Changes and Strategies Challenges Strategies 1 Delay in land allocation (customer i) Increase Human resource capacity and out- perspective) due to delay in planning source planning and surveying services 
 ii) Create and surveying of plots, speculative comprehensive data base of the applicants applicants who distort the actual demand 2 A comparatively high competition Zoning and Clear demarcation of the two land uses between livestock and wildlife for grazing areas, with the former encroaching into the latter 3 Conflicts between pastoral and arable Zoning and Clear demarcation of the two land uses farming resulting in mixed farming. This and enforcement is particularly prevalent in the Barolong area where they are being advocated for 4 Commercialization of sand and gravel i) Licensing and Constant monitoring to ensure extraction leading to degradation of the controlled harvesting of the two resources. environment ii) Increase both the license and lease fees to promote sustainable use of the resources. iii) Intensify involvement of communities in monitoring extraction of the resources 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 29 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Challenges Strategies 5 Over-harvesting of fuel wood due to i) Licensing and Constant monitoring to ensure commercialization, absence of controlled harvesting of the resource
 cheaper/accessible alternative energy ii) Promote cheaper energy alternatives, such as sources, and limited income earning coal utilization opportunities iii) Implementation of permanent LIPWP iv) Public education and awareness campaigns 6 Settlement encroachment into good i) Clear demarcation of land and allocation as per arable land as a result of population the plan increase, haphazard allocation of land ii) Adherence and enforcement of development and ineffective use of existing allocated control codes
 land iii) Encourage institutions and individuals to construct in ways that will save and optimise use of land. iv) Intensify development within the existing plots
 v) Implement the NSP of 2004 in relation to protection of good arable land and control of settlement proliferation 
 vi) Gazetting of good arable land 7 The encroachment into the wildlife Non-Allocation of any other land use along the migration corridor by livestock between corridor Kweneng and Kgalagadi Districts 8 The location of cemeteries along river i) Map the ground water protection area and no beds and on flood plains thereby allocation of other land uses
 constituting pollution to ground water ii) Public education and awareness campaigns
 iii) sources Allocate cemeteries away from rivers and other water sources 9 Overwhelming applications received for Accelerate Identification and demarcation of nodal the development of tourism related points along the TKH for Tourism related Activities facilities e.g. guest houses, camping sites, lodges etc along the Trans Kalahari Highway (TKH); 10 The Remote Area Dweller (RAD) The Government to Acquire Ranches Surrounding settlements of Sekhutlane and the two Settlements for their future expansion and Thankane are surrounded by ranches sustainability providing no direct access to communal land for these settlements 11 Self-allocation of land in planning, non- i) Enforce the current regulations on land planning areas, and lands areas. allocation ii) Re-engineering the land allocation process.
 iii) Declaring settlements as planning areas 12 Inadequate serviced land in the major i) Accelerate land servicing in tribal areas
 villages due to lack of financial ii) Encourage private developers to service tribal resources. land iii) Introduce cost recovery measures in rural areas Other strategies include:  Need to address the problem of shortage of staff housing for local authorities;  Accelerate preparation of layout plans to facilitate demarcation of plots for residential allocation to reduce waiting list at the sub land boards;  Facilitate and promote property market development in major villages and centres, 
 this will create a market for rental property in the peri urban centres; 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 30 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Develop strategies to mobilise communities to connect to the sewerage scheme where it exists;  Accelerate implementation and monitoring of sector policies and legislation to ensure compliance and maximum benefits; and  Forge close collaboration and consultation with stakeholders in matters of land use, settlement and housing delivery to optimise benefits and minimise conflicts. 2.3.3 National Master Plan for Wastewater and Sanitation (2003) This Master Plan forms part of the National Development Planning process and is aimed at increasing living standards and achieving certain goals. These objectives include Agenda 21 (an international plan guided by the principle of sustainability) and Vision 2016 (a set of goals to be achieved nationally that deal with social and environmental issues). The National Master Plan for Wastewater and Sanitation (2003) provides approaches to manage wastewater and sanitation in a sustainable way. The document is a tool for implementation of the National Policy for Wastewater and Sanitation Management. This Master Plan is relevant to the management of the sewerage that will be produced throughout the life of the proposed project. The planning and design of a wastewater management facilities should be guided by the Botswana National Wastewater and Sanitation Planning and Design Manual (2003). 2.4 International Conventions There are a number of international conventions and agreements that Botswana has ratified or contributed to, which may have relevance to the proposed project. A summary is provided within the following sections. 2.4.1 Basel Convention The Basel Convention on the Control of Trans-boundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and their Disposal is the most comprehensive global environmental agreement on hazardous and other wastes. The Convention has 170 Parties and aims to protect human health and the environment against the adverse effects resulting from the generation, management, trans-boundary movements and disposal of hazardous and other wastes. The Basel Convention came into force in 1992 (Basel Convention Website: www.basel.int). Used oil and used bitumen are both classified as hazardous wastes in Botswana, and in Botswana, there are no suitable waste management facilities to treat hazardous waste. Therefore hazardous waste must be transported elsewhere for treatment and disposal. The Convention requires that the Contractor request the Government of Botswana to provide a written notice to transit states and the destination country importing its hazardous waste. These countries would then have to issue prior written consent before any export could take place. Each approved shipment would have to be accompanied by a movement document. Hazardous waste from the project is expected to consist of used oil and bitumen waste. 2.4.2 Kyoto Protocol The United Nations Environment Programme (in the publication ‘The Kyoto Protocol, the Clean Development Mechanism, and the Building and Construction Sector’, 2008) defines the Kyoto Protocol treaty as a legally binding agreement under which 37 industrialised countries will reduce their collective emissions of greenhouse gases by 5.2% compared to the year 1990 (but note that, compared to the emissions levels that would be expected by 2010 without the Protocol, this target represents a 29% cut). The goal is to lower overall emissions from six greenhouse gases - carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, sulphur hexafluoride, HFCs, and PFCs - calculated as an average 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 31 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 over the five-year period of 2008-12. National targets range from 8% reductions for the European Union and some others to 7% for the US, 6% for Japan, 0% for Russia, and permitted increases of 8% for Australia and 10% for Iceland (Kyoto Protocol website, 2005). The Kyoto Protocol is generally seen as an important first step towards a truly global emission reduction regime that will stabilise GHG emissions, and provides the essential architecture for any future international agreement on climate change. The Kyoto Protocol was adopted in Kyoto, Japan, on 11 December 1997 and entered into force on 16 February 2005. 180 nations have ratified the treaty to date. Under the Treaty, countries must meet their targets primarily through national measures. However, the Kyoto Protocol offers them an additional means of meeting their targets by way of three market-based mechanisms. The Kyoto mechanisms are:  Emissions trading – known as “the carbon market";  The Clean Development Mechanism (CDM); and  Joint Implementation (JI). These mechanisms help stimulate green investment and help Parties meet their emission targets in a cost-effective way. Although the protocol is not binding for developing countries, such countries must ensure that they act responsibly and avoid greenhouse gas emissions at levels that have been found to be undesirable. 2.4.3 Convention on Biological Diversity (2006) The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) has 3 main objectives:  The conservation of biological diversity;  The sustainable use of the components of biological diversity; and  The fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilisation of genetic resources. The convention recognised for the first time in international law that the conservation of biological diversity is "a common concern of humankind" and is an integral part of the development process. The agreement covers all ecosystems, species, and genetic resources. It links traditional conservation efforts to the economic goal of using biological resources sustainably. It sets principles for the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising from the use of genetic resources, notably those destined for commercial use. It also covers the rapidly expanding field of biotechnology through its Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety, addressing technology development and transfer, benefit-sharing and biosafety issues. Importantly, the Convention is legally binding; countries that join it ('Parties') are obliged to implement its provisions. The convention reminds decision-makers that natural resources are not infinite and sets out a philosophy of sustainable use. While past conservation efforts were aimed at protecting particular species and habitats, the Convention recognises that ecosystems, species and genes must be used for the benefit of humans. However, this should be done in a way and at a rate that does not lead to the long-term decline of biological diversity. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 32 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.4.4 Agenda 21 Agenda 21 is a non-binding, voluntarily implemented action plan of the United Nations with regard to sustainable development. It is a product of the UN Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) held in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in 1992. It is an action agenda for the UN, other multilateral organizations, and individual governments around the world that can be executed at local, national, and global levels. Agenda 21 is a 300 paged document divided into four sections. Section II of the Agenda 21 covers topics such as Conservation and Management of Resources for Development Including atmospheric protection, combating deforestation, protecting fragile environments, conservation of biological diversity (biodiversity), control of pollution and the management of biotechnology, and radioactive wastes. 2.4.5 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) The Convention entered into force in Botswana on 27th January 1994. The UNFCCC sets an overall framework for intergovernmental efforts to tackle the challenge posed by climate change. It recognises that the climate system is a shared resource whose stability can be affected by industrial and other emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. The convention enjoys near universal membership, with 192 countries having ratified including Botswana. Under the Convention, governments gather and share information on greenhouse gas emissions, national policies and best practice. Members also collaborate to launch national strategies for addressing greenhouse gas emissions and adapting to expected impacts, including the provision of financial and technological support to developing countries and cooperate in preparing for adaptation to the impacts of climate change. 2.4.6 The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer The ultimate objective of the Convention is to protect human health and the environment against adverse effects resulting from human activities, which modify or are likely to modify the ozone layer and urges the Parties to take appropriate measures in accordance with the provisions in the Convention and its Protocols which are in force for that party. To achieve the aforementioned objectives, the parties, within their capabilities, are expected to: cooperate to better understand and assess the effects of human activities on the ozone layer and the effects of the modification of the ozone layer; adopt appropriate measures and cooperate in harmonising appropriate policies to control the activities that are causing the modification of the ozone layer; cooperate in the formulation of agreed measures for the implementation of this Convention; and cooperate with competent international bodies to implement effectively this Convention and protocols to which they are party. 2.4.7 The Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (Montreal Protocol) This protocol controls production of ozone depleting substances: The Montreal Protocol is a protocol under the Vienna Convention. The Protocol controls the production and consumption of the most commercially and environmentally significant ozone-depleting substances - those listed in the Annexes to the Montreal Protocol. One feature of the Protocol which makes it unique, is Article 6 that requires the control measures to be revised at least every four years (starting 1990), based on the review and assessment of the latest available information on scientific, environmental, technical and economic aspects of the depletion of the ozone layer. Based on reports of assessment panels 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 33 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 appointed by the parties and taking into consideration the needs and situation of the developing countries, the Montreal Protocol has already been adjusted and amended twice. At present, 191 nations have become party to the Montreal Protocol. The Montreal Protocol is an international treaty designed to protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of a number of substances believed to be responsible for ozone depletion. The treaty was opened for signature on September 16, 1987 and entered into force on January 1, 1989 followed by a first meeting in Helsinki, May 1989. Since then, it has undergone seven revisions, in 1990 (London), 1991 (Nairobi), 1992 (Copenhagen), 1993 (Bangkok), 1995 (Vienna), 1997 (Montreal), and 1999 (Beijing). 2.4.8 The Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) The Stockholm Convention is an international legally binding agreement on persistent organic pollutants (POPs). In 1995, the governing council of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) called for global action to be taken on POPs, which it defined as “chemical substances that persist in the environment, bio-accumulate through the food web, and pose a risk of causing adverse effects to human health and the environment”. Following this, the Intergovernmental Forum on Chemical Safety and the International Programme for Chemical Safety (IPCS) prepared an assessment of the 12 worst offenders. Known as the Dirty Dozen, this list includes eight organo-chlorine pesticides: aldrin, chlordane, DDT, dieldrin, endrin, heptachlor, mirex and toxaphene; two industrial chemicals: hexachlorobenzene and the polychlorinated biphenyl group; and two groups of industrial by-products: dioxins and furans. The negotiations for the Stockholm Convention were completed on May 23rd 2001 in Stockholm, Sweden. The convention entered into force on May 17th, 2004 with ratification by an initial 128 parties and 151 signatories. Co-signatories agreed to outlaw nine of the "dirty dozen" chemicals, limit the use of DDT to malaria control, and curtail inadvertent production of dioxins and furans. Parties to the convention have agreed to a process by which persistent toxic compounds can be reviewed and added to the convention, if they meet certain criteria for persistence and trans boundary threat. Several other substances are being considered for inclusion in the Convention. These are: hexabromobiphenyl, octaBDE, pentaBDE, pentachlorobenzene, short-chained chlorinated paraffin’s, lindane, α- and β-hexachlorocyclohexane, dicofol, endosulfan, chlordecone and PFOS. The Convention sets out several objectives including:  The elimination from commerce of identified POPs and others that may be identified in the future;  Encouraging the transition in commerce to safer alternatives;  Identifying additional POPs;  The clean-up of old stockpiles and equipment containing POPs; and  Encouraging all stakeholders to work towards a POP-free environment. 2.4.9 Various Human Rights related conventions Of the various international conventions described, the set likely to be of relevance to the Project are associated with human rights, specifically of indigenous populations. Botswana is a signatory to a number of international conventions designed to protect the rights of its population. These include the African Charter on Human and People’s Rights, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, the Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Racial Discrimination, the International 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 34 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, the Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Discrimination Against Women, the Convention against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment and a series of related protocols (see www.adh-geneva.ch). The human-rights situation in relation to indigenous people in the CKGR has led to missions being conducted to Botswana by the African Commission’s Working Group on Indigenous Populations/Communities, and similar agencies falling under the United Nations. There has been scepticism within the Botswana Government in relation to conventions on “indigenous” persons, and has argued that all Batswana are indigenous to the country. This is a key reason why it has not yet ratified the International Labour Organisation Convention 169 on Indigenous and Tribal Peoples, among others. Hesitancy in considering ethnicity when reporting living situations has meant that data disaggregation across ethnicity is not possible (see for example the difficulties faced by Laird, 2008) in considering progress across ethnic groups against the Millennium Development Goals. 2.5 World Bank Group Requirements The World Bank requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects proposed for Bank financing to help ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve decision making. The Bank favours preventive measures over mediatory or compensatory measures, whenever feasible and does not finance project activities that would contravene the country’s obligati ons identified during an (EA). The International Finance Corporation (IFC), established in the 1950s, holds a portfolio of almost $50 billion, operates across many sectors, and reaches people in more than 100 countries. It has 184 member countries, and co-ordinates its activities as a member of the World Bank Group, although it remains legally and financially independent (www.ifc.org). It provides financing for a wide variety of initiatives through loans, equity, trade finance and structured finance, aimed at poverty reduction in developing countries. It also offers advisory services to support private sector enterprise development and overcoming obstacles to growth in developing countries. The IFC has developed a series of policies, standards and guidelines meant to offer best practice standards for environmental management, including the social environment. In January 2012 the IFC issued an updated Policy on Environmental and Social Sustainability (IFC, 2012). The policy commits the IFC to respect for human rights, gender equality and women’s empowerment, stakeholder engagement across social class, and mitigating the impacts of climate change. Similar to many development agencies, the IFC categorises the environmental and social risks associated with investments (it also has separate criteria for those investments financed through financial intermediaries):  Category A: Business activities with potential significant adverse environmental or social risks and/or impacts that are diverse, irreversible, or unprecedented;  Category B: Business activities with potential limited adverse environmental or social risks and/or impacts that are few in number, generally site-specific, largely reversible, and readily addressed through mitigation measures; and  Category C: Business activities with minimal or no adverse environmental or social risks and/or impacts. The OPRC Package 2 project is a category A project. Environmental and social risk was noted as a combination of the probability of certain hazard occurrences and the severity of impacts resulting from that occurrence. The associated impacts referred to “any change, potential or actual, to (I) the physical, natural, or cultural environment, and (ii) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 35 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 impacts on surrounding community[ies] and workers, resulting from the business activity to be 2 supported” (IFC, 2012, Performance Standard 1, page 1) . The Policy is linked to eight Performance Standards on environmental and social sustainability: 1. Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts; 2. Labour and Working Conditions; 3. Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention; 4. Community Health, Safety and Security; 5. Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement; 6. Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainability Management of Living Natural Resources; 7. Indigenous Peoples; 8. Cultural Heritage; and 9. Resettlement. Performance Standard 1 applies to all developments that would have environmental impacts, while the remainder would apply in particular circumstances. Five objectives are noted, involving the identification and evaluation of risks and impacts, the integration of environmental risk management in planning and operations, the effective engagement of affected communities in a manner that mitigates risks, enhances opportunities and gives people a voice in decisions that affect their lives, and respond to grievances from affected communities and stakeholders. An additional objective was to establish the most important factors that needed mitigation and, where residual impacts remained, compensation to workers, affected communities, and the natural environment. For those seeking IFC financing, the standards require that the borrowing organisation establish a policy defining environmental and social objectives and the principles that guide the intervention to achieve sound environmental and social performance. The policy and strategy would be set forth within an Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS). The ESMS would elaborate the legal requirements for performance under national laws, and international obligations. Should it be required, the intervention would subscribe to internationally recognised standards, certification schemes, or codes of practice, which would be elaborated within the policy. In implementing the policy, the borrowing organisation was expected to conduct itself in a manner ‘consistent with good international industry practice’, thereafter defined as “the exercise of professional skill, diligence, prudence, and foresight that would reasonably be expected from skilled and experienced professionals engaged in the same time of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances globally or regionally” (IFC, 2012a, Performance Standard 1, page 3). Where the borrowing organisation can ‘reasonably exercise control’, the identific ation and risks and mitigatory actions would extend to those involved in the ‘primary supply chain’. Specific mention was made of especially vulnerable groups or ‘disadvantaged populations’, noting that “where individuals or groups are identified as disa dvantaged or vulnerable, the client will propose and implement differentiated measures so that adverse impacts do not fall disproportionately on them and 2 As each performance standard in the document has its own pagination, the section is also referenced when quotes are provided, and not just the document reference. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 36 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 they are not disadvantaged in sharing development benefits and opportunities” (IFC, 2012, Performance Standard 1, page 4). Under ‘organisational capacity and competency’, Performance Standard 1 noted that “the client, in collaboration with appropriate and relevant third parties, will establish, maintain, and strengthen as necessary an organizational structure that defines roles, responsibilities, and authority to implement the ESMS. Specific personnel, including management representative(s), with clear lines of responsibility and authority should be designated. Key environmental and social responsibilities should be well defined and communicated to the relevant personnel and to the rest of the client’s organization”. Performance Standard 1 also highlights the importance of monitoring implementation and assessing the effectiveness of implementation, and engaging with third parties as required to ensure effective implementation and mitigation. Performance Standard 7 with regard to ‘indigenous peoples’ is noted under Performance Standard 1 as requiring the following: “for projects with adverse impacts to Indigenous Peoples, the client is required to engage them in a process of [Informed Consultation and Participation] ICP and in certain circumstances the client is required to obtain their Free, Prior, and Informed Consent (FPIC)”. Performance Standard 7 notes that it is difficult to offer a universally accepted definition of ‘indigenous peoples’. This has been a problem in Botswana, where Government notes that all people from Botswana were indigenous, and therefore did not agree with San communities being considered indigenous and others not. The Standard noted that it might be necessary for a client to “seek inputs from competent professionals to ascertain whether a particular group is considered as Indigenous Peoples” vis-à-vis Performance Standard 7 (IFC, 2012: Performance Standard 7 page 2). For guidance, they offered the following description of characteristics of indigenous peoples as those who belong to a ‘distinct social and cultural group’ as follows (IFC, 2012: Performance Standard 7 page 2):  “Self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others;  Collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;  Customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the mainstream society or culture; or  A distinct language of dialect, often different from the official language or languages of the country or region in which they reside”. Performance Standard 2 refers to labour and working conditions, Performance Standard 4 refers to community health, safety and security, and Performance Standard 5 refers to land acquisition and involuntary resettlement. Where relevant, these are noted under impacts and mitigation below where relevant issues are considered. Here it is important to note that Performance Standard 4 refers to the impacts on neighbouring communities of project developments, recognising that “project activities, equipment, and infrastructure can increase community exposure to risks and impacts” (IFC, 2012: Performance Standard 4, page 1), and advocating that projects consider the establishment of preventive and control measures consistent with international practice, including the World Bank Group Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines. Performance Standard 4 draws parallels with workplace safety and the safe handling of hazardous materials, arguing that these standards must also be met as they affect neighbouring communities. In addition to the Performance Standards, which are essentially broad descriptions of best practice approaches to environmental management, the IFC issued a set of “Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines” in 2007 (IFC, 2007a). These contained more detailed descriptions of ways 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 37 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 to proceed with each Performance Standard. Where relevant, elements of these are noted under the mitigation sections of this report. The IFC has also developed a number of other tools useful in implementing environmental mitigation plans. Of particular relevance are the following:  “Good Practice Note: Addressing Grievances from Project -Affected Communities. Guidance for Projects and Companies on Designing Grievance Mechanisms” (IFC, 2009b). Elaborates mechanisms for effectively responding to grievances. Notes five principles that should guide the grievance procedure: 1) proportionality: a mechanism scaled to risk and adverse impact on affected communities; 2) cultural appropriateness: designed to take into account culturally appropriate ways of handling community concerns; 3) accessibility: a clear and understandable mechanism that is accessible to all segments of the affected communities at no cost; 4) transparency and accountability to all stakeholders; and 5) appropriate protection: a mechanism that prevents retribution and does not impede access to other remedies.  “Projects and People: A Handbook for Addressing Project -Induced In-Migration” (IFC, 2009a). Elaborates the nature and characteristics of in-migrants and the in-migration process, and notes how this often changes as project implementation proceeds. Offers a useful description of potential impacts by impact arenas (e.g., local economy, health, etc.).  “Stakeholder Engagement: A Good Practice Handbook for Companies Doing Business in Emerging Markets” (IFC, 2009b). Discusses how to best work with various stakeholders, not just during the ESIA and during project design, but during implementation. Specifically discusses participatory monitoring. The World Bank issued “Guidelines on Involuntary Resettlement” in 1980, thereafter issued as part of the Bank’s environmental policies in 2004 and updated in 2007 (World Bank, 2007) as an operational policy on involuntary resettlement. Operational Policy 4.12 (OP 4.12) replaced the operational declaration 4.30 on involuntary resettlement. OP 4.12 begins by noting the following policy objectives (World Bank, 2007: 1-2): “Involuntary resettlement may cause se vere long-term hardship, impoverishment, and environmental damage unless appropriate measures are carefully planned and carried out. For these reasons, the overall objectives of the Bank’s policy on involuntary resettlement are the following: (a) Involuntary resettlement should be avoided where feasible, or minimized, exploring all viable alternative project designs. (b) Where it is not feasible to avoid resettlement, resettlement activities should be conceived and executed as sustainable development programs, providing sufficient investment resources to enable the persons displaced by the project to share in project benefits. Displaced persons should be meaningfully consulted and should have opportunities to participate in planning and implementing resettlement programs. (c) Displaced persons should be assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and standards of living or at least to restore them, in real terms, to pre-displacement levels or to levels prevailing prior to [the] beginning of project implementation, whichever is higher”. Required measures are elaborated in OP 4.12 involving involuntary resettlement. It notes that a resettlement plan needs to ensure that persons to be displaced must be informed about their options and rights pertaining to resettlement, consulted on and offered choices among resettlement alternatives, and provided with prompt and effective compensation at full replacement cost for lost of assets. In situations where physical relocation is required, displaced persons need to be provided with assistance, residential housing, agricultural sites, and other factors “at least equivalent to the advantages of the old site” (page 4), offered support after displacement for a transitional period, and provided with development assistance in addition to compensation measures. Specific reference is made to “the needs of vulnerable groups among those displaced, especially those below the poverty line, the landless, the elderly, women and children, indigenous peopls, ethnic minorities, or other displaced persons who may not be protected through national land compensation legislation” (pages 4-5 of the main section of 4.12). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 38 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Paragraph 10 (page 5 of the main section of 4.12) refers to the timing of resettlement support, and notes that “displacement or restriction of access does not occur before necessary measures for resettlement are in place … In particular, taking of land and related assets may take place only after compensation has been paid and, where applicable, resettlement sites and moving allowances have been provided to the displaced persons”. Paragraph 11 (page 5 of the main section of 4.12) refers specifically to resettlement of communities that depend on land for livelihoods, noting that “Whenever replacement land is offered, resettlers are provided with land for which a combination of productive potential, locational advantages, and other factors is at least equivalent to the advantages of the land taken”. Under involuntary resettlement, three additional requirements are specified (page 6 of the main section of 4.12): a) Displaced persons and their communities, and any host communities receiving them, are provided timely and relevant information, consulted on resettlement options, and offered opportunities to participate in planning, implementing, and monitoring resettlement. Appropriate and accessible grievance mechanisms are established for these groups. b) In new resettlement sites or host communities, infrastructure and public services are provided as necessary to improve, restore, or maintain accessibility and levels of service for the displaced persons and host communities. Alternative or similar resources are provided to compensate for the loss of access to community resources (such as fishing areas, grazing areas, fuel, or fodder). c) Patterns of community organization appropriate to the new circumstances are based on choices made by the displaced persons. To the extent possible, the existing social and cultural institutions of resettlers and any host communities are pr eserved and resettlers’ preferences with respect to relocating in preexisting communities and groups are honored.” 4.12 notes that (page 8 of the main section of 4.12) “The full costs of resettlement activities necessary to achieve the objectives of the project are included in the total costs of the project. The costs of resettlement, like the costs of other project activities, are treated as a charge against the economic benefits of the project; and any net benefits to resettlers … are added to the bene fits stream of the project. Resettlement components of free-standing resettlement projects need not be economically viable on their own, but they should be cost-effective”. 4.12 also requires (page 8 of the main section of 4.12) that “The borrower is responsible for adequate monitoring and evaluation of the activities set forth in the resettlement instrument”. The World Bank notes that, if less than 200 persons are directly affected (in the case of the roads project, the count is expected to be below 200, depending on alignment), an ‘abbreviated’ resettlement plan is allowed under their regulations. This requires a census of displaced persons and valuation of assets; description of compentation and other resettlement assistance to be provided; consultations with displaced persons about resettlement alternatives; institutional responsibility for implementation and procedures for grievance; arrangements for monitoring and plan implementation; and a timetable and budget. While the IFC documents are necessarily broad in terms of describing how things should be done, there are nevertheless core standards that should guide best efforts to ensure minimal negative environmental impacts and maximum success in terms of mitigatory activities. These include systematic planning and implementation, effectively monitoring implementation and correcting as implementation proceeds, consistent and meaningful engagement with stakeholders, and focusing particular attention on those who may be hurt the most from a development, with particular attention in this regard to indigenous persons. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 39 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.6 World Bank Policies Triggered The proposed Output and Performance based Road Contracts projects is likely to trigger some of the Bank safeguard policies, such as Environmental Assessment, Involuntary Resettlement, Natural Habitats, and Cultural Resources. Site specific EMPs for individual road segments will determine which of these policies are triggered during project implementation. The Environmental Assessment is the most relevant and applicable safeguard policy for this ESMF. 2.6.1 World Bank OP 4.01: Environmental Assessment The Bank requires Environmental Assessment (EA) of all proposed projects to ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable. Environmental Assessment evaluat es a project’s potential environmental risks and impacts in its area of influence; examines project alternatives; identifies ways of improving project selection, siting, planning, design, and implementation by preventing, minimizing, mitigating, or compensating for adverse environmental impacts and enhancing positive impacts; and includes the process of mitigating and managing adverse environmental impacts throughout project implementation. EA takes into account the natural environment; human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement, indigenous peoples, gender issues etc), and physical cultural resources; and trans-boundary and global environmental aspects. The OP 4.01 requires among others that screening for potential impacts be carried out early, in order to determine the level of EA to assess and mitigate potential adverse impacts. The Bank’s project screening criteria groups projects into three categories:  Category A – Detailed Environmental Assessment;  Category B - Initial Environmental Examination; and  Category C – Environmentally friendly. The EA ensures that appropriate levels of environmental and social assessment are carried out as part of project design, including public consultation process, especially for Category A and B projects. The OP 4.01 is applicable to all components of Bank financed projects, including cofinanced components. 2.6.2 World Bank OP 4.04: Natural Habitats The policy set out in OP 4.04 applies to any project financed by the Bank, whether or not the Bank is financing the project component that affects natural habitats. The Bank therefore supports the protection, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats and their functions in its economic and sector work. The Bank does not support projects that, in the Bank's opinion, involve the significant conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats unless there are no feasible alternatives for the project and its siting, and comprehensive analysis demonstrates that overall benefits from the project substantially outweigh the environmental costs. If the environmental assessment indicates that a project would significantly convert or degrade natural habitats, the project includes mitigation measures acceptable to the Bank. Such mitigation measures include, as appropriate, minimizing habitat loss (e.g., strategic habitat retention and post-development restoration) and establishing and maintaining an ecologically similar protected area. The Bank accepts other forms of mitigation measures only when they are technically justified. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 40 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.6.3 World Bank OP 4.36: Forests The Bank's current forest policy (Operational Policy/Bank Procedure 4.36) aims to reduce deforestation, enhance the environmental contribution of forested areas, promote afforestation, reduce poverty, and encourage economic development. This policy applies to projects that have or may have impacts on the health and quality of forests; projects that affect the rights and welfare of people and their level of dependence upon or interaction with forests; and projects that aim to bring about changes in the management, protection, or utilization of natural forests, whether they are publicly, privately, or communally owned. The Bank does not finance projects that, in its opinion, would involve significant conversion or degradation of critical forest areas or related critical natural habitats. 2.6.4 World Bank OP 7.50: Projects on International Waterways Projects on international waterways may affect the relations between the World Bank and its borrowers, and between riparian states. Therefore, the Bank attaches great importance to the riparian states making appropriate agreements or arrangements for the entire waterway, or parts thereof, and stands ready to assist in this regard. This policy applies to the following types of international waterways: (a) any river, canal, lake, or similar body of water that forms a boundary between, or any river or body of surface water that flows through, two or more states, whether Bank members or not; (b) any tributary or other body of surface water that is a component of any waterway described in (a) above; and (c) any bay, gulf, strait, or channel bounded by two or more states or, if within one state, recognized as a necessary channel of communication between the open sea and other states—and any river flowing into such waters. In the absence of such agreements or arrangements, the Bank requires, as a general rule, that the prospective borrower notifies the other riparian partner of the project. The Policy lays down detailed procedures for the notification requirement, including the role of the Bank in effecting the notification, period of reply and the procedures in case there is an objection by one of the riparian partners to the project 2.6.5 World Bank OP 7.60: Projects in Disputed Areas Projects in disputed areas may affect the relations between the Bank and its borrowers, and between the claimants to the disputed area. Therefore, the Bank will only finance projects in disputed areas when either there is no objection from the other claimant to the disputed area, or when the special circumstances of the case support Bank financing, notwithstanding the objection. The policy details those special circumstances. 2.6.6 World Bank OP/BP 4.10: Indigenous Peoples The World Bank policy on indigenous peoples underscores the need to identify indigenous peoples, consult with them, ensure that they participate in, and benefit from Bank-funded operations in a culturally appropriate way - and that adverse impacts on them are avoided, or where not feasible, minimized or mitigated. This policy contributes to the Bank’s mission of poverty reduction and sustainable development by ensuring that the development process fully respects the dignity, human rights, economies and cultures of indigenous people. For purposes of this p olicy, the term “Indigenous 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 41 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying degrees: (d) self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of this identity by others; (e) collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories; (f) customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from those of the dominant society and culture; and (g) an indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or region. 2.6.7 World Bank OP 4.12: Involuntary Resettlement The Bank's Operational Policy 4.12: Involuntary Resettlement is triggered in situations involving involuntary taking of land and involuntary restrictions of access to legally designated parks and protected areas. The policy aims to avoid involuntary resettlement to the extent feasible, or to minimize and mitigate its adverse social and economic impacts. It promotes participation of displaced people in resettlement planning and implementation, and its key economic objective is to assist displaced persons in their efforts to improve or at least restore their incomes and standards of living after displacement. The policy prescribes compensation and other resettlement measures to achieve its objectives and requires that borrowers prepare adequate resettlement planning instruments prior to Bank appraisal of proposed projects. 2.6.8 World Bank OP 4.07: Water Resources Management Involvement of the Bank in water resources management entails support for providing potable water, sanitation facilities, flood control, and water for productive activities in a manner that is economically viable, environmentally sustainable, and socially equitable. The Bank assists in restoring and preserving aquatic eco-systems and guarding against overexploitation of groundwater resources, giving priority to the provision of adequate water and sanitation services for the poor. 2.6.9 World Bank OP 4.20: Gender and Development The policy aims to reduce poverty and increase economic development, human well-being and development effectiveness by addressing gender disparities and inequalities that are a barrier to development. 2.6.10 Comparison between Botswana Policy and World Bank Policy on Environmental Assessment There is no significant difference between Botswana and World Bank policy on environmental assessment except those shown in the table that follows. Table 2.5: Comparison between Botswana EA and Bank EA Subject/Issue World Bank Policy Botswana Legislation EIA process EA is initiated as early as EIA is often initiated later (at possible in project processing detailed design stage) and and is integrated closely with the sometimes end up not informing 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 42 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Subject/Issue World Bank Policy Botswana Legislation economic, financial, institutional, the design. In some cases, a social, and technical analyses of waiver is issued to try to avoid a proposed project delay of a project since EIA was initiated late. Screening Criteria The Bank’s project screening Projects are not categorized, but criteria group projects into three there is a screening instrument categories depending on the used to determine the level of severity of impacts: EIA required. The Environmental Regulations (2012) include a list of activities, locations and •Category A – Detailed thresholds for which an Environmental Assessment; environmental statement is required (Schedule 1, Regulation •Category B - Initial 3) Environmental Examination Every road project that covers 10 km or more is subject to full EIA •Category C – Environmentally friendly Environmental Management Environmental Management Management Plan (EMP) Plan (EMP) Plan (EMP) consists of the set of consists of the set of mitigation, mitigation, monitoring and monitoring and institutional institutional measures to be measures but does not provides taken during implementation and linkage with any other mitigation operation (including those plans (e.g., for involuntary involving Indigenous Peoples or resettlement, Indigenous involuntary resettlement) Peoples, or cultural property) Environmental required for the project Disclosure World Bank requires EA reports EIA reports are available for to be disclosed for written public consumption at DEA upon comments from the various completion of EIA process. agencies and government Section 11 of the EA Act (2011) agencies (b) notify the public of allows for conducting a public the place and time for its review hearing prior to approval. and (c) solicit oral or written comments from those affected 2.7 Institutional Framework The national institutions that need to be consulted during the implementation of the ESMF and EMPs whose functions relate to the road sector, road project corridor selection and regulation, and project approvals and management are discussed below. The Department of Environmental Affairs is the main institution for issuing permits/clearance certificates for the EMP implementation purposes. Other institutions will be the key stakeholders to be consulted as and when legislation, site needs and circumstances dictate. 2.7.1 Department of Environmental Affairs The Department of Environmental Affairs has the mandate to decide on project screening, guide the conduct of any EA studies and to grant environmental approval for road sector projects to commence. Its mandate also covers monitoring of implementation phase of road projects to ensure compliance with approval conditions, mitigation measures, and other environmental commitments and quality standards. Clearance from the Department of Environmental affairs is obtained prior to implementation (EIA report is used as a means of clearance, even for borrow pits). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 43 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.7.2 Department of National Museums, Monuments and Art Gallery (NMMAG) The Department of National Museums, Monuments and Art Gallery (NMMAG) identifies and declares sites of national, historical and archaeological importance and to provide for the protection of such monuments and relics once they have been identified. The Department of National Museums and Art Gallery issues a mandatory permit or approval for any project to be implemented. 2.7.3 Department of Mines The Department of Mines regulates the abstraction of underground water for construction purposes. The department also regulates quarries and burrow pits. The contractor should obtain clearances / permissions, if required, from this Authority prior to any extraction of under groundwater. 2.7.4 Department of Water Affairs (DWA) The Department of Water Affairs provides and/or manages water. Water is provided in the form of linear transmission facility through underground pipes, often along existing road network corridors (where roads exist). Road construction or re-construction and other road services and interventions tend to affect such transmission lines. These often require relocation, realignment, etc to make room for the road project, which calls for the involvement of the DWA institutions to be consulted in the road project decision-making processes as appropriate. 2.7.5 Botswana Power Corporation (BPC) The Botswana Power Corporation is a private institution that provides and/or manages electricity. Electric Power is transmitted through overhead lines, often along existing road network corridors (where roads exist). Road construction or re-construction and other road services and interventions tend to affect such transmission lines. These often require relocation, realignment, etc to make room for the road project. This calls for the involvement of BPC to be consulted in the road project decision- making processes. 2.7.6 Botswana Telecommunication Corporation (BTC) The Botswana Telecommunication Corporation is a private institution that provides and/or manages telecommunication, which is transmitted through overhead lines. Road construction or re-construction and other road services and interventions tend to affect such transmission lines. These often require relocation, realignment, etc to make room for the road project, which calls for the involvement of BTC to be consulted in the road project decision-making processes as appropriate. 2.7.7 Department of Wildlife and National Parks (DWNP) The Department of Wildlife and National Parks become relevant whenever such resources under their management (wildlife) are likely to be impacted on or implicated in a proposed road project. Such a stakeholder institution would then be consulted in the planning and decision processing to prevent, avoid, reduce or mitigate the likely impact of the project. They may also have to give their consent with respect to the extent to which such resources may be affected or lost as a result of the road development. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 44 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2.7.8 Department of Forest and Range Resource The Department of Forest and Range Resource become relevant whenever resources under their management (Forest Reserves) are likely to be impacted on in a proposed road project. The Department of Forest need be consulted in the planning and decision processing to prevent, avoid, reduce or mitigate the likely impact of the project. 2.7.9 Department of Waste Management and Pollution Control (DWMPC) The Department of Waste Management and Pollution Control makes provisions for the planning, facilitation and implementation of advanced systems for regulating the management of controlled waste in order to prevent harm to human, animal and plant life; to minimize pollution of the environment; to conserve natural resources; to cause the provisions of the Basel convention to apply in regulating the trans-boundary movement of wastes and their disposal. DWMPC should be consulted in the planning and decision processing to prevent, avoid, reduce or mitigate the likely impact of the project (Waste Generation and Pollution). 2.7.10 Land Board Land Boards were established as institutions for managing all tribal/customary land. The Land Boards grant customary land rights to citizens of Botswana and acquire land for public purposes in tribal land. Land Boards also determine and define (after due consultation with the District Council) land use zones within a tribal area. Road construction or re-construction and other road services and interventions tend to require relocation of people, realignment which conflict with the use for which land is zoned for, etc to make room for the road project. This calls for the involvement of Land Board to be consulted in the road project decision-making processes as appropriate to make grants of land for any use, which is not in conflict with the use for which it is zoned. 2.7.11 Department of Lands Department of Lands was established as institutions for checking, making adjustments and approving land acquisition exercise from Land Boards. Land Board submits its recommendations to the Department of Lands for checking, adjustments and approval (to release funds directly to the claimants). This calls for the involvement of the Department of Lands to be consulted in the road project decision-making processes as well in time to check (if compensation is adequate), make adjustments and to release funds directly to the claimants (displaced). 2.8 Summary – Requirements Prior to the Road Construction and Operation Prior to the construction and operation of the Project, a large number of approvals and requirements are to be met, under the legislation described earlier in this Chapter. The following table provides a summary of the requirements, to be completed before implementation of the Project. Table 2.6: Summary of legal requirements Detail Authority Relevant legislation By when ESIA approval Department of 1 EA Act (2011) Before construction Environmental Affairs 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 45 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Detail Authority Relevant legislation By when Mining Licence for Department of Mines Before clearance of Mines and Minerals Act 2 borrow pits sites and extraction (1999) of materials AIA approval and Department of Monuments and Relics 3 development National Museum Before construction Act (2001) licence and Monuments Water borehole Department of Water registration (for Affairs During water 4 Boreholes Act (1956) any new exploration boreholes) Water rights Department of Water 5 Water Act (1968) Before pumping Affairs Working Department of Factories Act (1979), conditions - Labour, Department Mines, Quarries, Works Before Project 6 construction of Mines and Machinery Act construction start (1978) Work Permits and Department of As and when 7 Residence Labour Employment Act (2001) needed Permits Obtainment of Land boards Before any Tribal Land Act (1968), 8 surface rights construction (by State Land Act (1966) Roads Department) Waste storage Department of Waste Waste Management Act 9 facilities (design) Management and Before construction (1998) and transport Pollution Control It should be noted that other laws, regulations and policies relevant to the Specialists studies undertaken as part of the ESIA study are discussed within the Specialists reports attached to this report. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 46 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 3 Methodologies for Detailed ESIA Studies Methodologies used in the assessment of environmental impacts vary between scientific disciplines and consultants. Often predictions of impacts are based on best practice and experience in the area of expertise, and in some cases models or tests are run on the characteristics of the existing environment. Such methodologies are highly dependent upon the nature of the development and the scientific discipline being examined. For this reason, in the Project ESIS, individual methodologies will be outlined within each section pertaining to distinctive areas of study, when specific models and tests are utilised. Notwithstanding this, the general Loci Environmental methodology for undertaking an ESIA conforms to the philosophy that the end product:  Is relevant to the specific characteristics of the Project and of the environmental features likely to be affected by it; and  The information it contains may reasonably be gathered having regard to current knowledge and assessment methods. 3.1 EA Process (Background) A general overview of the process of preparing the ESIA, which includes the scoping and ToR stage, as understood and followed by Loci Environmental is illustrated below in Figure 3.1. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 47 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Screening Stage Project Brief Review by DEA: Request No further environmental further information and/or approve assessment required Scoping Stage Public consulatation and Terms of Reference Review: Request for further information and/or approve Environmental Impact Assessment Review: Request further information and/or approve Authorisation Monitoring Environmental Auditing Figure 3.1 Environmental Assessment process in Botswana as guided by the EA Act (2011) This environmental scoping and ToR will be the basis for the ESIA study and report. The ESIA will examine the potential environmental effects (both positive and negative) of the development as well as the hypothetical “No Development” alternative, and will identify appropriate mitigation or optimisation measures. Mitigation or optimisation measures are those procedures or protocols that will be employed to ensure that negative effects are minimised and positive effects are maximised during the development of the project. Following the assessment study, a written ESIS will be produced and submitted to DEA. The ESIS and ESMP will address all phases of the project, including planning and design, construction, operation and closure, and will include an Environmental and Social Management Plan and Monitoring Plan. 3.2 Impact Assessment and Terminology There is no specific definition in the Botswana environmental guidelines of what constitutes significance of impact in this context, but the following factors were considered and applied during the ESIA process by the various specialist studies: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 48 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  The relative importance of the environment i.e. is it of national, regional, district, local, or site- specific importance;  The scale of the change e.g. positive, neutral, or adverse (refer to Table 3.1);  A degree to which the environment is affected e.g. enhancement or impairment (refer to Table 3.2);  Whether the effect is temporary or permanent and if temporary its duration (refer to Table 3.3); and  The degree of mitigation that can be achieved, and how. Impacts may be wide-ranging in nature. This includes the potential to be direct or indirect, secondary, cumulative, short, medium or long-term, permanent or temporary, positive or adverse effects. Therefore, in an effort to construct a methodology for impact assessment terminology, Loci Environmental uses the following scales when referencing nature of impact: Table 3.1: Description of scale of change used in impact assessment Scale of Change Description of Scale Adverse/Negative A change that reduces the quality of the environment Neutral A change that does not affect the quality of the environment Positive A change that improves the quality of the environment Table 3.2: Description of severity levels used in impact assessment 3 Severity Level General Description Insignificant/ Environmental parameter will remain largely unaffected by positive Negligible or adverse impact. Impact unnoticeable in general. Environmental parameter minorly affected by the positive or adverse impact, to a point whereby the impact may or may not be Slight noticed by the receptors affected. Mitigation can alleviate all or most slightly adverse impacts. Development causes a degree of impact that will cause a noticeable change in the environment by a majority of receptors affected. Moderate Mitigation measures should overcome most moderately adverse impacts. Potential change in the daily experiences of all receptors due to the impact caused by the development. The impact would require a Significant significant change in management practices with associated costs. This level of impact would require considerable mitigation measures and not all adverse effects may be overcome. Impact affects 100% of receptors, with no mitigation measures applicable. An environmental parameter may be completely Profound obscured, made void or invalid, or destroyed completely, due to profound adverse effects. 3 General description that can be refined as per scientific discipline for specific purposes as appropriate. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 49 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 3.3: Description of change duration used in impact assessment Duration Approximate Length of Impact Predicted Temporary Predicted to occur for approximately one year or less Short-Term Predicted to occur for approximately 1 - 9 years Medium-Term Predicted to occur for approximately 10 - 19 years Long-Term Predicted to occur for approximately 20 - 60 years Permanent Predicted to occur indefinitely Construction Period Predicted to occur for the length of construction phase only The ESIS has been written in clear terms and aims to be as understandable as possible. However, where unavoidable, any complex scientific and environmental issues addressed using necessary technical language and terms will be defined and explained within a glossary addressing any technical words and acronyms. The following methodologies for Hydrology, Noise, Air, Flora and Fauna studies have been compiled by TYPSA specialist consultants (revert to section 1.3.2. for more information on the consultants). 3.3 Hydrology Simple methodologies and tools are applied to impact identification; these simple methods are of proven value for undertaking a systematic approach to impact identification. The environmental hydrology impact assessment is based on three approaches:  Data collection, including – Lieterature review – Field work – Stakeholder interviews – Water user interviews  Input data compilation and calculation, including – Rainfall – Flows – Water ponds – Borehole yields – Water quality standards – Hydraulic analysis based on engineers hydraulic calculations  Indicators calculation and impact characterization. To evaluate the magnitude of the impact of the proposed roadworks on local hydrology, field investigations have been carried out with the goal of collecting first hand data on the number of 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 50 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 location of the boreholes, the water levels and the community needs. A systematic recognition field campaign was implemented on a 100 m buffer from the roads axis in order to achieve all the information available. 3.3.1 Catchment characterisation Catchment characterization was out from a DTM 30x30 obtained from Landsat images. The hydrological study of the area have been carried out in accordance with the methodology developed on Chapter 4 ”Hydrology and drainage” of Botswana Road Design Manual. The Rational Method was 2 used for catchments less than 25 km in area and in case of larger catchments, the SCS Method was used as indicated on sections 4-203.2 y 4-203.3 of Botswana Road Design Manual. 3.3.2 Drainage The culverts, whose catchments are not detected by the DTM 30x30, will be not considered in the hydrological study. When it is checked the hydraulic operation and performance of the culverts it will be considered a flood return period as indicated on chapter 4-202.2.4 of Botswana Road Design Manual. The hydraulic operation and performance of the existing has will be checked in accordance with the methodology developed on Chapter 4-302 of Botswana Road Design Manual. Secondary data in relation the hydrology of the area have been also compiled from different previous engineering studies like:  Geology and geomorphology  Soils 3.3.3 Indicator Calculation Once the information on the operation of the system is achieved, some impacts indicators were performed to set the impact magnitude, putting in relation the volume and the data on seasonality of 2 the resource available in the area with the works water needs (maximum, minimum and mean for km ) The results of these impact magnitude calculations establish a maximum seasonal rate of water abstraction for the works in the area above which the system will not be enough, the project would not be environmentally and socially feasible and some others alternatives should be then considered for water supply during works. 3.4 Air Quality Air quality is determined by its composition. The presence or absence of various substances and their concentrations are the main determinants of air quality. Given the anticipated changes in air composition and quality both during construction and operation (increased volume of traffic) the objectives of the evaluation of the impact on air quality are:  Establish the current quality air conditions in the area of influence of the Project for different road sectors; and 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 51 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Identify the parameters or environmental and social indicators (factors) of the degree of sensitivity to changes in air quality levels. This will determine the magnitude of the impact in each road section under analysis, these indicators are: Environmental Factors  Prevailing winds;  Climate, rainfall patterns;  Soils; and  Adjacent natural vegetation type and degree of sensitivity. Social and Technical Factors  Type of road surface;  Presence and distance from the road to housing/hospitals/schools;  Average Daily Traffic (ADT), current and future;  Fuel consumptions rates; and  Crops and degree of sensitivity to dust. Sections with greater negative impact on the current situation were identified. By assessing these indicators a prediction of the magnitude of future positive or negative impact both during construction and operation will be performed. 3.4.1 Modeling Given the diversity in propulsion concepts, the calculation of emissions from road vehicles is a complicated and demanding procedure which requires good quality activity data and emission factors. The method used to assess atmospheric pollution impacts due to road transport is based on the “approach for exhaust emissions” developed by the EMEP/EEA air poll utant emission inventory guidebook 2013. The vehicle categories to be considered are passenger cars, light commercial vehicles and heavy-duty vehicles. The fuels to be considered include gasoline and diesel. Road vehicle gas emissions are directly linkage with road traffic, therefore the Traffic Study carried out for the OPCR Project has been used as basic data to estimate total emissions. Road traffic averages have been estimated for different road sections of package 2. The following map and table shows location of these sections and length. Table 3.4: Sections considered under the Road traffic study Section Length. From To No. (Km) Section 1 Rakhuna/A1 Junction Tlhareseleele 12.0 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 52 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Section 2 Tlhareseleele Railroad crossing at Pitsane 4.8 Junction between B101 and Section 3 Railroad crossing at Pitsane 26.8 B202 (access to Metlojane) Junction between B101 and Junction between B101 and Section 4 40.2 B202 (access to Metlojane) access to border at Molopo Junction between B101 and Section 5 River Road Junction 11.9 access to border at Molopo Section 6 River Road Junction Mabule 45.3 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 53 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 3.2 Analysed roads overview 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 54 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Vehicles have been grouped into two categories: Light and Heavy vehicle Table 3.5: Vehicle category considered. Vehicle category Fuel Grouped category Gasoline Passenger cars Diesel Light vehicle Gasoline Light commercial vehicles Diesel Heavy-duty vehicles and buses Diesel Heavy vehicle Motorcycles and mopeds Gasoline not considered The emission factors are given in the following tables, showing the mean values for the mentioned Tier 1 approach (2014). Table 3.6: Emission factors for different pollutants due to road transport (Tier 1 mean values) CO NMVOC NOx PM Category Fuel (g/kg (g/kg (g/kg fuel) (g/kg fuel) fuel) fuel) Gasoline 84,7 10,1 8,7 0,0 Passenger cars Diesel 3,3 0,7 13,0 1,1 Light commercial Gasoline 152,3 14,6 13,2 0,0 vehicles Diesel 7,4 1,5 14,9 1,5 Heavy-duty vehicles Diesel 7,6 1,9 33,4 0,9 Motorcycles and Gasoline 497,7 131,4 6,6 2,2 mopeds Table 3.7: Emission factors for different pollutants considering the grouped light and heavy vehicle categories CO NMVOC NOx PM CO2 Category (g/kg fuel) (g/kg fuel) (g/kg fuel) (g/kg fuel) (kg/kg of fuel) Light vehicle 61,9 6,7 12,5 0,7 2560 Heavy vehicle 7,6 1,9 33,4 0,9 2800 3.5 Noise Assessment To assess the current noise level a noise survey has been undertaken with the following main steps: 1. Sound monitoring field surveys. Carried on the most sensitive zones in order to estimate the current acoustic condition in the surroundings of the alignment and in particular, to check if the 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 55 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 day and night equivalent and maximum level limits are already exceeded by other noise sources (e.g. traffic noise). 2. Noise modelling using the field data obtained. The noise measurement survey consists of the following steps:  Field measurement campaign noise monitoring. Carried on the most sensitive areas in order to estimate the current acoustic condition in the surroundings of the alignment and in particular, to check if the day and night equivalent and maximum level limits are already exceeded by other noise sources (e.g. traffic noise). Sensitive areas: an area that, because of its use by humans or special status, noise can interfere with normal activities associated with the area's use. Examples areas include residential, educational, health, religious structures and sites, parks, recreational area, etc.  In order to calculate sound levels that will be generated by current infrastructure, the current study relies on the use of powerful computer software that achieves a remarkable accuracy of results, which is CADNA -A V.4.1. (Computer Aided Design Noise Abatement). In this noise model will be used the current information of traffic and the field measurements.  Prediction of impacts once realised the works of rehabilitation and improvement of the infrastructures. The calculation of the future noise levels will be realised, levels generated by infrastructures in 2034, using again the software of acoustic prediction  Based on the previous study, a few measurements have been defined for the reduction of the noise in conflictive areas. th The measurements were performed by specialized technicians between Friday 27 of June and Tuesday 8th of July 2014 according to ISO 1996-2:2007 “Acoustics -- Description, measurement and assessment of environmental noise -- Part 2: Determination of environmental noise levels” and taking into account the following considerations:  The calibration of the sound level meter has been checked before and after the measurements;  The measurements have been done far from facades, to avoid screen and/or reflection effects and with anti wind protections;  The temperature and humidity conditions were compatible with the specifications of the sound level meter manufacturer. Moreover, the climatic conditions were ‘standard’, without any phenomena that could affect the results; and  The used sound level meter response was “fast”. 3.5.1 Locations Selection Locations have been selected under the consideration of local conditions, preferably near sensitive areas. The most sensitive locations were chosen to monitor the noise levels from existing sources. Other non-sensitive locations along the road alignment were also chosen to collect enough data throughout the road alignment. Depending on the environment of each place, the sound meter has been located as close as possible to the nearest track centerline and at around 1.6 m high, so that ground effects (directional distortion) are avoided. The selected locations are shown in the figure below: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 56 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 3.3 Location of measurement points 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 57 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Due to safety concerns and following the Authority recommendations only daytime measurements were taken, detailed information for each measurement point are provided the Noise Assessment (Measurement point locations) undertaken as part of this ESIA. 3.5.2 Equipment The measurements were performed with a 2250 Light of Brüel & Kjær model. 2250 Light has been developed specifically for the measurement of noise at work, environmental and noise machines, and meets all international standards. Before and after each measurement the acoustic measurement were checked with a sound calibrator, thus ensuring a margin of deviation not exceeding 0.3 db. The sound level meter verification certificates of the equipment are presented in the Noise Assessment (Equipment certificates). 3.5.3 Buildings Inventory Based on the compiled information, a review of all the buildings potentially affected, at less than 500 m from the road alignment has been performed. It has been considered as sensitive buildings the following: medical, educational and religious. The result of this information is examined in the ESIA Noise Assessment (Map of current noise levels). 3.5.4 Model and Methodology for current noise level In order to estimate current sound levels, the study relies on the use of powerful computer software that achieves a remarkable accuracy of results, which is CADNA -A V.4.1. (Computer Aided Design Noise Abatement). The software calculates and presents levels of exposure to environmental noise, as well as advises and performs prognosis in relation to this. The model is based on the algorithms of ISO 9613-22. This software uses tracing imaginary lines (sound rays) from receptor sites. Whenever an obstacle (buildings, barriers, vegetation zones, etc.) stands in the path of the sound rays, alterations are produced in the propagation of noise (reflections and diffraction effects due to surface type) which are considered in the calculation. For each sound ray, the energy losses in the path from the source to the receiver are calculated (distance effect, ground effect, air absorption). Thus, the sound pressure level at the receiving point is obtained as a result of the sum of the energy contributions for each ray. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 58 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 3.4 Example of the users interface and model in CADNA-A. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 59 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 3.5.5 Method of calculation Regarding the calculation methods used, the CADNA-A software complies with the following norms:  Roads: RLS 90, DIN 18005, RVS 3.02 Lärmschutz, NMPB-Routes '96 CRTN, STL-86, Nordic Prediction Method;  Industry: VDI 2714/2720/2571, DIN 18005, ISO 9613-1/2, OAL 28, Nordic Prediction Method;  Trains: SCHALL 03 SCHALL03 - Aerodynamic influences. DIN 18005, AKUSTIK 04 TRANSRAPID, OAL 30, CRN, RLM2, RLM2/ISO, ÖNORM S5011, SEMIBEL, Nordic Prediction Method;  Air Traffic: AzB, ECAC-CEAC Doc 29;  Meteorology TAL98, ISO 9613, CONCAWE;  Sports facilities: 18.BlmSchV, VDI 3770;  Parking: LFU-Study 2003 edition; and  Other: Mlus92 (Atmospheric Pollution), Nordic approach to wind turbine noise, economic evaluation (Buwal, Switzerland). Roads Norm NMPB -Routes-96 will be used. NMPB-Routes-96 “Road Traffic Noise New French calculation method including meteorological effects (Bruit des Infrastructures Routiers Methode de calcul incluant les effets météorologiques)” describes a detailed procedure to calculate sound levels caused by road traffic in the environs of a road up to a distance of 800 m from the road (perpendicularly to the lane), at least 2m above the ground. It has been prepared by a group of French experts. 3.5.6 Input data To run the noise model of computation, the following data was used to calibrate the model:  Digital Terrain Model (DTM);  Road project alignment; and  Noise level of measurement points. 3.6 Waste Impacts The methodology used to predict the waste impacts and to formulate waste management plans for the proposed project included the following: Studying National Legislation and Policies and International Conventions The relevant Botswana legislation, policies and strategies related to waste management were reviewed. Waste management legislation, policies and strategies provide clear directives, guiding the required actions when developing a waste management plan. Any objectives set by the Botswana legislation, policies and strategies in terms of waste minimisation and recycling are to provide the basic principles for a waste management plan. International conventions mainly deal with cross boundary movement of hazardous waste. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 60 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Studying Available Engineering Development Plans and Evaluating Proposed Sites The project development plans provide information on the different project components, which in turn provides information on expected waste streams. For a project of this nature, waste is expected to be produced at different locations, i.e. at the construction work zone, bitumen plant and camp. From the plans, the number of employees to be employed can also be predicted, which gives an indication of the amount of domestic waste to be expected. Studying the Current Waste Management Practices Studying the current waste management system provides insight on whether the system will be able to accommodate additional waste that will be generated by the project. This includes the capacity to collect and transport the waste, as well as the capacity of the landfill. 3.7 Ecology The existing ecological (flora and fauna) environment was assessed through:  Literature review;  Visit survey;  Stakeholders meetings; and  Previous vegetation cover study; In order to learn about the vegetation and habitats existing within the scope of the project a review has been conducted of the existing literature, at both the general level and the specific level of particular zones where the route of the road passes through. Fieldwork has also been carried out in order to draw up inventories of vegetation. A total of 32 inventories have been produced in plots of approximately 100 x 100 m, where the following elements have been noted: inventory Nº, date, location, soil type, vegetation coverage, morphology of the terrain, and a list of species with a note of their abundance on a scale from 1 to 5. Owing to the time of year when the fieldwork was conducted (July), the herbaceous vegetation had virtually disappeared; therefore the inventories have focused on woody species (trees and shrubs). Equally the considerable pressure exerted by livestock on the herbaceous vegetation, especially grasses, contributes towards undermining this stratum, making it practically impossible to observe. The inventory sites are set down in the following table where the coordinates of the plots are stated (WGS84_UTM35S-south). A total of 32 inventories were conducted. Table 3.8: Vegetation inventory sites. Inventory nº Coordinates UTM: X/Y 24 356326 / 7171242 25 362203 / 7177390 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 61 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Inventory nº Coordinates UTM: X/Y 26 363111 / 7178461 27 357824 / 7181956 28 352786 / 7182178 29 248598 / 7181533 30 336112 / 7175689 31 330602 / 7172356 32 330392 / 7170157 33 326087 / 7171316 34 316104 / 7168792 35 314516 / 7163571 36 312633 / 7163327 37 312124 / 7156970 38 309905 / 7151571 39 307975 / 7153514 40 305057 / 7155007 41 290363 / 7146581 42 286658 / 7144603 43 285029 / 7144520 44 280311 / 7144066 45 279596 / 7143537 46 279051 / 7143347 47 278269 / 7143270 48 276883 / 7142899 49 269725 / 7143907 50 268961 / 7143332 51 269106 / 7143929 52 268024 / 7143770 53 266914 / 7143963 54 258606 / 7145918 55 256965 / 7147215 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 62 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The results of the vegetation inventories are included in the Flora Assessment undertaken as part of this ESIA. The evaluation of the impact due to occupancy of the terrain where the vegetation grows and its disappearance due to the road building or its elements (auxiliary facilities, etc.) has been carried out by superimposing the different surface areas of occupancy on photographic areas and checks made by means of field visits. For this, the ArcMap and QuantumGis programmes were used. Two occupancy buffers have been defined along the different roads: road reserve and cleared area. The reserved buffer has a width of 61 m (30.5 m on either side of the middle of the road), and the cleared buffer, 30 m (15 m on either side of the middle of the road) or 25 m (12.5 m on either side of the middle of the road), depending on the road type. Table 3.9: General characteristics and buffers for roads and accesses. Current road Length Reserved Cleared Road type (km) Buffer (m) Buffer (m) (dirt/asphalt) B101-1 Rakhuna-Tlhareseleele 12.030 dirt 61 30 B101-2 Tlhareseleele-Pitsane 5.144 dirt 61 30 junction B101-3 Pitsane junction- 66.729 asphalt 61 30 Phitshane-Molopo B101-4 Phitshane-Molopo- 60.200 asphalt/dirt 61 30 Mabule B101-1-AR1 Rakhuna kgotla 0.491 dirt 25 B101-1-AR2 Tlhareselleele 0.098 dirt 25 Kgotla B101-2-AR1 Pitsane kgotla 0.095 dirt 25 B101-3-AR1 Cwaanyaneng 1.373 asphalt 25 B101-3-AR2 Tswagare 3.950 asphalt 25 B101-3-AR3 Mokgomane 1.700 asphalt 25 B101-3-AR4 Sedibeng 1.301 asphalt 25 B101-4-AR1 Phitshane-Molopo 1.321 dirt 25 Kgotla B101-4-AR2A Leporung access 1.100 dirt 25 road B101-4-AR2B Leporung access 0.200 dirt 25 road B101-4-AR3 Dikhukung access 0.400 dirt 25 road B101-4-AR4 Mmakgori access 1.200 dirt 25 road 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 63 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Current road Length Reserved Cleared Road type (km) Buffer (m) Buffer (m) (dirt/asphalt) B101-4-AR5 Tsidilamolomo 2.100 dirt 25 access road B101-4-AR6 Mabule access 0.400 dirt 25 road 3.8 Archaeology The Scope of Work for the study was conducted by Lentswe Archaeological Consultants, facilitated by archaeologist Wim Biemond, accredited local archaeologist with the Botswana National Museum. The assessment of the Phase 1 Archaeological Impact Assessment (AIA) for the proposed development project was done on foot over a 12-day period. The road corridor was surveyed along each side of the existing road covering the respective 61 m road reserve area (refer to the following figure). The site significance and recommendations were done in accordance to the survey findings in the road reserve and cleared strip areas. Figure 3.5 Road corridor dimensions. Site locations were recorded with a GPS (datum – WGS84). Artefacts were collected for photographic documentation purposes only and left on-site; no artefacts were removed from the site. Photographic documentation was done with a digital camera. Site significance assessment was based on the five- tier system (1-5) prescribed by the BNMM. Associated mitigation recommendations were done according to the system prescribed by the BNMM. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 64 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 3.10: BNMM mitigation requirements BNMM Site Mitigation Recommendation Significance 1 Preserve at all costs 2 Preserve if possible, otherwise extensive salvage work 3 Test excavation to determine whether further work is necessary 4 Systematic representative sampling necessary 5 No further archaeological work required 3.8.1 Project Team The archaeological project team comprised Wim Biemond (archaeologist) and local community field technicians Keorapetse Kelaotse, Orapeleng Medupi, Ntompe Kgaolo, Alec Ntsatsi, Ndi Oupa and Thumelo Tebatso. 3.9 Social Impact Assessment Methodology Affected populations in Southern district include the villages of Mabule, Tshidilamolomo, Mmakgori, Dikhukhung, Leporung, Phitshane Molopo, Sedibeng, Mokgomane, Tswagare, Cwaanyaneng, Metlojane, Mokoto, Good Hope, Bethele, Dinatshana, Pitsane, Tlhareseleele and Rakhuna. With these considerations in mind, arising from the scoping assessment, the Social Impact Assessment (SIA) included the following:  For the above affected villages and settlements along the proposed rehabilitation of roads, focus group discussions with household heads from poor households and female headed households were conducted where realignment was expected to occur in Moshupa and Lotlhakane West.  Local level key informant interviews were held with Dikgosi and/or VDC members in all of the affected villages and settlements (Jwaneng, Sese, Betesankwe, Pitseng, Seherehela, Sesung, Selokolela, Moshana, Kanye, Moshupa, Lotlhakane West, Thamaga and Ramaphatle) to assess socio-economic conditions, hopes, fears and expectations, knowledge and circumstances associated with key risks requiring mitigation in the event of possible relocation.  Key informant interviews were conducted in Kanye at district level.  Involuntary resettlement is not expected due to road realignment in some instances. If anyone is affected, they will be subject to Botswana laws on compensation for communal lands with improved infrastructure.  World Bank Group IFC guidelines were reviewed and their relevance considered for the project. 3.9.1 Approach The SIA for the affected area built on findings from the scoping exercise that was conducted in May 2014 as well as comments that were received during both exercises. Activities included the following: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 65 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Team meetings with the other specialists on the ESIA team;  SIA team preparations in Botswana;  Assembly and review of national and district level secondary materials; and  Qualitative data collection. 3.9.2 Team Meetings The social impact assessment began on site on 30 May 2014 with the arrival of the social impact team leader, and the Senior Quality Control Officer in Botswana. The team initially conducted a scoping exercise throughout the project area during which villages and settlements that would be affected by the project were carefully and systematically mapped. Thereafter the team based itself in Gaborone for meetings with ESIA Project Manager from Loci Environmental, Elsamex and TYPSA after which they began to prepare data collection instruments immediately preceding the SIA activities. 3.9.3 Secondary Materials Assembly and Review On-going assembly and review of national and sub-national documents on statistics, policy, health, education, resettlement, anthropology, tourism, transport, economy, environment, agriculture, land tenure, land use and environment was undertaken as part of the SIA methodology. 3.9.4 Qualitative Approach The field data collection team comprised quality control officer, Mr. Robin Weeks, a field assistant and two qualitative officers and set up base in Kanye for the duration of the data collection exercise for the SIA. Two vehicles were used and the team split up in two in order to more effectively collect data in all of the affected villages and settlements as follows:  Local level key informant interviews were held with dikgosi and/or VDC members in Mabule, Tshidilalomolo, Mmakgori, Dikhukhung, Leporung, Phitshane Molopo, Sedibeng, Mokgomane, Tswagare, Cwaanyaneng, Metlojane, Mokoto, Good Hope, Bethele, Dinatshana, Pitsane, Tlhareseleele and Rakhuna;  Focus group discussions were held with household heads of poor households and female headed households in Leporung, Tshidilalomolo, Pitsane and Rakhuna; and  District level key informant interviews were held in Kanye. There was also collaboration in the field with members of the TYPSA engineering design team in order to provide feedback regarding final alignment preferences by affected communities in the project area. 3.9.5 SIA component of an ESIA Government of Botswana’s ESIA legislation does not specify how an SIA should proceed within the context of an ESIA, and does not specify that a specialist social assessment be conducted. Therefore, the conduct of the SIA was guided by previous SIA experience of SIAPAC, a review of numerous documents on Botswana and the project area, international organisation documents on social impact assessment, and discussions with the ESIA Project Manager, Loci Environmental. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 66 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 3.9.6 Public Consultation Public and Stakeholder consultation with affected villages and Interested and Affected Parties (IAPs) was undertaken during the Scoping Phase for the project, refer to Chapter 8 for detailed information on consultations and results of such. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 67 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 4 Project description This Chapter gives a description of the proposed Project. It includes a description of the activities and developments associated with the project. The background on OPRC type contracts was described earlier within this report, in Section 1.3. 4.1 Project Background The Government of Botswana, through the Ministry of Transport and Communications - Roads Department, has tendered two Output and Performance Based Road Contracts (OPRC) for the Design, Rehabilitation/Improvement, Network Performance and Periodic Maintenance of roads in the south-eastern part of Botswana. This is a contract style that is new to Botswana, and the proposed project will be one of the first to be implemented in the country. The contracts, which will run for a 10- year period, are funded by the Government with financing from International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD), the original institution of the World Bank Group, and the OPEC Fund for International Development (OFID). The works described in this Scoping and Terms of Reference Document correspond to Package 1 under the Botswana Integrated Transport Project (Project Number P102368). The general aim of the IBRD’s OPRC-style contract is to maximise the longevity and integrity of roads projects, specifically in developing countries such as Botswana, where maintenance of newly built or refurbished roads is often not carried out adequately. In such situations it has been found that the road works undertaken by contractors could have been improved upon from the beginning of the project, to ensure longer integrity with need for less critical maintenance. In brief, in an effort to address such problems, the OPRC strategy intends to make the Contractor commissioned with construction of the road project responsible for maintenance of the same, for a period of 10 years, self-funding all aspects of maintenance required. It is envisaged that this will be an incentive to construct the project in such a quality manner that a better product, requiring less maintenance, will be achieved with less deterioration over time. 4.2 Technical project scope This Environmental and Social Impact Statement refers to the development of a contract referred to as “Package 2”, which is situated in a corridor that connects the villages of Rakhuna, Tlhareseleele, Pitsane, Phitshane Molopo and Mabule. All villages are located in the Southern District, Borolong Sub- District (refer to Figure 1.1 in Chapter 1). Under this proposed Package 2 contract, three main components are included:  Upgrade from gravel to paved road for the section from Rakhuna to Tlharaseleele to Pitsane;  Upgrade of existing B101 road from Pitsane to Phitshane Molopo; and  Realignment and upgraded road from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule. The details of the project scope for this Package 2 project are summarised in the table below, alongside the length of each section. These are also illustrated in Figure 1.1 in (Chapter 1). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 68 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 4.2.1 Project area The 145,239.26 m long B101 project road from Rakhuna near the South African border in the south east to Mabule on the same border further west is a combination of existing unpaved rural roads and paved trunk roads (secondary roads). The end section of approximately 61km from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule village will at a great extent be built using the existing river road alignment passing through or near the villages located along the river. The project road connects the localities of Rakhuna, Tlhareseleele, Pitsane, Good Hope, Metlojane, Phitshane Molopu, Mabule and some smaller villages. There are two intersections with the A1 primary road (Rakhuna and Pitsane) and two intersections with the B202 road at Metlojane. The project road has been split in the 4 sections (B101-1 to B101-4) specified in the OPRC contract and each of these sections has been designed with an initial chainage of 0+000. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 69 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.1 Road location and sections (Source: TYPSA) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 70 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Starting from the east, sections B101-1 and B101-2 forms a loop with its start and end points connecting with the A1 road. Both sections are currently gravel roads with varying width passing through the more or less extended villages of Rakhuna, Tlhareseleele and eastern half of Pitsane. The landscape is flat and the area highly farmed, with fields sometimes as close as 10 m from the road centerline. The three village Kgotlas will be connected to the road through paved access roads and the road crosses the north-south railway at two points. Other conditioning features are the Rakhuna cemetery, Tlhareseleele Primary School, which both affect the road alignment. The road sections will through the upgrading to paved roads type 4 and 3B respectively be improved in terms of safety, reliability and comfort with new improved drainage, alignment, structural capacity, signing and other road furniture. Road section B101-3 starts in Pitsane at the junction with the A1 road. The 66.7 km long road sections leads in a predominating east-west direction for the first 47.5 km and the turns to a north-south direction. The area is notably flat. The road has a full width double surface treatment finish in varying conditions. There are a few localities directly at the road, such as Pitsane, Good Hope, Metlojane and Phitshane Molopo, and a few other localities are connected to the road through access roads; Cwaanyaneng, Tswagare, Mokgomane and Sedibeng. The section through Good Hope, KM 15+150 to 19+700 is the most densely built up part of the road and a specific solution has been designed to increase road comfort without inviting to speeding. This section and other built up areas has the speed reduced to 60 km/h. At KM 26+428 at Metlojane the B101-3 road is interrupted by the crossing B202 road from Kanye to Magoriapitse. The 140 m long interruption is not included in the OPRC scope. The B101-3 section starts again from the B202 junction at the same KM 26+428 and the 12 km westwards shows more deteriorated pavement for which a more extensive rehabilitation is needed. The last half of the section is less densely populated and the surrounding villages are located off the road. The B101-3 section connects with B101-4 section at a T-junction in Phitshane Molopo, a few hundred meters from the South African border post. The road through Phitshane Molopo is paved with double surface treatment until the Access road leading to the village Kgotla. From here on and forward the road is varying gravel or un-graveled road, with low driver comfort and recurrent more important problems during the rainy season. The road is divided into two parallel roads near Leporung of which the so called "loop road" leads in a more direct east-west direction towards Mabule, whilst the "river road" runs south of the other road, near the river and the villages built along the waterway. 4.2.2 Project scale The new road sections (Rakhuna-Tlharaseleele-Pitsane and Phitshane Molopo to Mabule) will be designed and constructed to similar road standard as the upgraded B101 section (Pitshane to Phitshane Molopo). For the Rakhuna-Tlharaseleele-Pitsane the road alignment will cross the existing railway line from Lobatse to Ramatlabama twice, and railway crossings will be designed and constructed as part of the project scope. Table 4.1: Main road sections to be upgraded From To Scope of work Length of road section Upgrade from gravel Rakhuna A1 Junction Tlharaseleele village 11.937 km road to paved road Pitsane (Junction of Upgrade from gravel Tlharaseleele village 5.222 km B101 and A1) road to paved road 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 71 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 From To Scope of work Length of road section Junction of B101 and A1 Upgrade/chance Phitshane Molopo 66.735 km (at Pitsane) existing paved road New road (new Phitshane Molopo Mabule village 61.345 km alignment) Total length 145.239 km The proposed works also include the rehabilitation/improvement of between approximately 15km of access roads, however this does not include the maintenance works under the OPRC contract related to the same. The access roads that are relevant to the proposed Package 2 contract are listed in the following table. It must be noted that the lengths for the access roads along the new road section from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule are approximate lengths at this stage, and may change depending on the final alignment of the main road. A technical description of the proposed road construction and standard of upgrade/rehabilitation is given in the following sub-sections of this Chapter. Table 4.2: Access roads to villages from main roads Access road to Village Current condition Length of road section Cwaanyaneng access road Paved 1.4 km Tswagare access road Paved 4.0 km Mokgomane access road Paved 1.7 km Sedibeng access road Paved 1.3 km Phitshane Molope kgotla Paved 1.3 km None – new design 1.1 km Leporung None – new design 0.2 km Dikhukhung None – new design 0.4 km Mmakgori None – new design 1.2 km Tsidilomolomo None – new design 2.1 km Mabule None – new design 0.4 km Total length 15.07 km The length of the access roads are approximate at this stage, and may change depending on the final alignment of the main Phitshane Molopo to Mabule road. The output of the proposed works will include the Detailed Design of the afore-mentioned road sections. Any bridges and culverts that currently exist in the road sections will be retained unless found to be structurally unsound or otherwise in need of improvement. These will also be widened where required. 4.2.3 Alignment of new road Section The Design Consultant carried out a specific study to decide the functionality of the different road and a third alignment presented in a design previous to the OPRC Conceptual Design. A Design Report was presented describing the different factors that had been evaluated and the Designer presented an alternative alignment, generally improving the current river road. Reduced social and environmental impacts, functionality and peoples will were the main criteria to define the best route. A main concern was to leave the villagers’ houses and fields unaffected and at the same time keep the road near the villages to reduce travel distances and avoid the villagers to move with a new road position. Although maintaining much of the horizontal alignment of the existing road there is a major change in the 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 72 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 vertical alignment, forced by the need to install a high number of cross culverts to ensure permeability from the north towards the Molopo river. Two bypasses have been designed, where the B101-4 passes north of the villages Mmakgori and Tsidilamolomo, in 2.4 km and 3.4 km new sections respectively. Again the criteria followed have been to reduce any affections on households, and in the case of Mmakgori to leave the school in the centre of the village without affection. In both cases and for the majority of the other villages the Access roads are shortened and compared to the Conceptual Design and the impact on cultivated fields is much reduced. The various alignment options have further been described in Chapter 5 (Alternatives Considered). 4.2.4 Technical Description and Standards The following sections include a detailed description of the proposed road improvement project as it will be assessed within the ESIA. It is imperative to outline the currently-known scope of the proposed development in this document so as to ensure that the ESIA will address a pre-determined and DEA- acknowledged range of potential effects related to the proposal. The preliminary designs for this project were done in 2010, and based on such preliminary designs, the contract has been issued which includes detailed designs that will be developed in tandem with the ESIA phase of the project. Any elements of the proposal that are added by the developer or otherwise come to light later in the project life must be addressed with separate addendums to the ESIA as the current scope of works outlined herein will be approved by the DEA in writing, prior to commencement of the ESIA phase. The proposed construction project will be required to closely follow guidance from the Botswana Road Design Manual (BRDM). This requires that the standard road type for the main roads included in the project (B101) will adhere to standards for modified Road Type 3A, 3B and 4, as per the BRDM. For access roads included in the project, the standard will adhere to Road Type 5A as per the BRDM. These standards refer in part to the design speeds relevant to the two different road types. The design speed for the main road type is to be 100 and 120 km/hr as recommended by the BRDM. This same category of design speed reduces to 80 km/hr in the vicinity of built-up area and to 60 km/hr within built-up areas. For the access roads included in the project, the design speed is 80 km/hr reducing to 60 km/hr within built-up areas. The design life of the roads will be 20 years. The standard road reserve width for gazetted roads in Botswana is 61m, 30.5 m on either side of the general run of the road. BRDM recommendations allow for reduction of this width in built-up areas and other areas having existing properties. 4.2.4.1 Road Standard Cross Section The Standard Cross Section of the project has a total width of 12.2 m for the roadway and 13.2 m for the roadway and berms, made up of the following elements: 1. Carriageway: 7.40 m divided into two 3.70 m wide lanes 2. Shoulders: 2.40 m 3. Berm: 0.5 m 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 73 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.2 Typical cross section in straight alignments (Source: TYPSA) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 74 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 This basic section is completed by a series of auxiliary elements shown in the Drawings. 4.2.4.2 Cut/Fill Slopes The Botswana Road Design Manual states that: BRDM 3-206.4.1 Fill Slopes: Fill slops where guardrails are not warranted shall generally be a constant 1:4 from the edge of the shoulder to the intersection with the natural ground. Certain soil types may require fill slopes considerably flatter to prevent erosion and such cases should be discussed. Where the height of fill, measured from the shoulder break point, exceeds 0,5 m, it will not normally be necessary to provide a side drain on the lower side of the road. BRDM 3-206.4.1 Cut Slopes: Back slopes in soil and sand should not exceed 1:1,5 and 1:2 respectively. Cut slopes adjacent to the shoulder break point should generally be 1:4. The following criteria have been applied for the cut and fill slopes and side drains: Recommendations for Cuts:  For all cut sections, the shallow front slope of 1V:4H should be maintained for batter slope and side drain channel;  Side drains should have a flat invert of 100 cm, and the outer slope could be steepened to 1V:2H; and  For steep areas (>2%, SATCC 6.2), side drains should be paved. Outer slope is steepened to 1V:2H. Recommendations Fill:  Fill slopes of 1:4 (shallow slope) shall be maintained up to fill heights of 3 m (measured from shoulder break point to fill inferior break point); and  Fill slopes of 1:2 shall be adopted for heights of 3.0 m or above. 4.2.4.3 Bus Bays and Rest Areas Currently, there are some roadside facilities along the alignment, such as bus bays and rest areas, which have to be preserved. Bus bays are provided at points where passengers are regularly picked up. They are located on both sides of the carriageway, staggered right-left. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 75 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 4.2.4.4 Intersections There are a number intersections along the projected road, divided into major and minor depending on their importance. The intersection layouts considered in this project are:  Cross Intersection;  T-Intersection; and  Staggered Intersection. Major intersections are necessary to allow access to and exit from roads and streets. The following table provides a summary of the intersections within the project. Table 4.3: Summary of intersections Road Section Major Intersections Minor intersections (No.) (No.) B101-1 4 15 B101-2 5 2 B101-3 (Pitsane-Metlojane) 41 22 B101-3 (Metolojane-Phitshane Molopo) 7 26 B101-4 24 52 Access roads total 7 16 TOTAL 88 133 4.2.5 Fencing The proposed road fencing will be done along the non-residential areas. The proposed fencing design for the roadworks is shown in the figure below, as designed by the Contractor’s design engineers. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 76 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 77 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.3 Engineers proposed fencing design (Source: TYPSA) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 78 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 4.3 Associated Developments As part of the proposed development, the roadworks will require materials for construction as well as construction camps and holding areas for storage of equipment. The details of these are briefly described below. 4.3.1.1 Construction Camp For the construction of the Package 2 works one construction camp is proposed, located near the existing Roads Department facilities in Good Hope. The camp will be the management and storage camp for the contractor. The management camp for the Roads Department supervising team is located in Kanye (for supervision of both Package 1 and Package 2 contracts) and has been assessed as part of the Package 1 ESIA study. The camp is will accommodate a maximum of 20 people and will encompass single accommodation units. 2 The plot for the camp has been allocated to the contractor by the local landboard, and 6,668m in size, 2 with a proposed extension of 3,592m . The area had been used for construction material storage before, and was partially cleared. The location of the construction camp in Good Hope is shown in Figure 4.4. The proposed layout of the camp is shown in Figure 4.5. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 79 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.4 Location of the proposed construction camp 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 80 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.5 Proposed construction camp layout 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 81 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Unlike many major construction projects, the proposed road improvement/refurbishment project will require limited residential accommodation at the Contractor’s camp(s), opting instead for the hiring of local labour from the immediate area where possible. The Contractors camp (shown in Figure 4.4) is anticipated to include the following components:  Contractor and consultants offices;  Ablutions;  Workshop(s);  Warehouse for storage;  Storage yard;  Laundry;  Kitchen;  Recreational area/room;  Material testing lab;  Fuel storage (14,000ltr capacity);  8-10 single accommodation units for management;  Vehicle and equipment parking areas;  Sewerage reticulation and connection to main sewerage system;  Water connection from Water Utilities Corporation and power connections from Botswana Power Cooperation and reticulation;  Communications connection;  Perimeter fencing and gate;  Internal roads (bitumen paved or gravel); and  Waste holding and collection points. The fuel storage will be erected by the fuel supplier. Negotiations are currently on-going with Vivo Energy, and their details have been used for the assessment. Should a different supplier be contracted, similar facilities need to be installed.  Capacity: 14,000 litres;  Fuel type: Diesel; and  Storage: Steel tank, with bund wall and fuel platform. An example of a similar fuel facility and detailed drawings are shown in Figure 4.6 and 4.7. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 82 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.6 Proposed bund wall details for fuel storage (Source: SANS 10087-3) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 83 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.7 Example of on site fuel storage Waste from the camp will be transported to a licensed waste pit in accordance with the Project ESMP. 4.3.1.2 Borrow pits The nature of road construction and refurbishment is such that fill material for the road layers (different grades of gravel, also a material used for the making of asphalt and concrete) and sand (for mixing of concrete) will be required. This necessitates the use of borrow pits, located approximately every 10- 15km along the road corridor. Figure 4.8 illustrates the required borrow pits, based on the initial material investigation works 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 84 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 4.8 Proposed borrow pits 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 85 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 As can be seen from Figure 4.8, there will be 22 borrow pits required to supply the materials for the construction works. All borrow pits area an extension or further exploration of already excavated borrow areas. Four of the borrow pits are existing borrow pits with expired licences. The other eleven borrow pits have been used for material excavation in the past, but have not been licenced. The information about these borrow pits has been included for illustration purposes and appreciated of the overall project scope/impact. However, the environmental process for the borrow pits has commenced separately from this ESIA study. A geotechnical investigation into appropriate borrow sites and materials is currently on going. In addition to materials acquired from borrow pit sources for the proposed project, bitumen will be transported in from suppliers in South Africa. 4.3.1.3 Asphalt and concrete plant An asphalt plant will not be located within the camp facilities. The concrete supply for the project may be a combination of use of ready-mix concrete from existing plants, and some small concrete batching on site (set up at the Goodhope camp). 4.3.1.4 Construction water The sourcing of construction water will be from existing boreholes and surface water. No new boreholes are expected to be drilled. The impacts of the extraction of the additional water for construction, has been assessed within this ESIA. The water sources have been identified together with DWA. The construction camps will be supplied by potable water (for domestic/human use only) by WUC connection. 4.3.1.5 Power Supply For provision of electrical power at the camps, the Contractor will apply to BPC for authorisation and instruction as such. However, at present, the Contractor’s objective is for the construction camp to be powered by PV solar panels and solar water heaters. During construction additional power from BPC may be required, however during the maintenance period the solar network should be sufficient for the Contractor’s requirements. 4.3.2 Activities The following sections summarise the anticipated activities. 4.3.2.1 Construction phase The activities expected during the construction phase, include: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 86 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Improvement works include pavement upgrading in some roads, road widening , associated drainage improvements and safety improvements indicated or intended in the conceptual designs  Rehabilitation, Resealing and associated routine drainage maintenance works.  Other potential capital improvement works not included or indicated in the conceptual designs and not included in the bidding documents but identified afterwards which have the potential to significantly benefit road users and/or the employer over the life of the asset. This also includes the work undertaken to comply with Environmental and Social framework (section VI part 2b). At the solo discretion of the Employer such additional improvements works would be undertaken as variation to the contract.  All Network performance (Routine Maintenance) works and associated activities such as pavement surfacing, shoulder and drainage maintenance, routine bridge and minor structure maintenance, sign maintenance, pavement marking raised reflectorized pavement marker and marker post maintenance, vegetation control, rubbish and litter removal, accident damage reporting and emergency works as required on the road sections comprising the 144.28km.  Providing appropriate resources to respond to all unplanned incidents which can cause obstruction to the normal flow of traffic on the road (e.g. Road accident, flooding, oil spillage, etc.).  Structural repairs to large culverts required to maintain or re-store overall structural integrity of its major components are excluded from the scope. Scour protection is included for many of them as shown in the conceptual design. 4.3.2.2 Maintenance and operational phase The activities expected during the maintenance phase, include:  Periodic maintenance resealing works: Consisting of a set of specific pavement surfacing improvements indicated in the Project Specifications.  Network performance (routine maintenance) works, or “services”: Consisting of all interventions on the roads which are to be carried out by the contractor in order to achieve and maintain the road performance standards defined by the Service Levels included in these Specifications, and all activities related to the management auditing of the road contract performance measures. In both cases, these activities will be carried out only on the road sections of B101 identified in this document. Maintenance Activities on Access roads are not part of this project. 4.3.2.3 Emergency works Emergency works are defined as activities needed to reinstate the Roads and reconstruct their structure or their right of way which has been damaged as a result of natural phenomena, such as strong storms, flooding and earthquakes.  Flood events;  Wide spread damage ;  Oil and Chemical Spillages; and  Slope and Embankment Settlement or Failure. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 87 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 4.3.3 Employment The employment policy for the project is informed by the project ESMP. Usually, it is recommended that preference be given to the residents of the affected or nearby villages, especially for jobs that do not require high levels of skill. Skilled labour will be sourced nationally, expatriates may be engaged if these jobs cannot be satisfactorily filled locally. The exact number of people that will be employed for the various phases of the project are unknown at this stage. It is however expected that at peak 50-75 people will be employed during construction. 4.3.4 Project Schedule and Phasing Details Currently, the project is considered to be within the “Design Phase”. This is a period where detailed designs are being finalised, preliminary engineering studies and initial field investigations are being undertaken, and environmental studies as part of the project ESIA are completed. It is expected that construction will begin immediately upon approval of the ESIA, in the final quarter of 2014. The Contractor is likely to require 18 months to complete construction of the project, which will be followed by a maintenance period of 8 years on the main road upgrade (this maintenance does not include the access roads). The contractor is responsible for the road maintenance for a 10 year period from the signing of the OPRC contract, which included maintenance of the existing roads prior to any upgrade/construction works. Table 4.3: Project Phasing summary Phase Period st Contraction May 1 2014 starts Rehabilitation 2014-2017 Reseal 2022 Maintenance 2014-2024 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 88 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 5 Analysis of project alternatives One of the pivotal functions of the ESIA process is to provide an analysis of the possible alternatives available for the Project. It is imperative that the alternatives are appraised in a comprehensive and objective manner. This section will detail the alternatives considered for the proposed development. Due to the nature of the proposed project being a primarily-upgrade project, alternative locations are not considered as the existing roads are already in place. 5.1 Conventional contract vs. OPRC Conventional roadworks contracts in Botswana have generally resulted in the Contractor being absolved of responsibility for the maintenance of his works, after the defects and liability period. With OPRC-style contracts, the Contractor is responsible for maintenance, and is charged financial penalties for not meeting specifications as per the requirements of the contract. This results in the Contractor having a greater incentive to construct the project to a high standard from the beginning of the project, so as to avoid costs during the maintenance periods. Conversely, in an OPRC situation, the Contractor becomes responsible (administratively and financially) for all facets of the proposed project, from the detailed design of the project to the Environmental Impact Assessment and the implementation thereof. Thus, perceived conflicts of interest can occur amongst the various and diverse roles that the Contractor must play in the overall project. Alternative selected: OPRC – Selected by Project Owner 5.2 Road alignment – Phitshane Molopo to Mabule road section There are currently two parallel roads from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule; the so called “River Road”, running along the Molopo River and connecting the villages of Leporung, Dikhukhung, Mmakgori and Tshidilamolomo and the “Loop Road” that runs some 1.5 km north of the River Road in a more direct east-west direction from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule. Both roads are gravel/earth roads, being the River Road in slightly better surfacing conditions due to longer sections with gravel surfacing. The Loop Road is built with generous alignment parameters and a wider roadway although the bad surfacing condition makes that the locals still would use the longer river road to get from Mabule to Phitshane Molopo, especially during the rainy season. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 89 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 5.1 Existing roads on the Phitshane Molopo to Mabule section (Source: Mabule – Phitshane Molopo road Project, March 2010). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 90 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 5.2.1 Suggested Road Alignment in March 2010 The OPRC Conceptual Design includes a specific design of the B101-4 sections (Detailed Design of the Mabule – Phitshane Molopo Road, March 2010, Ministry of Works and Transport, Government of Botswana). This design defines a new road with a very generous alignment running between the two existing roads without really making use of any of these existing roads. The horizontal alignment developed in a 1:5,000 scale would amply comply with a design speed of 120 km/h. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 91 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 5.2 Existing roads and proposed new alignment from 2010 designs (Source: Mabule – Phitshane Molopo road Project, March 2010). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 92 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The alignment suggested in 2010, apart from completely failing to make use of the existing roads, presents other inconveniencies as are the affection of various houses and other constructions as well as cultivated fields, occupying both private and governmental lands and natural resources. For several sections the new road would create a barrier between the villages situated along the river and the fields slightly north of these. 5.2.2 Analysis of Objectives for new B101-4 Road For the OPRC Detailed Design of Improvement works for the B101-4 Road Section from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule the Design Engineer and the Environmental/Social team, in consultation with the Employer (Roads Department), the Contracting Entity and the local chiefs and villagers, has identified the following aspects to define the main objectives to be achieved with the new improved road Source: New proposed Design for B101-4 Road by Elsamex/Typsa, June 2014). 5.2.2.1 Social Aspects The Employer has defined that the main objective of this road section is the social aspect, although aware of the road upgrading not being economically justified. The investment is made with the purpose to improve the living conditions for the people in the road corridor. People’s will: In May – June 2014 public meetings were held in all the villages along the track followed by field studies with a detailed follow up through direct interviews and focus group discussions. Concerns were expressed both regarding speeding and safety of children and cattle as well as concerns of being “by-passed”, losing the direct connection of the river road and being cut off from the fields north of the villages. The conclusion arrived at is the same for all the four villages along the river road (Leporung, Dikhukhung, Mmakgori and Tshidilamolomo), that the people want to have the road coming directly THROUGH their villages, following the existing alignment, rather than an option north bypassing the villages and going through the fields. Concerns were raised regarding distancing the main road from the villages and connecting with rather long access roads. In one village people offered to give up sections of land/plots to get the road to come through the village. The people’s will would be to have a reliable all weather / all year road for their use, rather than a fastest possible connection from one end point to the other. Road safety: It is clear that the road safety is to be prioritized and this can be achieved both through speed reduction and other safety improving measures at built up areas and through the by-passing of some more densely populated areas where not possible to go through the villages. 5.2.2.2 Socio economic aspects Road users: The 2010 Mabule – Phitshane Molopo Road Project included an Origin/Destination Traffic Survey, which’s results clearly described the use of the road. Of the 686 persons interviewed at Phitshane Molopo and travelling westwards only 50 (representing 7%) were heading to a destination west of Mabule. This showing that the road is fundamentally being used by the people heading from, to and between the river villages along the route. The road has not a clear function of connecting localities further west to Mabule. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 93 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Road Maintenance: There are already two existing roads running in parallel. If building the new road as a third parallel road this would result in the necessity to maintain three roads, only one of which being included in the OPRC contract. It would be preferred to maintain only two or even one road. 5.2.2.3 General Environmental Aspects Land use: The land, even the in majority rural condition of the project area, is much taken into use as a result of the existing road alignments. Any new alignment will take into use new land and redistribute the use of built up and cultivated areas. The optimum objective from this point of view would be to maintain as far as possible the existing alignments, widening the new road within the existing road reserve. The March 2010 Mabule – Phitshane Molopo Road Project highly affected the land use in the whole corridor, with relocation/compensation needs of houses, fields and disabling other lands through the doubling or triple of the already existing roads. Natural Resources: The use of the existing road alignments would lead to savings in terms of natural resources. It is clear that the construction of a third road that does not use the existing routes will need to take in to use of more construction materials and other resources such as water and fuels, both during construction and during maintenance works. The 2010 Mabule – Phitshane Molopo Road Project described a probable lack of construction material to be found in the project area. One objective of the new road would be to optimize the use of existing roads to reduce the needs of new material. 5.2.2.4 Technical Aspects A number of technical aspects were taken into account:  Road type and design speed;  Geometric design parameters;  Road Cross Section;  Drainage and Pavement; and  Construction Material. 5.2.3 Alternative selected Based on the analysis of the objectives and the feedback from the communities, as well as concerns in relation to availability of construction material, it was recommended that the existing “River road” alignment would be followed for the new road. Due to technical limitations in relation to road type, design speed and geometric parameters there were two areas where it was not possible to follow the existing alignment through the villages. These areas were at Mmakgori and Tshidilamolomo villages, where a bypass will be required, located north of the villages. As a result, approximately 10% of the total length from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule is defined as by-pass or new design. The proposed alignment for the bypass at Mmakgori is shown in figure 5.3 below. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 94 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 5.3 Suggested horizontal alignment (red line) for the 3 km long by pass of Mmakgori School. One of two suggested by-passes (Mmakgori and Tshidilamolomo) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 95 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The suggested alternative has been approved by the Roads Department in July 2014, and has been the alignment further assessed within this ESIA study. The full alignment report is included in this ESIS, as Appendix O. Alternative selected: Using existing river road alignment where possible 5.3 Access Roads The alternatives related to the proposed access road upgrades involve the assignment of responsibility for maintenance to the Roads Department and District Councils, post-construction, or as part of the OPRC contract as per the main roads. The advantages of leaving implementation to the Roads Department and District Councils as opposed to the Contractor lies primarily in a perceived cost-saving for the Project Owner, as well as achieving a high standard on the roadworks on the main road. Disadvantages include the Contractor having less incentive to keep up the highest standard of work on the access roads. Additionally, more supervision by the supervision team is required to ensure required standards and specifications are kept up for the access roads. Alternative selected: Access Roads maintained by Roads Department/District Councils 5.4 Road type The types of road surfaces considered include bitumen (spray plus gravel) or asphalt, which requires a paving machine and the construction of, or use of an existing asphalt plant. The selection of road finish was made by the Design team based on amount of traffic in the area – and is based on durability and predicted amount of weight on the roads. Alternative selected: Bitumen type roads 5.5 Widening of road reserve – existing roads Widening the road reserve is an alternative to leaving the current width of the road reserve as is. The potential widening of the road reserve could require resettlement of affected properties, and therefore the selected alternative was to only widen the reserve as and when necessary, to avoid and minimize the impact on fields and properties to be affected. This will result in a situation whereby the road will be slightly off-centre in some places, however the impact of this is negligible on traffic. Alternative selected: Modify access road alignments, guided by RAP, where possible and avoid relocations 5.6 Use of current bridges Where bridges are relevant in the proposed roadworks, the alternatives available are to either keep existing ones or upgrade them along with the rest of the roadworks. The advantage of retaining the existing bridges are primarily in cost-saving, as well as yielding minimal impact on rivers. Disadvantages include not extending the technical life of the bridges, which may then require attention sooner after the maintenance period. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 96 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Alternative selected: Retain existing bridges and only upgrade as necessary 5.7 Culverts and drains As per the strategy selected for use of current bridges (discussed above), re-constructing culverts and drains incurs a cost and disruption to watercourses which can be prevented by allowing existing structures to remain, unless there is a need to re-construct or upgrade. Where the ESIA’s hydrology study shows potential problems related to such issues, the size of culverts may require an increase in size to ensure less likelihood of flooding and avoid negative impacts upon road quality. Alternative selected: only construct new culverts/drains where problems are anticipated 5.8 Camp options For construction camp requirements, the alternatives available include having one large main camp that includes all storage of construction materials and facilities, or to have a camp for offices in a residential area where the availability exists to connect to facilities and services (including sewerage and electricity), while simultaneously operating a separate bulk storage facility camp elsewhere, away from residential areas that may be affected negatively by dust, noise, and other construction impacts. Alternative selected: one camp in Goodhope 5.9 Sources of materials When sourcing materials for the roadworks the alternatives available include the use of existing borrow pits/previously mined areas, or the opening of new borrow pits. The decision to use existing borrow pits has been recommended from an environmental perspective to ensure minimal impact upon the environment, while also avoiding the requirement for the Contractor to undertake the extensive environmental and legislative process to be granted permission for opening up new sources of materials, given the very limited time frame with which the project has been given to be completed. Alternative selected: Use existing borrow pits of previously mined areas 5.10 Construction water A substantial amount of water will be required for the construction of the project, and the options for this include use of surface water or groundwater. In terms of groundwater, options exist for using existing boreholes or drilling new ones. A decision has not been made at the time of writing this ESIS. However, the recommendation from the results of the ESIA investigations is that surface water should be used where available. If this is not a viable possibility, then existing boreholes are recommended to be used, and lastly the drilling of new ones, in which case the Contractor must liaise with DWA in order to ensure any new boreholes are licensed. Alternative selected: Not yet selected at time of writing 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 97 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 5.11 Traffic accommodation During construction, efficient and safe management of existing traffic will be a priority for the Contractor. The alternatives that have been considered for this by the Contractor, include building a separate temporary road adjacent to the main road construction, to accommodate traffic, while the second option is to close one lane of traffic and utilise a stop/go system. While the decision for the chosen alternative has not been made at the time of writing this ESIS, it is the recommendation of the environmental consultant to utilise a stop/go traffic management system while construction is ongoing, to avoid the requirement for extra clearance, materials usage, and decommissioning of temporary road after completion of construction. Alternative selected: Not yet selected at time of writing 5.12 No Development The project is highly sought after by the general public and should it not go forward, the existing road network and access roads will likely deteriorate and become less safe for all road users in the area. Alternative selected: Proceed with development 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 98 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 6 Assumptions and Limitations This Chapter summarises the (few) limitations encountered during the Impact assessment process. It is important to list these limitations within the context of the ESIA study, as they have had an effect on the baseline data gathering work, which is a record of the pre-development environmental conditions. The following limitations were experienced for the specialist studies: 6.1 Limitations The following limitations were experienced for the specialist studies: 6.1.1 Ecology Owing to the time of year when the fieldwork was conducted (July), the herbaceous vegetation had virtually disappeared; therefore the inventories have focused on woody species (trees and shrubs). Equally the considerable pressure exerted by livestock on the herbaceous vegetation, especially grasses, contributes towards undermining this stratum, making it practically impossible to observe. 6.1.2 Hydrology Once the information on the operation of the system is achieved, some impacts indicators were performed to set the impact magnitude, putting in relation the volume and the data on seasonality of the resource available in the area with the works water needs (maximum, minimum and mean for 2 km ). 6.1.3 Noise study Due to safety concerns and following the Authority recommendations only daytime measurements were taken, detailed information for each measurement point are provided further in this ESIS, in the respective Noise Assessment (Measurement point locations). 6.1.4 Social studies No limitations were encountered and although alignment for sections of the road had not been finalised prior to the SIA investigation, the SIA was used as a means to encourage consultations with local leaders to ascertain the most desired alignment that would most benefit residents of the affected villages. This approach helped to reduce and even avoid the possibility of any unnecessary resettlement. 6.2 Assumptions Due to the challenging timeframes (contractually) on the overall OPRC projects for the design and ESIA stage, the ESIA and ESMP and detailed design were undertaken concurrently. Through regular (weekly) meetings between the design team and the environmental consultants, it was ensured that the latest design information was used during the ESIA process, and any feedback from the ESIA works would were relayed to the design team. This integrated approach resulted in the proposed new alignment/design for the B101-4 road section from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 99 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 A number of other assumptions have been made:  No asphalt plant will be set up within the contract site facilities. The asphalt and/or bitumen will be supplied from existing facilities by the subcontractor where available, or will be developed at a suitable location in an existing stone quarry. The set up of any new facility will be subject to separate environmental assessment.  Housing: The residential facilities at the site camp in Goodhope will initially consist of 8 units only, but will not exceed 20 units. These units are for management and supervising staff. For other construction staff existing accommodation options within the villages will be sought. By hiring local staff as much as possible, the requirement for additional housing will be minimized.  Supervising camp: The monitoring consultant for the Roads Department, who is tasked with the supervision of the construction works by the Elsamex team, has been tasked with the supervision of both Package 1 and Package 2 projects. A camp facility including offices and laboratories for materials testing will be established in Kanye (under Package 1 contract) for supervision of both packages. Therefore no camp for the monitoring consultant is included in Package 2.  The road reserve for the roads has been 61m wide. In relation to the survey work within the ESIA the entire reserve has been surveyed. However, the actual area cleared will be much smaller. The width of the clearance area depends on the road specification/type.  In terms of resettlement and compensation requirements, the following has been assumed: – Buildings/properties within the road reserve, but outside the clearance area can remain temporary; and – Buildings/properties within the cleared area will require to be compensated/relocated. The assumption/approach has been highlighted in Figure 6.1: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 100 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 6.1 Assumptions for affected properties within road reserve (Source: Typsa) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 101 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7 Environmental Setting (Baseline Environment) This section briefly describes the current receiving environment, which will likely be affected by the proposed development. Assessing the environmental setting prior to commencement of the development is critical as it identifies points of sensitivity examined in the scoping exercise, as well as potential mitigation measures and alternatives that will be investigated throughout the EIA process. The baseline environment is the inventory of environmental features present in the study area. The physical, biological and socio-cultural environment is discussed in detail and will be based on data for the proposed development site, as well as regional and national data. A significant portion of baseline information and data pertaining to these categories of the environment has been included previously in the Scoping and Terms of Reference report (refer to Appendix B). In addition to the B101 road, the following main routes from the country can be found within the area of study. The B202 connects Kanye with Ramatlabama and intersects the B101 in Metlojane, within the Southern district. The B201 is a short road connects the B102 near Lobatse and merges the B101 near Kgoro. The A1connects the border town of Ramatlabama with Lobatse first and then Gaborone and intersects the B101 at Pitsane. Moreover, there are a number of minor or secondary roads that feed the B101 connecting it with some towns that lie at both sides of the B101 road. Those towns are Tswagare, Mokgomane, Sedibeng, Phitshane-Molopo, Dikhkhung, Mmakgorig and Tsidilamolomo. A recent traffic study (Annual Average Daily Traffic, AADT) has been undertaken, and the following three figures identify the traffic numbers that were determined by the count. This is relevant as the noise and air surveys were conducted with reference to the numbers and sections depicted below. The following figures show the annual average daily traffic count (AADT) totals for the sections depicted in the figure above. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 102 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.1 Traffic count sections (Source: TYPSA, Noise Assessment Report, 2014) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 103 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.2a Annual Average Daily Traffic count 2014 (Source: TYPSA, Traffic Assessment Report, 2014) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 104 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.2b Annual Average Daily Traffic count 2024 (Source: TYPSA, Traffic Assessment Report, 2014) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 105 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.2c Annual Average Daily Traffic count 2034 (Source: TYPSA, (Source: TYPSA, Traffic Assessment Report, 2014) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 106 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.1 Physical Environment The physical environment is the physical and chemical make-up of the study area. It includes the climate, rainfall, winds, soil, groundwater, noise levels etc., within the study area. The physical environment affects the organisms and people that live in study area and is explained below. 7.1.1 Climate In general, the climate of the south-east of Botswana is sub-tropical semi-arid with concentrated summer rainfall. The long-term average annual rainfall is 559mm, with almost all rainfall occurring during summer months from October to April. Rainfall tends to be erratic and localised, falling in spells of high intensity. This can result in significant volumes of run-off over very short periods causing soil erosion, and depending on location, downstream flooding. The following figure shows the average annual rainfall distribution for Botswana. Specific information on the Monthly mean rainfall at selected stations in the Molopo Basin, where the project study area is located, is illustrated further in this chapter within the subsection related to river catchments, in Figure 7.16. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 107 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.3 Average Annual Rainfall Distribution in Botswana The maximum temperature ranges from monthly mean of 22 Cº in July to 32 Cº in December and January. However extremes can reach highs of 43 Cº. Minimum temperatures range from a monthly mean of around 5 Cº in July to 19 Cº in January. In extreme cases it can fall to -5 Cº, and early morning frosts can be experienced between June and August, particularly in low lying areas. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 108 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.4 Average and Extreme Temperatures Locally, in terms of the study area for this ESIA, the main Southern District weather station, located at Jwaneng, is kept updated, maintained and is regularly monitored for data by the Department of Meteorological Services. Climate data from this station has been collected for use in the environmental studies that have been undertaken to date during scoping, as well as that which will be done during the ESIA phase (specifically in predicting impacts related to rainfall and air quality). A summary of climate data as recorded by the Jwaneng weather station and for the surrounding region is shown below. 7.1.1.1 Wind The following wind-rose plot was obtained From Department of Meteorological Services, from regularly monitored readings in Jwaneng, and is applicable to the study area as a whole. Wind is generally out of the northeast, with the highest winds occurring during September-November. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 109 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.5 Wind Rose The rainfall data for the area is summarised in the following figure, based on data from the most recent ten-year period (Source: Department of Meteorological Services). Figure 7.6 Rainfall at Jwaneng (Source: Department of Meteorological Services) 7.1.1.2 Local Temperatures The following table outlines the monthly and yearly mean temperatures (Degrees Celcius) and monthly and yearly mean relative humidity for the project area (%), based on recent 10-year measurements. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 110 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 7.1: Temperature and humidity monthly mean values (Source: Department of Meteorological Services) Month Relative humidity (mean) Temperature (mean) January 64.8 25.1 February 63.9 24.2 March 65.3 22.6 April 57.1 20.6 May 42.0 16.0 June 50.0 11.4 July 42.6 12.2 August 40.4 17.9 September 38.2 22.2 October 47.8 22.7 November 51.7 25.2 December 56.1 25.9 Annual 51.7 20.5 7.1.2 Geology The study area assessed as part of the ESIA traverses the Basement Complex, which covers the southern part of the Southern District. This unit comprises undifferentiated gneises, migmatites and granites with minor amphibolites and metasediments including banded iron formations. It also takes the form of undifferentiated basic schists, greenstones with minor banded iron formation, cherts, acid schists, marbles, acid gneisses and granites. The unit forms flat plains except banded ironstones ridges. The geological map shown below has been used during the ESIA studies. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 111 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.7 Local Geology (Source: Geological map of Botswana (E=1:1,000,000) and Southern District Integrated Land Use Plan, 2005) 7.1.3 Hydrogeology The study area is mainly located in the vicinity of the Archean Basement Formation Aquifers. This geological formation forms the parent for the fractured aquifer where groundwater is found in fractures and joints. The Archean basement occurs in granite, gneisses or felsites. Only a small part of the proposed road works is situated over sedimentary rocks (Waterberg-Transvaal) which is an area with a thick sandveld cover where the groundwater potentials are fair but variable. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 112 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.8 Local Hydrogeology (Source: Southern District Integrated Land Use Plan, 2005) 7.1.4 Soils There is wide edaphic diversity in the study area crossed by the proposed road: arenosols, lixisols and luvisols.  There are two types of arenosols in the area namely luvic and ferralic. Luvic arenosols are the most extensive soils while ferralic arenosols occupy a broad band at the South African border;  Lixisols are associated with gently undulating to undulating topography. They are moderately deep, well-drained, and have no pH and sodium limitations, and are moderately fertile; and  Calcic luvisols are made of imperfectly well-drained fine textured clays, silty and sandy clays. The soils map relevant to the study area is shown below. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 113 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.9 Local Soils (Source: Soil map of the Republic of Botswana (E=1:1,000,000) and Southern District Integrated Land Use Plan, 2005). 7.1.5 Hydrology and Surface Water Drainage Notable hydrological features of the project area include its location in an area where three main Africa basins converge, such as Okavango, Limpopo and Orange Since topography is mostly flat and low- sloped the roads run through watersheds in many cases. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 114 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.10 Basins and main rivers (Source: by Typsa from Okavango Basins and Africa Basins shapefiles) Drainage in the project area is dominated by the Molopo River channel along which the project roads are located. The Molopo River and its Ramatlhabama tributary, on the southern border of Botswana flow westward into the Orange River. As with most rivers in Botswana these are ephemeral channels, usually not flowing above ground except in the summer rainy season. The drainage pattern in the project area is generally from north-west to south-east running to the Molopo River channel. Catchments draining across the proposed alignment, particularly for the Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule section extend considerably to the north. However, due to the very flat terrain in the area and the deep sand cover, extensive portions of these catchments may be ineffective in delivering runoff to the south and south-east (Molopo River). There are a number of stream crossings on the proposed alignment most of them are only seasonal stream which retain very little water during dry season with very few or no ponds. Endorheic ponds are common though the middle section of the road; Goodhope to Phitshane Molopo, and at the Rakhuna-Pisane section. The catchment area draining to the entire length of the proposed main road of Mabule – Phitshane Road is marked on the preceding figure. Larger sub-catchment is located at the West part of the Molopo River catchment No.1 is large catchment area extending well to the east of Phitshane Molopo and into the Republic of South Africa. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 115 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 1225 1245 1230 1235 # 5 50 Mo tse ntshe Mo 334 # Gathw ane 1280 1260 s ele 11 1210 Gama 1305#jaale la be 12 121 1275 1295 122 12 75 90 13 0 2 00 1375 N 50 12 5 1285 1310 1305 5 128 129 Lejw ana 1325 1315 0 5 1305 1345 1310 1340 35 30 127 0 1335 60 2 0 # 1315 1 20 45 30 355 0 13 2 4 35 Ka ngw e 1210 285 13 1285 1 1375 12 1 90 285 # 1220 1 35 1310 1340 30 1315 0 132 0 1325 2 1 31 5 5 0 1 134030 33 1 31 60 1 3 13 1265 11 137 65 1255 12 12 Kg oro 0 50 0 136 375 13 Ma go riap itse 1260 1270 # Be th el 1260 # 1255 125 1260 11375 # 50 55 123 5 1265 5 1270 50 13 13 45 1250 12 40 124 55 13 13 0 Mo gw alale Dina tsh ana 850 124 # 38 1250 5 Goo dho pe # Pitsan e 13 1305 35 1 1250 1355 30 # 45 # 25 13 1350 20 125 13 13 124 15 13 13 1310 1250 5 13 5 1305 1255 1300 12 290 1 Pitsan e-Po to kw e 128 95 1280 # 1275 Tlharesele ele 1270 5 # 1265 35 1260 12 Tsw aa nya nen g225 # 1 Me tlojan e 55 1215 1220 45 1250 12 Mu si # 4 0 12 # 12 30 Ngw atsau 25 Mo kgoma ne Sh eep Farm 12 12 # # # Rakh una 20 1215 1205 12 # 12 1200 1205 Ma din gwa ne 10 1190 1195 1185 # 1290 120 119 5 05 Tsw ag are # 11 11 Log aga ne 75 85 # km 1235 Matletsi Dry Valley Bo ro bad ilepe 1260 # 8 1205 .3 12 82 Ram atlaba maRam atlaba ma 80 1270 Area - 1151.75 km^2 = Se dibe ng # # L # ma 1260 Pa patlo Heb ro n ba # # a tla R am km Ma ro jane # 1 .8 Ph ihetswa ne 30 # LEGEND = L # Roads Area - 221.12 km^2 1160 No.1 Primary Road 0 Secondary Road 114 # Ditlha rap a Tertiary Road # Track Ph itsh ane Mo lopo Mo katako Railway 1150 # atl Ram abama River Ramatlabama River Contours Molopo River 5m Interval 25m Interval Districtl Interboun dary 5 0 5 10 15 20 25 Kilometers Watercourse Waterbody Figure 7.11 Catchment area 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 116 OPRC 117 0 Roads Project Package 2 Tswaaneng # Sekhutlane 116 11 115 116 Sekhutlane 1170 1175 1190 1185 1180 50 1145 0 5 5 1140 12 1105 00 95 35 ane 1130 11 10 5 1125 111 1120 05 11 5 Sekhutl 11 00 9 11 11 10 11 75 8 5 1205 km 8 .3 82 = km L 1 Area - 1151.75 km^2 .8 30 km = 5 20.4 L 6 km L= L = 17.2 # 1160 Area - 221.12 km^2 m No.1 k km L = 8.90 km 40 63 9 11 6. .3 km # = Area - 49.90 km^2 15 = 46 L L Phitshane Molopo 6. Area - 15.67 km^2 Area - 62.26 km^2 = Area - 40.12 km^2 35 L L = 6.91 km Area - 39.72 km^2 # # 1150 Area - 9.63 km^2 km 11 LEGEND 25 # No.12 # 9. Leporung Roads Mabule = km Primary Road km L Secondary Road L = 6.88 # No.11 02 Area - 15.34 km^2 # 5. Area - 13.52 km^2 No.2 Tertiary Road # = Track No.10 L Area - 8.71 km^2 # # # Railway 1090 # No.8 No.7 Area - 14.25 km^2 No.3 No.9 # # # No.6 # # No.4 N Contours Logagane 5m Interval Molopo River No.5 # 25m Interval Tshidilamolomo Mmakgori Districtl 5 0 5 10 15 Kilometers Interboun dary Watercourse Waterbody Figure 7.12 Boundaries of the catchments and location of the water courses (Source: Detailed geometric design, materials investigations and tender documentation for Phitshane Molopo - Mabule road project. Roads Department) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 117 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Apart from the outlets from sub-catchments nº.1 and nº. 2, there are no other defined watercourses across the proposed road identifiable on the topographic map of the area. However, a number of water courses have been identified in the topographic survey of the proposed alignment and are provided with cross-drainage structure The primary tributary of the Molopo is the Matletsi Dry Valley, which crosses the proposed alignment 2 at km 54+260. At the crossing point has a basin Matletsi contribution of more than 900 km , however no signs of erosion and/or hearth fillings. 2 In addition to the above, about 10 basins between 6 and 50 km are identified in the area. Figure 7.13 Matletsi Dry Valley 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 118 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.14 Molopo river; South African border 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 119 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The configuration of the surface drainage network responds to two fundamentals factors  The geological settings and relief; and  Weather patterns. The Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule Road is underlain mainly by the Kaapvaal Craton of which the Precambrian rocks of the Gaborone Granite, Lobatse Volcanic Group, Kanye Volcanic Formation and the Molopo Complex form the Basement Complex in the project area. The area is mainly covered by the Kalahari sands. In general terms the groundwater potential is low due to nature of the bedrock which is mostly basement. Two types of water sources, surface and groundwater sources, are evident in the area. Most boreholes drilled in this area are in the hard rock, granitic gneiss and dolerite dyke environment where the groundwater potential is low to moderate yields. The Geology in the area is assigned to the Granite Complex of early Proterozoic era Complex (Quarter degree Sheet 2425D Geology Map- Department of Surveys and Mapping). The Gaborone granite intruded the Lobatse Volcanic group in the early Proterozoic era and the cooling of the magma produced concentric lithological zoning in the granite. Granite rocks dominate this major intrusion which covers an area of over 5 000 square km in south eastern Botswana that includes the site area. Weather factors The hydrology of the study area is shaped by the following factors:  Low rainfall;  High rainfall intensities. Even though Botswana is classified as a semi-arid to arid;  Rainfall seasonality;  High temporal variability of rainfall; and  The high evaporation rates. The climate is arid and semi-arid, with low rainfall and high rates of evapotranspiration.. Rainfall occurs in the form of localized showers and thunderstorms, resulting in large temporal and spatial variations. Rain generally falls between October and March, but the pattern is highly irregular The climate of the catchment of the Upper Molopo is generally semi-arid in the east and dry in the west. The Mean Annual Precipitation (MAP) ranging between 400 and 600 in the Upper Molopo catchments. The rainfall is strongly seasonal with rainfall occurring as thunderstorms in summer. The variation in annual rainfall from the long term mean is especially pronounced in the Upper Molopo river catchments 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 120 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The main rainy season is distinct with the rains falling from November to March with October and April as the spring and autumn transitional months, respectively. Rainfall over the Project Area, as in other parts of the country, is generally derived from convective processes in the form of instability showers and thunderstorms. The incidence of rainfall, even over the relatively small project area, is highly variable from place to place, from time to time and sometimes both spatially and temporarily. Maximum temperatures are experienced in January and minimum temperatures usually occur in July. The average potential Mean Annual Evaporation (MAE) for the Molopo is very high. It is estimated to e as high as 2800mm, with the highest levels occurring in December The following figure shows the typical seasonal distribution of rainfall within the study More than 95.8% of all rainfall occurs during the summer months of October to April, the winter months May to September accounting for only 4.2% of the annual rainfall. Figure 7.15 Monthly mean rainfall at selected stations in the Molopo Basin The Molopo-Nossob Basin is at several occasions hit by what is called drought and the ramifications thereof. There are numerous conceptions of drought available in the literature. In water resources planning the concept of drought adopted is based on climatic and hydrological definitions of drought (DWA, 2006). Meteorological drought is defined as an interval of time, generally of the order of months or years, during which the actual moisture supply at a given place cumulatively falls short of the level of supply which is appropriate under the prevailing climatic conditions of that place. Hydrological drought typically refers to periods of below-normal stream flow and/or depleted reservoir storage. Much of rainfall occurs in spells of 2-4 days and the bulk of rainfall recorded in a given year is accounted for by only a few occasions of heavy storm events often over this duration. Daytime temperatures in summer can reach 40 ºC while winter days are invariably sunny and cool to warm (5-23 ºC). Annual open water evaporation varies from about 1,900 mm to 2,200 mm. Evaporation rates are highest in the summer when 80-95 percent of the rainfall occurs. Low rates of surface runoff and groundwater recharge are typical. Even during the wet season stream flow is not continuous, with internal rivers only flowing for 10-75 days a year. Internal renewable surface water 3 resources are estimated at 0.8 km /year. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 View1 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 121 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 117 0 Tswaaneng # Sekhutlane 116 11 11 116 Sekhutlane 1170 1175 1190 1185 1180 50 55 1145 0 5 1140 12 1100 05 95 35 ane 1125 1130 11 10 111 5 1120 05 11 5 Sekhutl 11 00 9 11 11 10 11 75 8 5 1205 km 8 .3 82 = km L 1 Area - 1151.75 km^2 .8 30 km = 5 20 .4 L 6 km L= L = 17.2 # 1160 Area - 221.12 km^2 m No.1 k km L = 8.90 63 km 40 6. .39 11 km # = Area - 49.90 km^2 15 L= 46 L Phitshane Molopo 6. Area - 15.67 km^2 Area - 62.26 km^2 = Area - 40.12 km^2 35 L L = 6.91 km Area - 39.72 km^2 # # 1150 Area - 9.63 km^2 km 11 LEGEND # No.12 25 Leporung # 9. Roads km Mabule = Primary Road # km L L = 6.88 Secondary Road No.11 2 Area - 15.34 km^2 # 5.0 Area - 13.52 km^2 No.2 Tertiary Road # = Track No.10 L Area - 8.71 km^2 # # # Railway 1090 # No.8 No.7 Area - 14.25 km^2 No.3 No.9 # # # No.6 # # No.4 N Contours Logagane 5m Interval No.5 # Tshidilamolomo Molopo River 25m Interval Mmakgori Districtl 5 0 5 10 15 Kilometers Interboun dary Watercourse Waterbody Figure 7.16 Boundaries of the catchments and location of the water courses (Source: Detailed geometric design, materials investigations and tender documentation for Phitshane Molopo - Mabule road project. Roads Department) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 122 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The following table shows the flows calculated by the "rational method" in accordance with the methodology developed on Chapter 4 Hydrology and drainage” of the Botswana Road Design Manual (BRDM). Table 7.2: Peak Flows of the main basins Mean Rainfall Slope Subbasin Catch Area Length (l) Annual Intensity Peak Flow (Q) (S) Rainfall I() 2 -3 3 No. (km ) (km) 10 (mm) (mm/hrs) (m /s) 1 1151.75 82.38 2.853 450 7.83 315.55 2 221.12 30.81 2.272 450 11.13 86.15 3 39.72 8.90 4.494 450 20.72 28.81 4 13.52 6.91 3.618 450 21.34 10.10 5 14.25 6.88 3.634 450 21.40 10.67 6 40.12 15.39 2.274 450 14.54 20.42 7 15.34 9.25 3.243 450 18.86 10.13 8 49.90 17.26 2.317 450 13.84 24.18 9 8.71 5.02 3.586 450 24.08 7.34 10 62.26 20.45 1.711 450 12.20 26.58 11 9.63 6.46 3.096 450 21.23 7.16 12 15.67 6.63 4.525 450 22.33 12.24 Basins 1 and 2 have a completely flat bed where besides an extensive scrubland, some culture lands can be found. The rest of the small watersheds that appear on the list are only strictly seasonally water lines t tributaries of the main stream Molopo, where shrub and grazing lands are the main land uses In the main course of the Molopo river, between Mabule and Leporung there are two small size weirs to assure the water supply to the population durig dry season. Both reservoirs have severe eutrophication problems mainly due to the impact of livestock Detailed description of the hydrological characteristic of the study area is provided within the Hydrological Assessment undertaken as part of this ESIA. 7.1.6 Water Ponds Due to the arid conditions of the area of study, water inflow is low and loss to solar evaporation high, reducing the formation of complete drainage systems in some cases. This is the reason why small scale endorheic temporary water ponds are common in the project. These water bodies present at the west side of the road project area are small closed hydrologic systems. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 123 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 This little endorheic units, are a close drainage basins that retain water and allow no outflow to any other external bodies of water, as rivers, but converges instead into seasonal water ponds, that equilibrate through evaporation. Their surface waters drain to inland terminal locations where the water evaporates or seeps into the ground, having no access to discharge. Such little endorheic basins may also be referred to as internal drainage system. In the area of study these little endorheic basins do not contain water resources of considerable magnitude but they are of special interest for the cattle, especially in the time when these little ponds still retain a certain volume of water when the rest of the surface network is already dry. Figure 7.17a Seasonal endorheic lagoons along the road alignment near Rakhuna (P: pond) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 124 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.17b Seasonal endorheic lagoons along the road alignment near Metlojane (P: pond) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 125 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.1.7 General Description of the existing Groundwater Pattern Groundwater is the main source of portable water supply in Botswana. Much of the country (about 66 percent) depends entirely on groundwater. Groundwater resources are essential to many individuals, companies and communities to supply water for drinking, agriculture and industry. Major issues are the rate of groundwater replenishment relative to the rate of extraction, and its quality. Groundwater recharge is very limited, thus making the resource finite and non-renewable. The hydrogeological regime of the Molopo- is complex with many types of geological formation and hence of groundwater resources (aquifers). Figure 7.18 Hydrogeology in Package 2 (Source: Southern District integrated land use Plan, 2005) The entire route of the highway runs over the Archean Basement Formation Aquifers, mainly on the so-called South Gneisses. The Archean bedrock is made up of metamorphic or plutonic rocks. This geological formation forms the parent for the fractured aquifer where groundwater is found in fractures and joints. The Archean basement occurs in granite, gneisses or felsites. This geological formation that consists of metamorphic and plutonic bedrock.forms the parent for the fractured aquifer where groundwater is found in fractures and joints. The Archean (Precambrian) basement occurs in granite, gneisses or felsites. Only a small part of the highway runs over sedimentary rocks (Waterberg-Transvaal) which is an area with a thick sandveld cover where the groundwater potentials are fair but variable. The south-eastern basement terrain is not structurally complex with structures consisting primarily of NW-SE trending faulting and E-W and 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 126 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 NW-SE trending antiforms and synforms generating a “chess -board” pattern of dome and basin structures. The South Gneisses has a fair but variable groundwater potential in the northern part of Mmathethe Sub Land Board area and the eastern part in most of Rolong Land Board and along Molopo River. A belt ranging between 15 km and 30 km wide running from Magoriapitse, between Tswaaneng, east of Sekhutlane to adjoin the Molopo dolomite north of Lorolwane has a generally poor but locally fair groundwater potential. Under the semiarid conditions of the study area, accumulation of runoff water in the morphologic basins is of paramount importance for the replenishing of the underlying aquifers (De Vries and Gieske 1990) These have generally low yields with the median yield ranging between 2 and 10 m3 per hour; As showed in next figure, a comparasion of this pattern with ground water yield maps of the study area reveals that a higher incidence of successful boreholes in tectonic basins than on the domes, while litologhies do not appear to significantly influence the distribution of ground water occurrence Figure 7.19 Tectonic domains originating from superimposed alternating synfoms and 2 antiforms with in each domain, the number of boreholes with a yield >1/l/s per 1000 km . The use of water in the area is based on groundwater or temporary surface water ponds such as pans, filled after rainy seasons. For sustainable water supply, boreholes and wells are used and all rural and major villages have their supply based on groundwater. Groundwater supplies two-thirds of the water consumption in the area, which largely depend on groundwater resources. Water from dams, rivers and other surface water sites currently contributes about one-third to national water consumption. Exploration for groundwater has been extensive in this region of Bostwana. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 127 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Given that the water courses are seasonal with a low volume of water, and that there are no reservoirs or water deposits of any relevant size, groundwater boreholes are the only source of water for the Project. The water available along the road has been estimated based on the data provided by the Department of Water Affairs. The study has divided the road into sections and assigned boreholes at least 5 km from the road, given that construction cost and efficiency are limited. The total yield of the boreholes on each section has been calculated to obtain the maximum amount of water available. This information can be found detailed in the specialist hydrology report included in Appendix F of this document. As in most parts of Botswana, in the study area groundwater abstraction effectively mines a limited resource. A large number of boreholes exist in area close to the road, although a lot of them are not used and capped. Just over half of the registered boreholes are owned by the Government of Botswana and the remainder by private individuals. Resource concerns include the following:  Low recoverable water proportion due to relatively poor water transmitting properties; and  Groundwater pollution. Groundwater recharge potential, related to climatic conditions such as average temperatures and evapotranspiration, and geological factors such as porosity and infiltration rates, is relatively low. In eastern Botswana (the hardvelt) recharge rates are between 4 and 20mm/yr, depending on local geology and geomorphology Current groundwater recharge rates are equivalent to about 1.7 km3/year. Considering an overlap of about 0.1 km3/year between surface water and groundwater, the total internal renewable water resources are 2.4 km3/year . In the areas surrounding the road project, groundwater resources are used for livestock and municipal watering. These resources and quality can be mainly affected by concentrations of nitrates and other elements mainly caused by faecal material. 7.1.8 The water management Botswana’s water sector comprises several institutions, the key institutions being Department of Water Affairs, Department of Geological Survey, Water Utilities Corporation and District Councils. The nature of involvement ranges from formulation and implementation policies and legislation, planning, management, water supply, consumption, research and funding. The Ministry of Minerals, Energy and Water Resources (MMEWR) has the responsibility to coordinate development and operational activities within the sector together with energy and minerals sectors. Specific programmes and projects to fulfil these responsibilities are carried out particularly by the departments of Geological Survey and Water Affairs, in relation to water related matters along with Water Utilities Corporation (WUC). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 128 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Other ministries involved in the water sector include Ministry of Local Government, Ministry of Environment, Wildlife and Tourism and Ministry of Agriculture. The following table outlines the major institutions and their functions of relevance to the project. Figure 7.20 Major institutions and their relevant functions Botswana is currently implementing a water reform process where new institutions are created and the roles of existing institutions are changed. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 129 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The access to water and the supply for people and livestock in the area of study is done through different ways: The principal suppliers are WUC, DWA, District Councils and self-providers (mostly mines and livestock farmers)  Water Utilities Corporation (WUC) The Water Utilities Corporation (WUC) has the duty to provide safe drinking water to urban areas in so-called water work areas. WUC has a monopoly in these areas; others are, for example, not allowed to drill boreholes in these areas. WUC has been primarily responsible for urban water supply (Jwaneng) Water supplies were all surface water, sourced mostly domestically (92.2%) and a small portion from Molatedi dam in South Africa;  DWA is charged with the establishment of reticulated water supply systems in rural villages. In addition, it operates and maintains the systems in seventeen large villages. Where these villages are supplied by the NSWC, DWA purchases the water from WUC . DWA secures mostly groundwater from aquifers throughout the project area,. Groundwater is abstracted through well fields, mostly for use in villages, mines, power plants, and irrigation;  The District Councils (DCs) operate and maintain the water supply systems in all other rural villages, usually through the Water and Sanitation Division; and  Also water self providers use individual boreholes to serve the livestock sector as well as small villages, Self providers produce more water than all other service providers together. They operate outside water works areas and require water abstraction permits from the Water Apportionment Board (WAB). The mining and livestock sectors are the largest self providers. Selfproviders use mostly groundwater from individual boreholes (by livestock owners) or dedicated wellfields (by mining companies). In the study area even the small villages with very few inhabitants (e.g. Sese) have a supply network which guarantees supply for human consumption. to every house. Groundwater is abstracted and storage in deposits from where the resource is supplied (with no previous treatment) to the population. Figure 7.21 Water storage tank for human consumption Despite rainwater harvesting tanks are not financially attractive for most water consumers at present. targeted subsidies or tax incentives are applied to stimulate rainwater harvesting, as there are major benefits to the country at large, 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 130 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Regarding livestock, users are organized in communities of farmers to manage the use of water obtained through authorized boreholes. The resource is managed through these partnerships where water supply canons as well as rates per cattle head are established As for agriculture, farmers in the study area are self-sufficient through authorized boreholes. Figure 7.22 Example of rainwater harvesting tank (left) and cattle borehole (right) The management of these boreholes, (authorization and registration thereof) is for the Department of Water Affairs (DWA). The layouts attached in the appendix to this chapter show the location of the boreholes registered in the project area, both in public ownership, coded with the initials BH and the corresponding number, as private ownership, coded with the initials Z and a registration number. Figure 7.23 Borehole for water supply for human consumption. The DWA keeps track of registered boreholes, where a series of important data such as maximum authorized yield, depth, water strike level, rest water level, etc are recorded. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 131 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 When boreholes are completed after construction, a certificate showing the essential of the site, the drilling and the construction and equipping of the boreholes is issued. As one part of the certificate, information about the groundwater level, usually measured as meter below to top of the boreholes is given. Coordinates together with the altitude of the ground surface (or the top of the borehole) at the borehole site make it possible to calculate the level of the groundwater in meters above mean sea level. This procedure is done for all boreholes drilled and registered. 2 For dust suppression a 10 litre/m per day is assumed for the Project. It is assumed that during the construction phase about 10 Km of access road (unpaved) will permanently be in operation. 2. Access road width will be about 7 metres; total surface to be irrigated will be about 70,000 m 3 Therefore 700 m of water per day is needed for dust control. Assuming that access roads are closely linked with earthworks, watering for dust control will be 3 operative for 400 days and a total of 280,000m will be need for the whole project. Given that the 3 road´s length is about 154.6 Km the required water volume per kilometre is about 1,811 m /km. 7.2 Biological environment The biological environment describes the biotic or the living part of the study area and includes all flora and fauna and other microorganisms. 7.2.1 Flora The vegetation existing along the different roads and tracks is conditioned by the human pressure exerted on it, which is primarily determined by the pressure from farming, human settlements and the use which its inhabitants make of that vegetation. Along the road passing through the villages and in their surroundings, the vegetation has been largely cleared due to occupancy of the land by the village infrastructures and felling for use as firewood. The plains occupying the valley bottoms have a relatively deep soil and the vegetation formations are dominated in particular by Peltophorum africanum and Terminalia sericea. These other species also form part of the vegetation that can structurally be formed from tree savannas to open savannas, including closed shrubby savannas, open shrubby savannas or open savannas. Among the species we can find in them are: Protosparagus suaveolens, Aloe marlothii, Tarchonanthus caphoratus, Burkea africana, Combretum molle, C. hereoense, Acacia burkei, A. caffra, A. nilotica, Ochna pulchra, Grewia flava, Lantana lippia or Vitex reyheri. On rocky ridges and hills with less deep soils deposited between the rocks, species of Combretum and Acacia are widespread, with the species Coton gratissimus standing out in rocky outcrops. Other species can also be found in this habitat such as: Rhus lancea, Commiphora africana, Boscia albitruncata, Maytenus tenuispina, Combretum molle, A. arenaria, A. caffra, A leuderitzii, A. nilotica, Dombeya rotundifolia, Celtis africana, Ximena caffra, Combretum collinum, Elephantorrhiza burkei, Ficus cordata, Paveta zayheri or Lycium cinereum. Temporary watercourses, which remain dry for most of the year, do not house any specific vegetation markedly different from the rest of the surrounding vegetation. On the contrary, the vegetation forms a continuity with that existing in the surrounding area, with an abundance of Tarchonanthus camphoratus, and of species such as: Rhus lancea, Burkea africana, Acacia arenaria, A. karroo, A. haematoxylon, Ochna pulchra, Ziziphus mucronata, Dichrostachys cinerea; the herb layer includes species such as: Aristida uniplumis, Schmidtia bulbosa, Brachiaria nigropedata, Digitaria eriantha or 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 132 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Triraphis andropogonoides; and in the river bed we can find Cymbopogon marginatus, Ehinoclhloa holubii and Babiana hipogea. With the aim of being able to quantify the impact on the vegetation along the different roads (main and access), there are distinguished three vegetation formations, which we have termed: Closed to open shrubland, Mosaic open grassland-open shrubland, and Mosaic grassland-cropland. The main species forming part of them are stated below. Closed to open shrubland. With a vegetation coverage of between 40 and 60 %, where trees represent approximately 20% of the vegetation. Among the species we find are: Trees and shrubs: Peltophorum africanum, Acacia tortilis, Dichrostachys cinerea, Tarchonanthus camphoratus, Aloe marlothii, Ziziphus mucronata, Ozoroa paniculata, Rhus pyroides, Combretum molle, Asparagus, sp., Terminalia serícea, Combretum zeyheri, Grewia flava, Rhus leptodyctia, Acacia mellifera, Boscia albitrunca, Euclea ondulata, Lonchocarpus nelsii, Acaria erioloba, Acacia fleckii, Maytenus tenuispina, Rhus dentata, Carissa bispinosa, Vitex zeyheri, Burkea aficna, Acacia nilotica, Rhus lancea, Combretum apiculatum, Croton gratissimus. Herbs: Justicia flava, Limeum fenestratum, Goniphocarpus rostratus, Bidens pilosa, Ocinum canum, Oxalis lemiloba. Grasses: Aristida wildii, Eragrostis lehmanniana, Digitaria eriantha, Eragrostis gummiflua, Themeda triandra, Chloris virgata, Schmidtia bulbosa. Mosaic open grassland-open shrubland. With a shrubby vegetation coverage of between 10 and 20%, and sporadic trees. Trees and shrubs: Acacia tortilis, Dichrostachys cinérea, Tarchonanthus camphoratus, Grewia flava, Terminalia sericea, Combretum molle, Acacia karroo. Grasses: Pogonarthria squarrosa, Eragrostis rigidor, E. lehmanniana, E. gummiflua, Digitaria eriantha, Themeda triandra, Chloris virgata, Aristida uniplumis, Schmidtia bulbosa, Panicum kalahariense . Mosaic grassland-cropland. Without any shrubby vegetation or just represented by a few scattered specimens, vegetation predominantly herbaceous, mixed with zones of crops. Grasses: Eragrostis lehmanniana, Digitaria eriantha, Eragrostis gummiflua, Themeda triandra, Chloris virgata, Aristida uniplumis, Pogonarthria squarrosa, Schmidtia bulbosa, Eragrostis rigidor, Panicum kalahariense, Antephora pubescens. Along the main roads (in the stretches of the A-10 and A-2) there exists a strip of width 31.5 m (or less) on either side of the road known as the reserve buffer, which has been completely cleared of trees and shrubs and where there grows just some grassy grazing land subject to periodical maintenance cutting. Along this strip of land just a few very scattered specimens of trees can be found. With a total width of 61 m, this strip is demarcated by a wire fence along most of its length. The vegetation is located on the outside of this fence. This reserved strip currently does not exist along the roads and access tracks to the villages on either side of the main road, and the vegetation has reached virtually as far as the edge of the path. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 133 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The vegetation maps are included as an Appendix in the Flora Specialist Report (Appendix G). 7.2.2 Fauna All wild vertebrates in Botswana have been declared game animals. This means that no one can hunt them without a license or permit. In addition, at least 50 fauna species have been declared protected game animals, six declared partially protected in Botswana, some declared globally threatened species and others declared rare species in Botswana. Legally the animals may not be hunted. A heavier sentence is imposed for illegal killing of a protected game animal than for illegal killing of a partially protected game animal. The main animal species are present in the vicinity of Study area are listed. 7.2.2.1 Arthropods (Insects, arachnids, crustaceans and millipedes) Unlike in some other countries in Africa the invertebrate fauna in Botswana is not a group that has been studied in great detail or depth, mainly due to the importance of other groups of animals, as large mammals. Within this group, perhaps the most important could be insects and arachnids, which are present in several thousand different species. Nearly 800 species of insects have been identified in Botswana. Table 7.3: Insects Identified in Botswana. Order/Family Common Name Number of Acrididae Grasshoppers 159 Lepidoptera Butterflies 240 Myrmeleontidae Antlion 62 Anthicidae Beetles 65 Dytiscidae Water beetles 117 Coccinellidae Ladybird Beetles 32 Pleidae Water Bugs 2 Scarabidae (Cetoniini) Dung Beetles 55 Odonata Dragon Flies 64 National Total 796 Source: Environmental Statistics Report, 2000 Central Statistics Office Within the insect t the importance of mosquitoes and tsetse could be highlighted as they can transmit diseases, both for cattle and population, although in the study area of work their presence is quite scarce, since they have their original habitat in more swampy areas in Botswana as the vicinity of the Okabango delta. Spiders and scorpions must be also mentioned t although their bites are poisonous and can cause great pain, do not become fatal hazard to humans. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 134 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.2.2.2 Ichtyyofauna (fish) The Package 2 is included in the Orange basin, Molopo sub-basin, specifically Matletsi Dry Valley River. Orange River has a variety of fish species, especially in its middle and lower catchments. However the Package 2 is situated at the head of one of its tributaries, so the existing water courses are basically temporary, remaining dry part of the year or being depleted low quality stagnant water, which makes the presence of fish species very unlikely. The species of catfish are adapted to such conditions and can live in spite of the low water quality. Matletsi Dry Valley River so the road works will not affect existing fish fauna. 7.2.2.3 Amphibians The Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (Ecosurv/IUCN, 2005) indicates that there are 34 Amphibian species in Botswana, even though some other sources put the figure at 38 (Environmental and Social Management Framework and Resettlement Policy Framework. 2008). The distribution is determined by the presence of water, and some are present in specific river systems only. The Giant Bullfrog is considered as threatened (Red Data List) and the Kavango Pygmy Toad (Bufo kavangensis) is endemic. The toad is not expected to occur in the project area. Like for the icthyofauna their specific is not considered relevant. There are more than 150 species of reptiles recorded in Botswana. There are two species of endemic reptiles: Makgadikgadi Spiny Agama (Agama Makgadikgadica) and Tsodilo Thick-toed Gecko (Pachydactylus tsodiloensis). These species are found in very limited parts of the country and are not located in the project area. The distribution of reptiles is found in a very wide range of habitat types but the Botswana’s dry lands are home to most of them. These include 72 species of snakes, such as the poisonous Mozambique spitting cobra (Naja mossambica), Egyptian cobra (Naja haje) and Black mamba (Dendroaspis polylepis). Although about 80% of snakes in Botswana are not venomous. The most common snake specie in the area is the python, which occurs in the area, is protected under the Conservation and National Parks Act. Lizards are everywhere in Botswana; the largest are leguaans (water monitors), that reach over 2 meters in length. Smaller versions, savanna leguaans, inhabit small hills and drier areas. Also present in large numbers are geckos, chameleons and rock-plated lizards. The Monitor lizard (Varanus niloticus) is present in Study area. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 135 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Matletsi Dry Valley river Monitor lizard (Varanus niloticus) Figure 7.24 Ecology in the Study Area 7.2.2.4 Avifauna There are at least 500 species of birds occurring in Botswana, most of which are not endemic. The greatest diversity of them is found in the extreme northern part of the country around Chobe and Linyanti wetlands. The Fauna specialist report in Appendix H lists a comprehensive table of species found in the study area. species are based on different Field guides, field survey and species of birds listed by BirdLife (Global NGO for birdlife conservation). Resident: Breeds here and occurs in southern Africa throughout the year. Summer resident: Breeds in southern Africa during the summer months (October-April), but migrates north in winter, usually to other parts of Africa. Visitor: Found in southern Africa during the summer months (October-April), bur migrates north by the end of summer to breed, usually in Eurasia. Pelagic seabirds breeding in Antarctica occur along our coast during the winter months. Brunchell’s Starling (Lamprotornis australis) Crowned Lapwing (Vanellus coronatus) Figure 7.25 Avifauna in the Study Area 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 136 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 We must highlight that the bird species found along the habitats surrounding study area, all harries, all buzzards, all storks, all vultures, all kites, all falcons, Secretary Bird ( Sagittarius serpentarius) and Kory Bustards (Adeotis kori) are identified as protected game animals, according to Section 17 of Wildlife Conservation and National Parks Act, 1982 (ACT nº 28 of 1992). Other birds species common in the landscapes the road crosses are: Black Korhaan (Afrotis afraoides), Helmeted Guinea fowl (Numida meleagris), Red-crested Korhaan (Lophotis ruficrista), Red billed Spurfowl (Pternistis adspersus), Red-faced Spurfowl (Pternistis afer), Swainson's Spurfowl (Pternistis svainsonii). Red faced moosebird (Urocolius indicus) Double-banded sandgrouse (Pterocles bicinctus) Figure 7.26 Avifauna in the Study Area (2) 7.2.2.5 Important birds area IBA The north section of study area lies within the Important Bird Area (IBA) W011 of South East Botswana identified by BirdLife. BirdLife is the IUCN Red List Authority for birds. BirdLife’s Important Bird and Biodiversity Area (IBA) Programme aims to identify monitor and protect a global network of IBAs for the conservation of the world's birds and other wildlife. Table 7.4: IBA. W011 South-east Botswana Field Data Location Botswana, Kgatleng, Kweneng, Southern Central coordinates 25o 20.00' East 25o 7.00' South IBA criteria A1, A3 Area 750,000 ha Altitude 1,000 - 1,200m Year of IBA assessment 2001 Source: www.birdlife.org 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 137 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.27 Important Bird Areas: South-east Botswana South-east Botswana holds an important population of the restricted-range species Short–clawed Lark (Certhilauda chuana), which is widespread and locally abundant in the area. The site holds about 90% of the total world population comprising an estimated 30,000 pairs. Cape Vultures from the breeding colony at Mannyelanong Hill use the area for most of their foraging. The site also supports a number of species which include Orange River Francolin (Francolinus levaillantoides) and Long-tailed Widowbird (Euplectes progne). A wide range of species restricted to the Kalahari–Highveld biome occur, including Sociable Weaver (Philetairus socius). Table 7.5: Populations of IBA trigger species Quality Population IBA Species Season Period of IUCN Category estimate Criteria estimate Pallid Harrier winter 1998 unknown - A1 Near Threatened (Circus macrourus) Burchell's Sandgrouse resident 1998 present - A3 Least Concern (Pterocles burchelli) Short-clawed Lark resident 1998 present - A1, A3 Least Concern (Certhilauda chuana) Barred Wren-warbler (Camaroptera resident 1998 present - A3 Least Concern fasciolata) Burchell's Glossy- starling (Lamprotornis resident 1998 present - A3 Least Concern australis) Kalahari Scrub-robin resident 1998 present - A3 Least Concern (Erythropygia paena) Sociable Weaver resident 1998 present - A3 Least Concern (Philetairus socius) Source: www.birdlife.org 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 138 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.2.2.6 Mammals There are 164 mammal species in Botswana, including 39 species of bats, 39 species of hoofed mammals, 38 species of carnivores and 7 species of primates; of these, 1 is critically endangered (Black Rhinoceros), 1 is endangered (African Wild Dog), 6 are vulnerable (African Elephant, Percival's Trident Bat, Cheetah, Black-footed Cat, Lion, Hippopotamus), and 6 are near-threatened (Angolan Marsh Rat, Natal Long-fingered Bat, Chaerephon shortridgei, Blasius's Horseshore Bat, Hipposideros marungensis, White Rhinoceros). Field guides, field survey and stakeholders’ consultations are the main source of information for mammal identification within the study area. The following table shows the list of mammals and their IUCN category. The recorded mammal species along the road’s habitats categorized as Protected Game Animals according to Section 17 of Wildlife Conservation and the National Parks Act, 1982 (ACT nº 28 of 1992) are: Aardvark (Orycteropus afer), Aardwolf (Proteles cristatus), African wildcat (Felis silverstris lybica), Brown Hyena (Hyaena brunnea), Honey badger (Mellivera capinsis), Pangolin (Manis termanki) and Stripped polecat (Ictonyxstrriatus). The presence of the leopard (Panthera pardus), must to be highlighted, since is the only species within the study area categorized as a partially protected game animal, according to Section 18 of the Wildlife Conservation and National Parks Act, 1982 (ACT nº 28 of 1992). Its presence has been recorded in the surroundings of the road near Sedibeng due to registered attacks to calves. Species not specifically protected which can be hunted according to Section 18 of the Wildlife Conservation and National Parks Act, 1982 (ACT nº 28 of 1992), are: African wildcat (Felis silvestris lybica), Baboon (Papio asenas), Bat-eared fox (Otocyon megalotis), Black backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), Caracal (Felis caracal), Duiker (Syvacapra grimmia), Hartbeest (Alcelaphus buselaphus), Kudu (Tragelaphus strepsiseros), Ostrich (Struthio camelus), Scrub hare (Lepus saxatilis), Small- spotted genet (Genetta genetta), Springbok (Antidorcus marsupialis), Springhare (Pedetes capensis), Squirrels (Xerus inauris), Steenbok (Raphicerus campestris), Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus aethiops), Warthog (Phacochoerus aethiopicus) and Wildebeest (Connochaetus taurinus). Warthogs, vervet monkeys, baboons and ground squirrels are common along the route, even within the road reserve. Baboon (Papio Hamadryas) Warthogs (Phacochoerus aethiopicus) 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 139 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Ground squirrel near the road Male kudu (Tragelaphus strepsiseros) Figure 7.28 Wildlife in the project area Road-kills records for 2014 (Department of Wildlife and Nat. Parks) for kudu (Tragelaphus strepsiseros) for B101-1 road are included in the Environmental Impact Pre Assessment Report. For kudu, wildbeest and hartbeest, the areas showing highest crossing probabilities are those associated with water courses in the central and western areas of the road project zones. Specifically between Mabule and Pitsane Molopo; and also in the areas next to Sedibeng. This is the area where most part of wildlife transit has been registered, mainly in search of food and water. The following figure shows the identified corridor where the risk of accidents could be higher. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 140 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 ANIMALS CORRIDORS Figure 7.29 Animal corridors 7.2.3 Main habitats An important section of the road alignment runs through a populated and largely transformed landscape. Agricultural crops, livestock, roads and built-up areas have transformed the original habitats to new conditions of increased human pressure and impacts. The landscapes on the west section of the road, Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule section, is an eastern extension of the dry savannah that covers the arid south-west part of the country. Human land transformation is lower in this area and consequently its related impacts. Therefore the faunal communities are better preserved. Large mammals as large antelopes and predators may roam on this area despite its lower abundance compared with the situation on the south-west. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 141 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 7.30 Main wildlife habitats 7.2.4 Human-Wildlife Conflicts From the information provided by Mr. Motlakase Oliver, Senior Wildlife Warden of the Department of Wildlife & National Parks, and some informal meetings and interviews held with the locals during the field surveys, we can conclude that the major conflicts or problems with wildlife are:  Damage to crops produced by kudus. Kudus feed on crops, mainly at night, often causing damage to fences. More rarely, this sort or damage to crops is caused by porcupines and guinea fowls;  Conflicts with monkeys. Some monkeys, mainly baboons, produce damages in crops and fruit trees when they feed on them. There are also records of attacks and injuries to persons; and  Leopards. There are records and testimonials of leopards that frequent the areas around the road Project going on raids to feed on the cattle, mainly calves. These encounters often pose a threat to humans and, occasionally, there have been accidents in the form of attacks on people. 7.2.5 Current barrier effects Currently the main road sections under the OPCR project; act as a barrier to wildlife movement. Such effect is caused by the road traffic. Currently, 48.7 % of the road length is paved. Road reserves are not fenced. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 142 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 7.5: Current condition of the roads. Length Section From To Surface Fence (m) Rakhuna B101/A1 B101-1 Tlhareseleele 12.030 Gravel No junction Pitsane B101/A1 B101-2 Tlhareseleele 5.144 Gravel No junction Pitsane B101/A1 B101-3 Phitshane Molopo 66.729 Pavement No junction Gravel (less Phitshane Molopo B101-4 Mabule 60.200 1,5 km of No (Changed/New road) Pavement) 47,3% Paved 0% Subtotal 144.103 Paved Fenced B101-1-AR1 Rakhuna Kgotla 491 Gravel No B101-1-AR2 Tlhareseleele Kgotla 98 Gravel No B101-2-AR1 Pitsane Kgotla 95 Gravel No B101-3-AR1 Cwaanyaneng 1.373 Pavement No B101-3-AR2 Tswagare 3.950 Pavement No B101-3-AR3 Mokgomane 1.700 Pavement No B101-3-AR4 Sedibeng 1.301 Pavement No B101-4-AR1 Phitshane Molopo Kgotla 1.321 Pavement No B101-4-AR2-A Leporung access road 1.100 Gravel No B101-4-AR2-B Leporung access road 200 Gravel No B101-4-AR3 Dikhukung access road 400 Gravel No B101-4-AR4 Mmakgori access road 1.200 Gravel No B101-4-AR5 Tsidilamolomo access road 2.100 Gravel No B101-4-AR6 Mabule access road 400 Gravel No 61,3% 0% Subtotal 15.729 Paved Fenced 48,7% 0% TOTAL 159.832 Paved Fenced Source: TYPSA. Further information regarding fauna of the study area is provided in the Fauna Assessment Report appended to this EIS as Appendix H. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 143 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.3 Socio-economic Environment The following sections describe the socio-economic baseline environment. 7.3.1 Governance The Republic of Botswana gained its independence in 1966 after eight decades as a British Protectorate. Rights are enshrined in a written Constitution, adopted at independence, which has guided the nation for the past five decades. The first national election was held in 1965 with the advent of self-governance, and elections have been held on a regular basis since then. Members of Parliament are directly elected, and the President is the candidate from the party that has the majority of directly elected parliamentarians. There is also a House of Chiefs comprising 35 traditional authorities largely from the ‘major tribes’ in Botswana. They advise specifically on matters concerning customs and traditions, and review draft bills before they are considered by Parliament. The President heads the Executive branch of Government, and presides over the Cabinet comprised of ministers. The President, subject to approval by Parliament, nominates the Vice President. The Permanent Secretary to the President is the head of the civil service. An independent judiciary is presided over by a Chief Justice, with the High Court the highest judiciary body, with final appeals heard by a Court of Appeal. Magistrates courts try all cases except capital offences. Some cases are heard by local chiefs and headmen, or their representatives, and adjudicated through customary law. The High Court is the appeals court for both formal and customary law court systems, while a Court of Appeals deals with appeals from the High Court. At the local level, district, city and town councils have elected councillors and nominated councillors. A mayor heads towns and cities, with administration headed by a town or city clerk. District councils are headed by a council chair and a council secretary, with chief executives and support personnel provided through the civil service. Local Government in Botswana refers to the system of governance below the national level and covers all institutions and arrangements under the authority of the geographical area within which it is located. It consists of Local Authorities (Councils), Tribal Administration (TA), District Administration (DA), District/Urban Development Committees (DDCs/UDCs) and Village/Ward Development Committees (VDCs/WDCs). At the national level, functions of these institutions are coordinated by the Ministry of Local Government, which provides policy direction to local institutions on local governance, community development, social services, primary infrastructure provision, district development planning, coordination, policy formulation and legislative reviews and development. Tribal Administration focuses on the enforcement of local order, and the implementation of customary law. The Ministry of Local Government mobilises resources and transfers them to the Local Authorities. The mandate of the Ministry is to provide basic social services to both rural and urban areas. The Ministry of Local Government serves as the central government’s arm for local government matters and is the focal point for policy and operational matters at the local level. Its objective is to be a competitive, customer-focused centre of excellence in social service delivery, development coordination, community mobilisation and capacity building. At the local level, there are 16 Local Authorities (LAs). They are all under management of the Council Chief Executive Officer or Council Secretary\Town Clerk. The District Administration office, whose head is the District Commissioner, acts as the head of Central Government departments at the local level. The Ministry of Local Government implements other Ministries’ policies and programmes through the District Commissioner. Another area well represented in districts is Tribal Administration, whose primary role is to enforce local order and customary law (see Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, 2009). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 144 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Local government authorities are responsible for providing a wide range of social services, including water, sanitation, tertiary roads, social and community services, remote area development, and services targeting most vulnerable groups; primary education was moved recently from local government to the Ministry of Education and primary health care was moved back to the Ministry of Health. The Ministry of Local Government provides planning support, finance and policy guidance as well as strategic direction (see Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, 2003). Over the past two decades, the technical competence of these sub-national authorities to deliver services had improved significantly (Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, 2009). The main structure involved in strategic issues around district development are the District Development Committees, chaired by the District Commissioner and membership covering central government officers in the districts, tribal administration, land boards, council chief executives, non- governmental organisations, and the private sector. Village Development Committees co-ordinate village development activities. Practically speaking, much of the decentralisation that has occurred has been the deconcentration of central government responsibilities to sub-national level. This is noted in National Development Plan 9 (see Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, 2003), and is reflected in the various district development plans, that tend to emphasize the implementation of directives and standards set at national level. Even the Second Presidential Commission on Local Government Structure in Botswana (Government Paper No. 1 of 2003; see Ministry of Local Government, 2003) focuses less on the devolution of authority and instead on enhanced capacity and more effective co-ordination. District Councils are charged with the provision of basic infrastructure and social services, as well as to support community development. Infrastructure support includes the following:  Roads - construction and maintenance of rural roads;  Water and Waste Water - provision and maintenance of systems for potable water supply and sewerage services;  Sanitation and Waste Management - solid waste management; and  Primary Health - primary health facilities (provision and maintenance). Social services and community development comprise:  Administration of social and community development services such as home-based care, orphan care, early childhood care and development, destitutes, home economics through the Department of Social and Community Development;  Implementation of activities under the Remote Area Development Programme; and  Promotion of rural housing and expanded home ownership for low-income families through the Self-Help Housing Agency. The Community Development Section of the Department of Social Welfare and Community Services focuses on working with Government institutions, specifically Village Development Committees, but also with voluntary bodies such as Parent Teacher Associations. Land Boards were established under the Tribal Land Act (CAP 32:02) and are charged with the responsibility of holding land in trust for the benefit and advantage of the citizens of Botswana, for purposes of promoting the economic and social development. The specific functions of the land board, as per section 13 of the Tribal Land Act, are: 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 145 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Grants rights to use land;  Imposition of restrictions on the use of land;  Authorising and change of use of tribal land;  Authorising and transfer of tribal land; and  Hear appeals from decisions of subordinate land board. 7.3.2 Demography Population data for Southern District are indicated in the following table: Table 7.6: 2001 and 2011 Population Data Locations Total 2001 Total 2011 Male 2001 Male 2011 Female 2001 Female 2011 Jwaneng 15,179 18,016 7,613 9,838 7,566 8,178 Ngwaketse 113,704 129,247 53,810 62,278 59,894 66,969 Ngwaketse West 10,471 13,689 5,159 6,873 5,312 6,816 Barolong 47,477 54,819 23,397 26,676 24,080 28,143 Southern District 186,831 215,771 89,979 105,665 96,852 110,106 Source: 2001 (Central Statistics Office) and 2011 (Statistics Botswana) Population Housing Censuses. Population in Southern District is concentrated in the eastern half, due to higher and more reliable levels of rainfall and better soils. Southern District has a semi-arid climate with summer rainfall between November and March. The populations of villages and towns in the Project Area are included in the following table: Table 7.7: Village Populations in Project Area Village Total Total 2011 Male 2001 Male 2011 Female Female 2001 2001 2011 Rakhuna 1,091 1,428 530 696 561 732 Tlhareseleele 767 711 362 341 405 370 Pitsane 2,959 3,654 1,414 1,699 1,545 1,955 Dinatshana 480 603 231 300 249 303 Bethele 440 404 210 207 230 197 Good Hope 2,934 6,362 1,400 2,892 1,534 3,470 Metlojane 683 726 333 362 350 364 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 146 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Village Total Total 2011 Male 2001 Male 2011 Female Female 2001 2001 2011 Cwaanyaneng 554 679 259 323 295 356 Tswagare 347 197 164 84 183 113 Mokgomane 791 708 395 332 396 376 Sedibeng 616 708 298 332 318 376 Phitshane Molopo 1,569 1,945 758 931 811 1,014 Leporung 582 575 263 272 319 303 Dikhukhung 288 279 145 134 143 145 Mmakgori 742 741 349 343 393 398 Tshidilalomolo 673 723 328 353 345 370 Mabule 1,589 2,260 732 1,045 857 1,215 Source: 2001 (Central Statistics Office) and 2011 (Statistics Botswana) Population Housing Censuses. 7.3.3 Age and Sex Structure According to the 2001 Population and Housing Census, the male population was 89,984 while the female population was 96,847 accounting for 48.2% and 51.8% of the total population, respectively. 7.3.4 Settlement Patterns National Settlement Policy stipulates that all towns and villages with a population of 500 or more shall have development plans to guide their development. The District has 66 centres (excluding Jwaneng) with 500 or more people. This comprises Kanye as the single primary centre, 3 secondary centres (Moshupa, Good Hope and Mabutsane) and 62 tertiary centres. Some of those locations classified as villages under the National Settlement Policy are reached by the Project, with roads built to the kgotla in each village. 7.3.4.1 District Settlement Strategy It was envisaged that during this plan period, the District Settlement Strategy would be prepared so that conflicts in allocation, distribution of resources/services to settlements could be resolved. Also according to National Settlement Policy, the District Settlement Strategies were supposed to be prepared to facilitate the preparation of DDPs. However, the plan has not been realized, hence the District is still facing the problem of resource/service distribution. 7.3.4.2 Physical Development Plans and Village Layout Plans Of five planned Village Development Plans, one was prepared, covering Good Hope in the Project area. Seven village layout plans (Mabule, Ranaka, Moshaneng, Kanye, Phitshane Molopo, Ntlhantlhe and Mogonye) were to be prepared, but await financing. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 147 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The three Sub-District Headquarters of Moshupa, Mabutsane and Good Hope (in the Project area) were to be declared planning areas in order to control development. However, this was not possible, according to plan documents, due to a lack of funds. 2 Southern District covers an area of 26,776 km . Land use patterns for the District are indicated in the following table: Table 7.8: Land Use in Southern District 2) Land Use Area (Km % Settlement (Built up Areas) 212.5 0,8 Major Infrastructure 45.7 0,2 Corridors Agriculture 26 779.6 10 Farms/Ranches 6 239.2 23,3 Wildlife Management Areas 2 494.4 9,3 (WMA) Rangeland 15 094.6 56,4 Total 26 776 100 Source: DDP 7 Half of Southern District comprises rangelands. This rangeland is characterised by grassland and open shrub land, covering some half of the communal rangeland area. Some areas are characterised by severe overgrazing, but this represents less than 10% of all rangeland. Arable fields comprise 10% of the District, with fields larger and more common as you move from west to east. Additional arable 2 land remains available for future population growth. Of the 17,000km of land classified as suitable for arable farming, 15.6% is under cultivation, with density highest in the east where rainfall is higher and more reliable and where soils are better. Livestock farming is undertaken through pastoral farming in the communal rangeland and on private ranches. Livestock farming involves the rearing of cattle, horses, donkeys, sheep, goats and other smallstock. Of all livestock, 60.2% are cattle, followed by goats and sheep (26.4%), and donkeys (11.8%). Wildlife in Southern District is found in range land areas in the western part of the District and the (S02) Wildlife Management Area, in the west of the District, and private game ranches. Springbok constituted the most plentiful wildlife species (41.9%) which numbered 5,497 in 2003. Hartebeest was the second most populous species numbering 2,540 or 19.3% followed by Kudu (1,599) or 12.2% and steenbok with a population of 1,430 or 10.9% of the District’s wildlife population. Southern District has four private ranches north of the Project area: Doornlaagte, Kojane, Bonyamabono and Vikings. There is a total of eight ostrich farms: Maradu, Itlholatau, BDF, Pitsane, Neejoy Nee, Ostrich Development Company, Ultimate Ostrich Farm, Sunben and Carlfe De Bruyn. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 148 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 2 The (SO2) Wildlife Management Area in the west of the District covers 2,510km . It was established in order to provide a migratory corridor for wildlife as a link between Central Kalahari Game Reserve and the Kgalagadi Transfrontier National Park. The Mekgatshi Community Trust has been created so that local communities benefit from the Wildlife Management Area, including the villages of Mabutsane, Sekoma, Mahotshwane, Khonkhwa, Keng, Itholoke, Khakhea, Kanaku, Kutuku, Kokong and Morwamosu 7.3.5 Economic Activity Southern District is the location of the large-scale Debswana diamond mine at Jwaneng, a major source of income for Botswana. Aside from the mine at Jwaneng, there are other smaller mining and quarrying activities in the district, with the operation at Moshana the largest in this regard, and plans for a manganese mine. While mining is important for the overall economy of Botswana, for many residents of Southern District a mix of agriculture, trade, and formal employment are central to household livelihoods. Arable agriculture is more viable in the eastern part of the District, with better soils and higher and more reliable rainfall. Arable agriculture covers some 10% of the total land area, while rangeland comprises more than half of the total land area, and especially high in the west (Ministry of Local Government, 2009). Kanye is the largest centre for economic activity in the District, while economic activity elsewhere along the key road networks (Trans-Kgalagadi Highway and the roads leading north to Gaborone). Tourism is limited in the District, with limited accommodation mostly along the Trans-Kgalagadi Highway for short-term stays on to other locations. There is one wildlife management area as well as four private ranges and eight ostrich ranches. Wildlife is concentrated in the less populated western portion of the District. Tourism opportunities include the S02 Wildlife Management Area in the west, and localised, small scale historical opportunities elsewhere in the District. District level data on energy is not available, save references in the District Development Plan to environmental challenges arising from overuse of biomass, and consequent land degradation th particularly in the east. No major national energy sources exist in Southern District. The 10 National Development Plan (MFDP, 2009) overviews the energy sector, and makes reference to rural electrification. The Southern District Development Plan (Ministry of Local Government, 2009) argues that rural electrification is central to economic activity in the region, especially for business development. Access to electricity in rural areas increased from just over 25% in 2004 to almost 50% in 2009 (MFDP, 2009). Key roads infrastructure is noted in the map on the following page. The A1 roads runs through the eastern portion of the District, linking the border at Ramatlabama to the northern boundary of the district heading for Lobatse and South East District. Traffic volume was estimated at 1,000 vehicles a day in 2008 (Ministry of Local Government, 2009). The A2 traverses the District, running from east to west through the middle of the District. The A2 provides a major link between southern Botswana and northern South Africa with Namibia and the port of Walvis Bay. Traffic volumes along the A2 are very high between Lobatse and Kanye, at around 4,000 vehicles per day, dropping as the road proceeds west (Ministry of Local Government, 2009). Traffic volumes are said by key informants to have increased significantly since these 2008 data, with annual traffic growth averaging some 15% per annum. 7.3.6 Health The Ministry of Health is mandated with oversight and delivery of health services at all levels; primary health care moved from local government to health in 2010. Health services are guided by the National Health Policy, updated in 2011 (Ministry of Health, 2011); the 2002 Public Health Act is due 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 149 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 to be updated as well. It is also worth noting that while Botswana has good access to modern health services and infrastructure, there are disparities in terms of doctor/patient ratios. Most of the districts had a patient/doctor ratio of fewer than 300 patients per doctor with the exception of Kweneng East, which had a patient/doctor ratio of more than 500 patients per doctor. The scarcity of doctors in certain areas has implications for efficient health care provision in the country. Currently there are 14 clinics in Southern District, but 13 new clinics are required to keep up with population growth. Government intends to phase out health posts and upgrade these to clinics, but this is expected to take a number of years. There are 53 health posts in Southern District, of which 19 are currently due to be upgraded. The following health facilities and services exist in Southern District (Statistics Botswana, 2012a): Table 7.9: Southern District Health Facility List (2009) Facility Facility Other Information Referral Hospitals none General Hospitals 1 SDA, Kanye 28 Mat. 36 Paed. 6 Isol. 18 TB. 6 Priv. 79 0ther. (Total: 167 beds) Jwaneng 6 Mat. 11 Paed. 11 Priv. 3 ICU. 56 0ther. (Total: 87 1 beds) Primary Hospitals 1 Good Hope 14 Mat. 21 Gen. Total 35 beds) Clinics (total: 29) 5 Southern (Kanye) 5 Jwaneng 11 Good Hope 8 Moshupa Health Posts 2 Southern (Kanye) 25 Good Hope 19 Moshupa Mobile Stops 20 Good Hope Source: Health Statistics Unit, Statistics Botswana, 2012c. According to the Master Health Facility List for 2009 (Ministry of Health, 2009), there were twenty nine health districts around the country (up from 24 in 2007), some of which aligned with sub-district boundaries. Southern District is served by two General Hospital (SDA or Seventh Day Adventist in Kanye and in Jwaneng), one Primary Hospital (Good Hope), twenty-nine community clinics, forty six health posts in settlements and 20 mobile stops. In 2009 Southern District was being served by 15 (8 male and 7 female) professional doctors, 1 male professional physiotherapist and 183 (41 male and 142 female) professional nurses (Statistics Botswana, 2012c). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 150 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 In 2009 in Southern District, 100% of the inhabitants lived within a 5 km radius of a health facility. 7.3.6.1 Hospital Services The district health system consists of four levels of service provision: mobile stops or outreach services, health posts, clinics, and primary and district hospitals. The mobile stops or outreach services provide services to areas without static health facilities. Health posts are manned by a Registered Nurse (with or without Midwifery training and in some cases by 2 – 3 of them if the facility is a busy one) may supervise mobile stops. Clinics have a greater scope of activities and as such require more senior nurses. One clinic may supervise a number of health posts, and serve as referral centres for health posts. Primary and district hospitals serve as referral centres for council health facilities. Southern district has one primary and one district hospital. They act as referral hospitals for the district. Under DDP6, two new hospitals were planned to be constructed in Moshupa and Mabutsane but were not funded. However during consultations, communities expressed the need for a referral hospital in Kanye. 7.3.6.2 Tuberculosis TB/HIV co-infection is high in the district and TB cases have been increasing as a result. The co- infection in the district is similar to the situation in the rest of the country which stands at between 60% and 80% (District TB Annual Report 2006). The TB notification rate is 602 per 100 000 population. Total number of TB patients for the whole of Southern district was 1,170 in year 2007. The district is running the TB programme in which those infected are given Daily Observed Treatment, tracing of contacts and patients follow up are done as prescribed by the Botswana National Tuberculosis Programme (BNTP) guidelines. 7.3.6.3 HIV&AIDS As with much of the rest of Botswana, Southern District is affected by HIV&AIDS. BAIS IV from 2013 puts the national prevalence rate of HIV&AIDS at 16.9%. BAIS IV prevalence was found to be higher among females than males at 19.2% versus 14.1%, respectively. Rates are shown in the map to the right, with rates in Southern District consistent with similar to other areas of the country. BAIS IV notes that the Southern District rate for 2013 (11.8%) is similar to rates for 2004 (12.4%) and 2008 (13.3%). Rates of male circumcision (which reduces the risk of HIV infection among males) was 25.4% for Southern District, close to the national norm of 24.5%. 7.3.7 Population Characteristics The population of Botswana in 2010 reached 1.831.000 inhabitants, which represents a 51% increase over the population in 1980 and close to a 10% increase during the last decade. This population figures represent an average annual increase of 2.37%. The Southern District is one of the less dynamic districts in terms of population trends in the country, given that it has experienced almost no growth during the aforementioned period, with a rate of 0.018%. Focusing on the part of the study area including the section of the road being analyzed, the population from Ngwaketese sub-district shows an average population growth rate during 1991- 2011period both within the study area and the whole country with a yearly growth rate of 2.72%. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 151 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.3.8 Tourism Tourism is very limited in the District. There is national tourism, including expatriate populations in Gaborone, covering the following:  Bathoen Dam Bird Sanctuary;  Manyana Rock Paintings;  Livingstone’s Tree;  The Gorge at Kanye;  Mosenekatse Hill;  Early Ngwaketse Village;  Dimawe;  Sobe Ruins;
  Kanye Hill Stone Walls;  Makaba’s Tree;
  Pharing Gorge;  Kgwakgwe Hills;
  Ranaka Old Stone Settlement;  Mmasechele Gorge; 7.4 Cultural and Archaeological Archaeological investigations for example by Karim Sadr, Paul Lane (Lane and Reid 1998) and Van Waarden (1998), amongst other researchers, have reported several significant archaeological and heritage sites within parts of the Southern District. Findings include Early Stone Age (ESA), Middle Stone Age (MSA) and Later Stone Age (LSA) sites. A number of archaeological sites associated with the Early Iron Age (Baratani traditions), Middle Iron Age (Eiland traditions) and Late Iron Age (LIA) Letsibogo facies of the Moloko tradition were also found in the greater region of the area, as well as abandoned cattle posts and sites of historical value. The Late Iron Age discoveries can be interpreted as a tentative implication that some communities of the early Sotho-Tswana settled in this area sometime between 1500 AD and 1700 AD. Different types of stone tools and other archaeological remains give the area a long human history. Elsewhere in the Southern District, Early Stone Age hand axes and large scrapers found east of Moshupa could date back to more than half a million years ago. At Radiepolong Kopje just west of Thamaga, both Middle Stone Age stone cores and points, more than 40,000 years old, and Late Stone Age microliths, bone points, ostrich eggshell beads and faunal refuse have all been excavated. The LSA here dates between about 4,500 and 700 years ago and suggests ancestors of modem Bushmen, but a sheep or goat bone found with them could mean the inhabitants were pastoral Khoe. Pottery shards in upper levels indicate contact with Early Iron Age farmers. Eiland-type pottery has also been found scattered amongst the rocky hills, telling us that ancestral Bakgalagadi were in the area, probably soon after the turn of the Second Millennium. The proposed OPRC road upgrade project covers a relatively long route along the B101 main road and unpaved roads as described in the introduction. A limited number of archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database in the areas surrounding these routes. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 152 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 7.4.1 Pitsane area The Pitsane and Rakhuna area is covered by the 1:50 000 maps of 2525 B3 and 2525 D1. No archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned maps for these areas. No archaeological sites have been documented along the existing roads proposed for upgrading. 7.4.2 Goodhope area The Goodhope area is covered by the 1:50 000 map of 2525 A4. Four archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned map for the area. Sites documented consist of Middle Stone Age and Iron Age sites around Kgoro Hill which is also declared as a national monument for landscape. The Metlojane area is covered by the 1:50 000 map of 2525 C2. No archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned map for the area. Further, no archaeological sites have been documented along the existing roads proposed for upgrading in the area. 7.4.3 Road section between Phitshane Molopo and Mabule The Phitshane Molopo area is covered by the 1:50 000 map of 2525 C1. Two archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on the above mentioned map for the area. Sites documented consist of Middle and Later Stone Age sites. The road section between Phitshane Molopo and Mabule is covered by the 1:50 000 maps of 2524 D2, 2524 D3 and 2524 D4. No archaeological sites have been recorded in the BNMM database on these maps. Further, no archaeological sites have been documented along the existing roads proposed for upgrading on these maps. Further details regarding the socioeconomic environment of the study area have been discussed in detail within the Social Impact Assessment Report for this project (discussed further, herein). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 153 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 8 Public and stakeholder consultations This Chapter outlines the consultations undertaken with the Project stakeholders during the scoping and detailed ESIA phases of the Project. The consultations were related to all Project activities and components as addressed in this study. Refer to Appendix D for supplementary consultation materials referred to within this chapter of the ESIS. The stakeholder consultation process developed and followed by the consulting team was guided by relevant environmental and social assessment guiding documents such as IFC Performance Standards of 2012, Equator Principles of 2013 and EA Act No. 10 of 2011. 8.1 Stakeholder Engagement Plan This Subsection presents the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) developed and followed for the proposed OPRC Package 2 Roads Contract project. The SEP was designed to guide consultations with the Project stakeholders, thus, this SEP (in accordance with IFC Performance Standards of 2012 and Equator Principles of 2013) sets out the approach which the consulting has followed and will continue to follow to consult with the Project stakeholders. For the purposes of this Project, a stakeholder is defined as “a person, group or organisation that is affected or can be affected by the environmental and/or social consequences of the proposed Project activities”. Although the SEP developed for this Project focuses primarily on consulting with external stakeholders, there are other “internal” stakeholders such as Project contractors, staff, shareholders etc, however, engagement with these stakeholders is not covered in this SEP. 8.1.1 Objectives of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan To adhere to the IFC requirements, the SEP was designed for the proposed development to allow for the effective participation of those identified as stakeholders throughout the project implementation period. The IFC regards stakeholder engagement as the foundation for building strong, constructive, and responsive relationships that are essential for successful management of a project’s environmental and social impacts. The undertaking of public and stakeholder consultation is also a legal requirement during the environmental scoping and ToR stage of the EIA process (Section 7 of EA Act of 2011). In relation to these, the Project Contractor (Elsamex) is committed to a transparent and considerate dialogue with all key stakeholders of the Project. In principle, the aims of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan are to:  Promote the development of courteous and open relationships between the Project stakeholders and the Project team;  Identify project stakeholders and understand their interests, concerns and influence in relation to the project activities;  Provide stakeholders with timely information about the proposed development and the ESIA processes, as well as other relevant project information. This is recommended by the Equator Principles (2013) to be undertaken in ways that are appropriate to stakeholders’ intere sts and needs (taking into account factors such as location, language, culture, access to information),as well as the level of expected adverse impact.  Give stakeholders an opportunity (through consultation and other feedback mechanisms) to express their opinions and concerns in relation to the proposed project. Comments raised by 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 154 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 stakeholders must be reflected in the ESIA report and decisions made about the project activities, where possible.  Record and resolve any grievances arising from project related activities. It should be noted that the undertaken stakeholder engagement activities to date, have been guided by the preliminary and detailed ESIA assessments, including relevant legislations such as the EA Act No. 10 of 2011, IFC Performance Standards of 2012 and Equator Principles of 2013. Further consultation with stakeholders (as detailed in Section 8.4 within this Chapter) will continue to be undertaken in compliance with these legislations and in alignment with the overall management of the Project environmental and social impacts. 8.1.2 Stakeholder Engagement Approach Used The adopted stakeholder engagement approach for the Project ESIA process summarised below, was followed to ensure that stakeholders are informed and have input into the Project planning (including ESIA process) and development activities. Comments raised by stakeholders have been considered in the overall ESIA assessment and design of the roads alignment, particularly along the new roads to be constructed (Phitshane Molopo to Mabule road). The stakeholder engagement approach adopted for the project engagement/consultation involved the following key elements (as recommended by the afore-mentioned documentation):  Disclosure: Reveal and disseminate relevant Project and ESIA (about environmental and social issues as well as opportunities that have potential to benefit the affected community) information timely and in understandable language.  Consultations: Consult stakeholders about issues that may affect them, record their views and respond to questions and concerns accordingly.  Involve: Working directly with the public throughout the ESIA process to ensure that public concerns and aspirations are consistently understood and considered.  Collaborate: Partner with the stakeholders in major aspect of the Project decision, including the development of alternatives and the identification of the preferred solution.  Grievance Resolution: Put in place a transparent and fair mechanism, at no cost to stakeholders, to record and resolve community grievances throughout the Project cycle.  Project Impacts Management: Establish an Environmental and Social Management Systems/Plan to manage environmental and social issues. Following the adopted stakeholder engagement plan, the ESIA team identified the project stakeholders, as detailed in the subsequent subsections. 8.1.3 Stakeholder Analysis and Mapping An essential element in the stakeholder engagement process (in order to ensure meaningful and effective consultation process) is the careful identification of all directly and indirectly affected stakeholders, including analysis of their concerns, expectations and preferences. Furthermore, the IFC Standards highlight that special attention should be paid to the identification of vulnerable stakeholders who may be extremely affected by the Project activities, due to their marginalised or vulnerable status. Accordingly, the consultation and dialogue with these stakeholder groups (vulnerable) need to be planned and managed with distinct care (IFC Performance Standards, 2012). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 155 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 This Subsection describes how Project stakeholders (including vulnerable groups consulted) were identified by the consulting team. Subsection 8.1.4 describes how the outcome of this analysis was used to identify methodologies to consult with the stakeholders in ways appropriate to their needs. The identification of the Project stakeholder was based on the following:  ESIA team’s knowledge of the Project area;  Desktop research including reviews of existing information about the study area (including previous ESIA reports near the project area); and  Feedback from consultations with stakeholders familiar with the study area. The forthcoming subsections list the stakeholders identified to date, while detailed analysis of the major key stakeholders is provided in the SIA report attached on this project as Appendix E. The outcome of the consultations carried out with these stakeholders are summarised in Section 8.2 within this Chapter. 8.1.3.1 Affected Communities Due to the fact that the Project is linear in nature, the study area is often referred to as a “corridor”, and this extends from Rakhuna village (along the A1 road) to Mabule village in Southern District. In general, the impacts related to the Project area are expected to be largely limited to the road corridor, thus, villages located proximate to the road corridor were identified as the potentially affected communities. These include the following villages:  Mabule;  Tshidilalomolo;  Mmakgori;  Dikhukhung;  Leporung;  Phitshane Molopo;  Sedibeng;  Mokgomane;  Tswagare;  Cwaanyaneng;  Metlojane;  Mokoto;  Good Hope;  Bethele;  Dinatshana;  Pitsane;  Tlhareseleele; and  Rakhuna. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 156 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 By consulting these communities, the ESIA team has sought to engage with stakeholders who are most likely to be interested in, or affected by the proposed roads development works. 8.1.3.2 Directly Affected Individuals and Interested Organisations (IAPs) The consultation process also targeted a range of directly affected individuals (plot and property owners whose properties are likely to be affected), Village Development Committees (VDCs), Governmental (Botswana) departments, Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs), vulnerable groups and other representatives from other interested organisations. The list of the key stakeholders consulted is appended on this report, whilst their responses in relation to the OPRC Project are summarised in Subsection 8.2.2 within this Chapter. After identification of relevant project stakeholders, consultation methods were identified for the Project consultation, as outlined in Subsection 8.1.4 below. 8.1.4 Consultation Methodologies Used Several methods were used to consult with members of the public and stakeholders. These included methods listed in Table 8.1 below and detailed below. Table 8.1: Consultation Methods Used (Public and Stakeholders) Consultations Method Telephone calls Facsimiles Communications Advertisements Notices Formal meetings Interviews Informal visits Organised public consultation at dikgotla Meetings Meetings/presentation to district officials As listed in Table 8.1 above, communicating with the public and stakeholders, regarding the Project, involved the use of:  Telephones to reach the stakeholders and to be reached by interested parties/public;  Faxes to and from the stakeholders;  Newspaper advertisements to inform the public about the project and public meeting; and  Notices to the public regarding the consultation meeting. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 157 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 In order to promote and enhance constant dialogue with all Project stakeholders as required by relevant legislations, the consulting team will periodically evaluate the use of additional communication methodologies. 8.1.4.1 Public Consultation Meetings As a part of the implementation of the ESIA process, the consulting team organised and conducted a series of public meetings at the villages likely to be affected by the Project construction activities. Following recommendations that residents of Dinatshana, Bethele, Hibrone and Ditlharapana be consulted at their main dikgotla which are Pitsane, Metlojane and Good Hope, meetings in these villages were not undertaken. Nevertheless, the stakeholders in these villages have been consulted during the SIA consultations conducted for the Project (as described in Section 8.4 below). As required by the EA Act No. 10 of 2011, a newspaper advert informing the affected communities about the public consultation meetings was publicised in a local newspaper, 21 days prior to the dates of the meetings. The public meetings were facilitated by the representative of Loci Environmental, with occasional input from the Contractor’s representatives. All public meetings were recorded, and audio files are available on request. A detailed summary of the public meetings conducted to date, is provided in Subsection 8.2.1 in this Chapter. 8.1.4.2 Stakeholder Meetings As with the public meetings, multiple stakeholder consultation meetings were also conducted by various ESIA specialists and the Contractor’s representatives in relation to the ESIA studies and the Project technical issues. The outcome of the stakeholders consultation conducted to date is summarised in Subsection 8.2.2 while detailed description of issues raised by various stakeholders consulted, are provided within various specialists reports appended on this report. 8.1.4.3 Interviews with Land Owners and Other IAPs Consultations were also undertaken for the directly affected parties which included potentially affected land owners, land boards, tribal administrations, districts officials and national level Government officials. The consultations and liaison were undertaken by the consulting team to inform the stakeholders about the project and to record their views in relation to the proposed development. The outcome of this exercise is summarised in Subsection 8.2.2 in this Chapter and detailed in the SIA report, appended to this report, as Appendix E. 8.1.4.4 Focus Group Discussions A focus group is a form of qualitative research in which a group of people, having common concerns, are asked a set of questions and respond accordingly. This method was used during the anthropological study (Social Impact Assessment exercise) and was facilitated by a social consultant. The Social Impact Assessment for this project is included in Appendix E of this document. Group 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 158 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 discussions were held with family heads of poor households and female headed households in Moshupa and Lotlhakane West villages. The results of this exercise is summarised in Subsection 8.2.2 in this Chapter and provided in details in the SIA report attached on this report, as Appendix E. 8.1.5 Disclosure of Project Information In accordance with the IFC Performance Standards, a Project Information Document (PID) has been developed for the Project. The Document contains mainly technical details about the Project, similar to what was presented during the public meetings. The Document is written in Setswana and English languages and will be availed (both printed and electronically) to stakeholders who requested a copy. The Document was also used to compose relevant ESIA components such as the questionnaire tool utilised to gather social data. 8.2 Results of the Stakeholder Engagement Process In accordance with the EA Act (2011) requirements, the Project stakeholder consultations begun during the scoping exercise and were continued during the detailed ESIA phase. To date, a series of informal and formal engagements to gather feedback and information for the ESIA processes were undertaken. The primary results of consultation activities undertaken are summarised below, whilst detailed information of consultations held are contained in appendices (ESIA reports) attached to this report. 8.2.1 Summary of the Public Consultation Meetings The undertaking of public consultation is a legal requirement during the environmental scoping and ToR stage of the EIA process (Section 7 of EA Act). The meetings are held to ensure that any public concerns, issues or questions will be addressed during the actual undertaking of the EIA. This Section presents the outcome of the public meeting undertaken for the proposed project to date. 8.2.1.1 Public Meetings Schedule (Venues and Dates) The public consultation meetings for the Project were scheduled as follows: th  Rakhuna kgotla - 27 May 2014 at 0800 hours; th  Tlhareseleele kgotla – 27 May 2014 at 1400 hours; th  Pitsane kgotla – 28 May 2014 at 0800 hours; th  Good Hope kgotla – 28 May 2014 at 1400 hours; th  Mokgomane kgotla – 30 May 2014 at 0800 hours; th  Sedibeng kgotla – 30 May 2014 at 1400 hours; st  Phitshane Molopo kgotla – 31 May 2014 at 0800 hours; nd  Leporung kgotla – 2 June 2014 at 0800 hours; nd  Mmakgori kgotla – 2 June 2014 at 1400 hours; 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 159 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 rd  Tshidilamolomo kgotla – 3 June 2014 at 0800 hours; rd  Mabule kgotla – 3 June 2014 at 1400 hours; th  Metlojane kgotla – 4 June 2014 at 0800 hours; th  Cwaanyaneng kgotla – 4 June at 1400 hours; th  Tshwagare kgotla – 5 June at 0800 hours; and th  Dikhukhung kgotla - 5 June 2014 at 1400 hours. 8.2.1.2 Meetings Advertisement As required by the EA Act (2011) the dates for the meetings were advertised in the Daily News th newspaper on the 5 May 2014, 21 days prior to the meetings dates. A copy of the meeting advertisement is attached on this document in Appendix D. In addition to the advertisements, the following methods were implemented to ensure the local residents were aware of the meetings, and satisfactory attendance was achieved during the meetings:  Distribution of A3 size posters at Tribal Administration offices.  Request for the local dikgosi to announce the meetings in other meetings prior to these public meetings. 8.2.1.3 Consultation Proceedings and Attendance The consultations generally followed the same agenda, commencing with introduction of the meeting attendants. Introductions would be followed by the welcome remarks from the chief. With the objective to ease communication barriers, the presentations were delivered in Setswana and English languages. Presentations were done by Loci Environmental (with support from th e Contractor’s representative), including:  A Brief Background on the EIA Process The consultant informed the meeting attendants that the Environmental Impact Assessments undertaken for the proposed project aims to assess the potential effects of the planned developmental activities, in order to determine and to provide mitigation measures for effects that may have a significant adverse impact on the environment, as required by the EA Act of 2011. He mentioned that the process is coordinated by Department of Environmental Affairs under the Ministry of Environment and Tourism on behalf of the Government of Botswana. In relation to the project, the meeting attendants were informed that the EIA process was at Scoping level, following DEA authorisation that a detailed EIA be undertaken for the development. He mentioned that this stage involves gathering of information about the study area as well as consultation with the affected community, hence the kgotla meeting undertaken. Information gathered during the scoping exercise will be used during the impact assessment exercise, to be carried out after the approval of the scoping and ToR report, with the construction activities only commencing after the approval of the EIA report (Environmental Impact Statement) by DEA. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 160 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Technical Project Description The consultant informed the community that the proposed contract (Package 2) will include the upgrade and construction of approximately 144km long B101 road from Rakhuna (near the South African border) in the south east to Mabule (on the same border). The end section of approximately 60 km from Phitshane Molopo to Mabule village is proposed to be built using the existing river road alignment passing through or near the villages located along the Molopo River. A series of access roads connects the main project road with the adjacent villages and the improvement of these roads to paved Road Type 5A will be performed under the initial works although these roads are excluded for further road maintenance under this contract. Each access road has its start point in the intersection with the B101 main road and the end point at the local kgotla where a parking area will be prepared. The proposed works will also include the rehabilitation/improvement of approximately 15km of access roads. The access roads relevant to the proposed Package 2 contract were mentioned to include the following: – Cwaanyaneng access road of approximately 1.4 km; – Tswagare access road of approximately 4.0 km; – Mokgomane access road of approximately 1.7 km; – Sedibeng access road of approximately 1.3 km; – Phitshane Molopo kgotla access road of approximately 1.3 km; – Leporung access roads of approximately 1.1 km and 0.2 km; – Dikhukhung access road of approximately 0.4 km; – Makgori access road of approximately 1.2 km; – Tsidilomolomo access road of approximately 2.1 km; and – Mabule access road of approximately 0.4 km. The Government of Botswana, through the Ministry of Transport and Communications (Department of Roads), has appointed Elsamex INTL to undertake the proposed development on their behalf. The contract was mentioned to be undertaken in ten years and is funded by the Government with financing from World Bank.  Predicted Positive and Negative Impacts from the Proposed Development. The consultant informed the community that several project activities will generate environmental and social impacts during the construction, operational and maintenance of the proposed project. The following were identified as preliminary potential negative impacts likely to result in from the project activities: – Civil works for new structures will sometimes involve construction in previously undisturbed areas, thereby affecting the forests, animals and other natural resources. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 161 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 – Rehabilitation works will require demolition of existing (road) infrastructure and will probably generate rubble and waste that will need to be disposed of properly. – Civil works for new structures as well as rehabilitation works will have the potential to affect the communities both physically (air and water pollution, nuisance and contamination etc.) and socioeconomically (land use, income generation, mobility and community association). – The water supply services may require additional water abstraction, resulting in potential changes in ground and surface water regimes, both inside and outside the project impact areas. – The increase in numbers of people within the project location / areas may result in depletion of natural resources, pollution of public waters and degradation of soils. Consequently, several environmental components may be affected. – The increase in interaction of different ethnic/gender groups may result in social and health problems. Potential positive impacts were mentioned to include but not limited to the following: – Road improvement may provide socioeconomic benefits as accessibility and commercial activities are likely to be enhanced – Road development has the potential to attract in-migration of people to settle along the road creating more villages and towns, consequently increasing the population of the district that is benefiting from the road intervention – There is potential for employment creation during the construction and maintenance phase of the contract – Local level trading in farm produce during harvesting season may intensify as access may well be gained to wider markets through improved roads – The project has the potentiality to contribute to the ease of movement of vehicles which may result in cost effective fuel consumption and reduced dust and exhaust fumes emission by vehicles using the road. The attendance at the public meetings was satisfactory as many of the local residents attended the meetings. The following is a list of the number of people who attended at each venue:  Rakhuna kgotla – 114;  Tlhareseleele kgotla – 74;  Pitsane kgotla – 196;  Good Hope kgotla – 72;  Mokgomane kgotla – 51;  Sedibeng kgotla - 18;  Phitshane Molopo kgotla – 47;  Leporung kgotla - 86;  Mmakgori kgotla – 44;  Mabule kgotla – 52;  Metlojane kgotla – 78;  Cwaanyaneng kgotla – 35; 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 162 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Tswagare kgotla – 79;  Dikhukhung kgotla – 12; and  Tshidilamolomo kgotla – 85. Attendance lists were taken during all the consultation meetings, and the full meetings were recorded . Audio files will be kept on record and can be availed when required. A summary of the key comments and concerns raised during the public meetings included:  Employment related issues: - Localisation of employment opportunities through engagement of local structures (VDCs and dikgosi) during the employment process. - Employment of local residents without relevant experience and qualifications. - Compensation of injured employees during the project activities. - Possible occurrence of unfair dismissal of employees and poor working conditions.  Water related issues: - Possible depletion of underground water following substantial extraction of water for the project activities. - Compensation of affected parties (borehole owners) if water is depleted due to the project activities. - Rental of existing boreholes within the affected villages for the project activities during the construction (refurbishment of the existing roads) and maintenance phases of the project.  Corporate Social Responsibility initiative recommended: - Rental of the VDC houses within the affected villages for the project employees during the construction (refurbishment of the existing roads) and maintenance phases of the project. - Subcontracting other project activities to local companies.  Land related issues: - Compensation of affected land owners if required to relocate.  Construction related impacts likely to affect the communities: - Potential destruction (cracking) of houses located along the roads to be developed - Disturbances of significant sites such as graveyard in Tlhareseleele and social activities - Noise and dust generation from road construction and maintenance activities  Issues in relation to the chosen road alignment (Phitshane Molopo to Mabule road): - Location of the road closer to the villages may result in positive impacts such as economic opportunities for the local entrepreneurs and possible improvement of the public transport system. Negative impacts associated with this alternative alignment 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 163 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 were associated with extensive relocations likely to be required, crime and road accidents. - Alternatively, locating the road works distant from the villages was viewed to have the potential to lead to shortage of public transport and potentially lead to lack of socioeconomic development initiatives (for Dikhukhung, Mmakgori and Tshidilamolomo). Full transcripts of the public meetings have been included in Appendix D, and an attendance list is also included. 8.2.2 Summary of the Stakeholder Consultations In addition to the public consultations undertaken, relevant stakeholders were interviewed to gather more on insight on the issues and concerns in relation to the project. The discussion started with a brief introduction and technical description of the Project, as well as background information. Local level key informant interviews were held with dikgosi and/or VDC members in Mabule, Tshidilalomolo, Mmakgori, Dikhukhung, Leporung, Phitshane Molopo, Sedibeng, Mokgomane, Tswagare, Cwaanyaneng, Metlojane, Mokoto, Good Hope, Bethele, Dinatshana, Pitsane, Tlhareseleele and Rakhuna villages. During the local level consultations, associated key issues that require mitigation in the event of possible relocation in certain villages of the study area were also discussed. District level key informant interviews were conducted at the District headquarters in Kanye. Several government departments and Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs) were also consulted at national level. The key issues raised by the key stakeholders in relation to the proposed project were as follows:  On-going communication with the affected community was viewed to have potential in facilitating a productive and proactive relationship between the project and the community.  Employment and entrepreneurship opportunities should be reserved for the local community as they will be adversely impacted by the proposed project.  Housing alternatives for the construction workers should consider renting VDC houses from the affected villages.  Land related issues: - Loss of land (grazing and residential land) following the road alignment and construction activities; - Possible relocations of affected ploughing fields and residential plots; and - The Proponent will be required to compensate the affected parties.  Influx of people, HIV/AIDS and crime at the affected villages.  Substantial water requirement during project construction and maintenance activities.  Possibilities of inappropriate disposal of hazardous materials and used oils from construction machinery.  Possibilities of groundwater contamination from sanitation facilities utilised at the construction site.  Emissions and dust impacts on human health (particularly project personnel and residents residing near the project site). 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 164 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Destruction of wildlife habitats during project pre-construction activities (linear clearance of vegetation).  Temporary disturbance of road use and agricultural activities during the construction and refurbishment activities of the project. Further comments raised by the Project stakeholder are included in various specialists reports appended on this EIS. 8.2.2.1 Availability of Write-ups and Recordings To protect confidentiality of individuals promised during the community and focus group discussions, no full details of individuals have been included. Detailed copies (audio files and full write-ups) of all the consultation are kept on record, and can be availed for audit purposes if required. 8.2.2.2 Other Technical Consultations and Data Collection In addition to the ESIA consultations, a number of organisations were also consulted by the ESIA specialists to gather specific technical data and input. The results and data from these consultations have been incorporated in the various specialist reports appended to this report. 8.3 Current Consultation Activities Stakeholder liaison (by the Contractor and several ESIA specialists) is on-going with relevant government departments, districts officials, land boards and directly affected individuals in relation to issues associated with the implementation of the Project. 8.4 Overview of Planned Consultation Activities The outcomes of ESIA exercise (identified impacts and mitigation/management measures proposed in the Project ESMP), will be considered in the planning and implementation of future Project stakeholder engagement activities. Engagement with the stakeholders will include the following activities:  Discussions with relevant authorities on environmental and social matters.  Consistent reports and updates to stakeholders on Project progress and implementation of mitigation measures (if required). The consultation methods likely to be used during these activities may include the Contractor’s website, newspapers and Project progress reports. 8.4.1 Grievance Mechanism and Procedures As required by Principle 6 of the Equator Principles, the Contractor will provide a Grievance Mechanism to ensure that complaints are addressed in a timely and consistent manner. The 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 165 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 stakeholders will be informed about the Grievance Procedure during the consultations to be conducted on the ESIA report. As required by the IFC Performance Standards framework, the proposed Project must hire a Community Liaison Officer (CLO) to deal with stakeholders’ enquiries and complaints throughout the contract period. In the absence of such officer, a delegated member of staff or community (such as kgosi or VDC member) will be given the responsibility to manage residents’ complaints as instructed by the Contractor. Once a complaint is lodged by a stakeholder, it will be registered in the complaints register and directed to a relevant staff member to address and respond within a specified period. Once the issue is resolved, an official response will be sent to a complainant’s address. In the case whereby the grievance has not been resolved to the complainant’s satisfaction, a reassessment will be conducted and discussions will be held with the complainant in attempt to resolve the matter or to consider further actions necessary. After the accepted resolution has been implemented, it will be monitored and its effectiveness will be evaluated. All parties will be notified that the resolution has been implemented and will have the opportunity to provide feedback on the grievance process and its implementation. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 166 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 9 Identification and Assessment of Impacts Based on the results of the Environmental Scoping which was undertaken by the environmental consultants and approved by the DEA, the following environmental parameters were identified as being sensitive to the proposed development, and requiring specialist assessment include: Hydrology, Air Quality, Ecology (including flora and fauna), Archaeology, Socio-economic environment and Waste Management. 9.1 Water Resources (Hydrology) The proposed project implementation can cause two types of impacts on hydrology:  Direct impacts on watercourses arising from the road works; and  Impacts by detraction of water for the specific needs of the works in both compaction and periodic irrigations necessary for the containment of dust generation. These impacts can result in:  Alteration to the natural flow regimes of rivers and streams and their floodplains by the modification of natural flow regimes. This can occur through reducing or increasing flows; and  Altering (reduce) groundwater levels changing the natural rate of levels rise or fall levels. This may result in an important induced shortage of water to the surrounding communities that directly depend on the water availability in these points for watering their cattle, especially during the dry season. The water requirements for the project have been established by the engineering team (in liaison with Department of Water Affairs). The Water Requirements Report has been included in Appendix I, and has formed the basis of the water resources assessment. 9.1.1 Impact during construction Phase As it has been already discussed, in the Project area there are no water courses of relevant magnitude, however most of them are seasonal streams which retain very little water during dry season with very few or no ponds. 9.1.1.1 Changes in flow regime Alteration to the natural flow regimes of rivers and streams and their floodplains is recognized as a major factor contributing to loss of biological diversity and ecological function in aquatic ecosystems, including floodplains. However, due to the nature of the project, and the size and characteristics of the water surface network in the project area, no significant changes in flow regime are expected due to road works. Alteration to natural flow regimes can occur either through: reducing or increasing flows, altering seasonality of flows, changing the frequency, duration, magnitude, timing, predictability and variability of flow events, altering surface and subsurface water levels and changing the rate of rise or fall of water levels. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 167 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Considering the actions included in the project, none of these impacts are likely to happen in short or long-term scale. Only the new alignments proposed (Tshidilamolomo and Mmkgori bypasses) are in the Phitshane Molopo-Mabule section, which could affect the natural stream flow regimes if intersecting any identified courses or sub-basins (see figures 9.1 and 9.2). After the field surveys carried out in June and July 2014 it can be determined that no water courses or even water lines will be intersected by the new allignments, and consequently no impacts are expected in terms of affections to the flow regimes of the identified sub-basins in the area. Figures 9.1 and 9.2 show the lack of impact to any water line in the areas of the new proposed alignment. Figure 9.1 New road alignment -section Tshidilamolomo - no water lines or courses crossed 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 168 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.2 New road section at Mmakgori - no water lines or courses crossed Thus it can be stated that that he project does not include new water courses crossings, temporary diversion channels, reunification of streams, or blockage of floodwaters in any of its sections. The project foresees only the resizing of those culverts and drainage works to be displayed insufficient. The execution of the works according to the established schedule, which provides for the execution of works during the dry season, as well as the application of the appropriate preventive measures during the works phase, ensure that the impact on the flow regimes of the river courses in the project area will be practically non-existent. Regarding water detraction for the road works execution, surface water abstractions from the river courses are not expected, since these only carry water in wet season when the needs for the work would be lowest. Only surface water available in the existing weirs along the Molopo river, (located at Mabule and between Leperung and Dikhukung) could be used for construction. If this source is used, a low magnitude direct and local impact could be expected in the very short term, with no cumulative effects on the surface flow regimes in the area. In any case an agreement should be reached first for the use of this water with DWA. As for the ground water detractions for the roads works, as detailed in the prior sections of this chapter, water table of the aquifers in the area does not have a direct relationship with the regime of the seasonal surface watercourses present in the project area, thus the detraction of ground water 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 169 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 will not mean a negative affection on the flow rates of surface drainage network. This action may have some other consequences that are discussed further, herein. 9.1.1.2 Changes in water quality The alteration of water quality could be one of the negative impacts of greater magnitude on this element of the environment, if appropriate preventive measures are not taken during works. The water quality may be compromised due to: Surface runoff Incorporating foreign material into the river system as a result of earth movement. A volume of foreign particles of dust and pollutants may increase turbidity of the resources The construction work will use specialized heavy equipment and machinery, such as loaders, haulers, and dump trucks, which transport material to processing facilities using haul roads, and the processed material to the required location for use. This will generate thousands of trips every single day for the duration of the construction, creating another unique set of environmental impacts. Increased sedimentation and turbidity due to erosion within the road works area can occur (direct impact), also unlocking of soil nutrients that could further enhance eutrophication of the river. This inpact risk is specifically relevant to the new Phitshane Molopo to Mabule road section, but due to the distance from the road works to the Molopo river, the impact is temporary and negligable. Despite the works will be carried out within the road reserve area, the wastes from topsoil and subsoil taken must be dumped somewhere. These volumes of spoil material will be deposited first on-site, either in piles on the surface or as backfill in the proposed open pits. With the washing of these piles the sediment disposal in open water can introduce contaminants into the water column (indirect impact). Considering these factors and the size and nature of the river courses, these potential negative impacts in terms of spoil runoff into the river courses that are likely to occur can be characterized as both direct and indirect that can happen at a local scale in the medium-short term. Despite these impacts can be effectively prevented with the effective application of preventive and corrective measures during works, a 100% protection cannot be achieved whichever construction method used, and therefore small-scale (slight impact) and short-term water pollution may result. Chemical pollution Water consumption for human activities and environmental use require maintaining an adequate water quality. Changes in water quality, either on surface water or groundwater, to low quality, may pose threats to human and animal health and eventually to the environment. Therefore, water resources need to be protected, and conservation and sustainability of ecosystems must be ensured. Inadequate water for the environment and poor water quality may degrade ecosystems and loss of natural capital, which would in time affect economic activities such as agriculture and tourism that largely depends on the integrity of the ecosystems. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 170 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Contamination due to accidental spillage of fuel or other harmful materials or chemical during works can be quite harmful if it gets access to a water body. Contaminants such as oils, grease, metals, petroleum hydrocarbons, and any other waste matter arising from working activities can be introduced into the environmental during collecting, handling and disposing of solid waste. Pollution of the groundwater reservoirs must be avoided at any cost, considering the importance of the resource in the project area. The largest risk in relation to ground water pollution from the project is related to equipment fuelling and maintenance, and storage of fuel and chemicals. Again these potential negative impacts can be characterized as both direct and indirect and can happen at a local scale or even regional scale in the medium-short term. However the chemical pollution, in the case that it happened, may have consequences in the long-term, and cumulative effect. However, if diligence is well exercised, pollution of the water resource can only result from accidental spillage, and could be relatively unlikely. 9.1.1.3 Ground water levels/depletion There is a risk that increased water withdrawals (ground water abstraction) for road works may leave too little water not only for the environment, adversely affecting ecosystems and biodiversity, but also for the neighbouring communities. Thus the sustainability of the resource must be ensured. Lowering the groundwater table by only a few metres can adversely affect existing users of groundwater, whether it is required for drinking water for humans and animals or to sustain agriculture, especially at dry times of the year. Any changing availability of groundwater for drinking water supply needs to be also addressed in terms of the socio-economics since poor people may be disproportionately disadvantaged. They may also be forced to use sources of water that carry health risks, Some other negative consequences of a falling water table are irreversible and difficult to compensate for, e.g. salt water intrusion and land subsidence. Over-exploitation of groundwater, or groundwater mining, will have severe consequences, both environmental and economic. Although water sources have been partly identified during previous phases of the project there is a risk that these are not available for construction use. As such it is of highest importance that permissions and negotiations are initiated as early as possible to ensure the necessary quantities for construction without causing irreversible environmental and social impacts. To provide an indication of the magnitude of the impact, the water needs for soil compaction during roads works have been estimated as follows (note that these figures can change with the further definition of the project). Table 9.1: Water needs for soil compaction during construction Water addition over soil volume % Water addition for dry soil condition 10 Water addition for ordinary soil condition 5 Moist soil conditions days % Rainy and/or moist days per year 146 40 Dry soil conditions per year 91 25 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 171 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Ordinary soil condition per year 128 35 According to these climatic parameters and estimated requirements of water for soil compaction: 3 Table 9.2: Water need for 1 m (1000 l) soil compaction water addition dry soil water addition ordinary soil total water (ordinary 3 condition - dry condition condition for 1 m soil condition) compaction 3 (m ) Soil volume (litre) 25% 10% 35% 5% 1 0.25 0.025 0.35 0.0175 0.0425 The average volume of water needed for soil compaction are estimated in about 4.25% of the volume of earth to be compacted. Considering the project design parameters, the water needs for compaction per road km are the following: Table 9.3: Water needs for during construction soil volume Type of construction (embankment) total water 3 3 m m Road rehabilitation: Volume of soil compaction per kilometre of road 3,000 127.5 New road construction: Road rehabilitation: Volume of soil compaction per kilometre of road 15,000 637.5 Also, the estimated water needs for irrigation of areas of transit (dust prevention) are as follows: Table 9.4: Water needs for dust mitigation water Watering for dust mitigation 3 3 m /day m Average 30 Total for 1 km 249 These estimations do not include the water needs for the rest of the facilities like asphalt hot-mix plant, Concrete batching plant and Camp sites/construction yard. Based on the water requirements, a direct negative impact with consequences in the short term is then expected. The magnitude of the impact 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 172 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 and the extension will depend on several factors, like the good balance between the work requirements and the availability of the recourse in relation with the environmental and social needs. A good management of the recourse, both from the Contractor and the DWA will be essential to avoid severe impacts on the groundwater, both onto the availability of the water for the rest of the users in the area as on the quality parameters of the resources. The final magnitude of the impact will highly depend of the strict application of the proposed preventive measures. It must be noted that, although the available boreholes in the area have been identified (Appendix I), the exact boreholes to be used for water supply are still to be finalised in liaison with DWA. 9.1.2 Impact during Operational phase The impacts in the operational phase are described below. These refer to the impacts once the construction and rehabilitation works have been completed, and the road is being maintained by the contractor. 9.1.2.1 Flow regime The improvement of the general current drainage conditions of the water courses included in the project will induce a direct positive impact with sort term effects not only of local but also regional scale. In the track road sections of the sector Phitshane Molopo - Rakhuna – Thareseleele the project engineering team has indentified the need to build new drainage works. In some cases this requires excavation of the natural basins intersected by the road, where the water currently pass over the road, and in other cases to construct a longitudinal drainage system. The existing road level is lower than the margins in many sections, which is the cause of erosion and water sediment transport/flow to the Molopo river during rainy season. To resolve the longitudinal and adjacent drainage areas the project proposes  Raise the grade in lower sections; and  Designing new longitudinal drainage works. The improvement of the road drainage capacity must be considered as an important positive impacts in terms of replenishing the natural drainage of most river courses in the project area. 9.1.2.2 Erosion and sedimentation The paving of road sections that currently are susceptible to erosion must be considered as a direct positive impact with short-term effects at regional scale. 9.2 Air Quality The main air quality impacts for the project are related to the construction period. During the operational/maintenance period the impacts are mainly related to vehicle emissions from road users. The impacts for both phase have been assessed by the air quality specialist. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 173 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 9.2.1 Construction phase During construction phase, the atmospheric pollution sources include airborne dust from earthworks, and emissions from construction equipment and vehicles. A variety of organic and inorganic substances could be released into the atmosphere, such as dust and other particulate matter from earthwork and construction materials, or fumes, exhausts and spills from construction equipment using liquid fuel grease and lubricants. Fugitive—or airborne—dust is the most common air pollutant associated with large civil construction works. Dust is labelled as a “fugitive” air contaminant because it is distributed over a wide area and not restricted to a single point-source. Its dispersion by wind can increase its spatial impact. As such, the impact from dust particles can be significant because dust is discharged and dispersed at ground level. Fugitive dust, in fact, adversely and irreversibly affects the health and safety of all flora and fauna potentially affected. Dust is a form of “particulate matter,” or PM, which can be very harmful to human health, depending upon the size of the particle. In general, the smaller the particle is, the more damaging the effects to the human respiratory and cardiovascular systems. Indeed, particles that are 10 microns in diameter or smaller are the most damaging because they generally pass through the throat and nose to enter the lungs. Fine particles produced by rock crushing can also cause permanent impairment of lung function by way of a disease called silicosis. It is an incurable lung disease caused by inhalation of dust containing free crystalline silica. It is irreversible and, moreover, the disease progresses even when exposure stops. Dust containing crystalline silica is released during operations in which rocks, sand, concrete and some ores are handled or crushed. Considering the sparse population at sites that are expected to generate high levels of fugitive dust, the receptors are likely going to be the workers at those sites as opposed to the public. Therefore, the overall number of individuals exposed to dust is expected to be very low. This makes this impact easy to mitigate since affected population is easy to train and to issue with appropriate personal protection equipment. Regarding the gas and fumes emissions during works, specialized heavy equipment and machinery is expected, such as loaders, haulers, and dump trucks to transport material directly to works sites, to processing facilities using haul roads, and the processed material to the required location for use. This will generate hundreds of trips every single day for the duration of the construction. Impact on air quality due to heavy machinery operations (trucks and other construction equipment) is directly linkage with the amount of earthworks movement. To assess this impact a basic approach is:  Set the earthworks movement need;  Establish the number of trucks trips from material deposit location to the work´s site; and  Pollutant gas emissions estimation based on total km of heavy vehicle need for complete construction. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 174 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 9.5: Inputs data for gas emissions estimation Input data 3 Total earth movement m 1,693,871 3 Number of trucks (15 m load) No. 112,925 Length of total trips considering a 10 km trip km 1,129,247 Fuel consumption (heavy vehicle) g/km 240 Emission factors for different pollutants for heavy vehicle: CO (g/kg fuel) 7.6 NMVOC (g/kg fuel) 1.9 NOx (g/kg fuel) 33.4 PM (g/kg fuel) 0.9 2 CO (kg/kg of fuel) 2,800 The following table shows the total predicted gas emissions for construction phase. Table 9.6: Gas emissions estimate for the construction phase 2 Length Fuel CO NMVOC NOx PM CO consumption (km) kg (Ton) (Ton) (Ton) (Ton) (Ton) 1,129,247 271,019 2.06 0.51 9.05 0.24 758.85 Fumes will have major direct but short-term impacts during the project construction phase. The effect on air quality attributable to construction is considered to be significant if no maintenance programme will be installed. Under good maintenance schedule, traffic exhaust emissions will be intermittent and atmospheric dispersal of exhaust emissions will maintain the air quality. However, concerted effort to check engine performance is needed so as to deter vehicles not road-worthy from being used in construction. 9.2.2 Operational phase For the estimation of vehicle emissions in the forecasted scenario of 2034 (20 years), inputs data has been forecasted considering a 20 % reduction of fuel consumption and therefore pollutant emissions. It is envisaged that for 2034 the scenario will change into a renewed vehicle fleet with more environmental friendly engines. A reduction of a 20 % of fuel consumption is the more basically approach to the estimation on gas emissions reduction for these forecasted 2034 scenario. Fuel consumption for the forecasted 20 % reduction for 2034 is shown in the next table. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 175 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 9.7: Typical fuel consumption figures, per km, by category of vehicle Vehicle Fuel Typical fuel Grouped Fuel consumption category consumption category estimate for the (g/km) grouped category (g/Km) Gasoline 70 Passenger cars Diesel 60 Light Light vehicle 62 Gasoline 100 commercial vehicles Diesel 80 Heavy-duty Diesel 240 Heavy 192 vehicles Motorcycles Gasoline 35 Not considered --- and mopeds Traffic forecast for the 20 year period (2034) is shown below for each road section Table 9.8: Average Daily Traffic (ADT) (2034) by section ADT (2034) light vehicles Heavy Vehicles Length (km) Section 1 507 481 26 12 Section 2 1,037 968 66 4.8 Section 3 4,478 3,908 570 26.8 Section 4 2,435 2,107 328 40.2 Section 5 729 601 128 11.9 Section 6 353 286 67 45.3 The following table shows daily gas emissions per sections and for package 2. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 176 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 9.9: Gas emissions estimate for 2034 scenario 2 Length (km) ADT Fuel consumption (Kg) CO (Ton) NMVOC (Ton) NOx (Ton) PM (Ton) CO (Ton) Section 1 12 Light vehicle 481 358 0.0222 0.0024 0.0045 0.0002 916 Heavy vehicle 26 60 0.0037 0.0004 0.0007 0.0000 153 Section 2 4.8 Light vehicle 968 288 0.0178 0.0019 0.0036 0.0002 737 Heavy vehicle 66 61 0.0038 0.0004 0.0008 0.0000 156 Section 3 26.8 Light vehicle 3908 6494 0.4022 0.0436 0.0809 0.0043 16623 Heavy vehicle 570 2933 0.1816 0.0197 0.0365 0.0020 7508 Section 4 40.2 Light vehicle 2107 5251 0.3252 0.0353 0.0654 0.0035 13444 Heavy vehicle 328 2532 0.1568 0.0170 0.0315 0.0017 6481 Section 5 11.9 Light vehicle 601 443 0.0275 0.0030 0.0055 0.0003 1135 Heavy vehicle 128 292 0.0181 0.0020 0.0036 0.0002 749 Section 6 45.3 Light vehicle 286 803 0.0497 0.0054 0.0100 0.0005 2056 Heavy vehicle 67 583 0.0361 0.0039 0.0073 0.0004 1492 Package 2 Totals 1.24 0.14 0.25 0.01 51451 For further information regarding the air related impacts in relation to the proposed project, refer to the Air Quality Specialist Report attached to this ESIS as Appendix J. 13EIA045EI RP03 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 177 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 9.3 Noise Two main impacts are predicted to be yielded by the implementation of the proposed project:  Increase of noise pollution during the operational phase due to traffic increase; and  Noise pollution from construction activities such as excavation, compaction and general movement of plant and machinery. Noise nuisance caused by road traffic is covered under this chapter based on the expected variations on sound levels caused by predicted traffic increase. Increase of noise pollution during construction will be based on a pre-operational sound levels based on the results from the baseline sound level analysis carried out. Vehicle engines and the friction between the tires and the road surface are the main sources of noise from road traffic. Driver behaviour and road maintenance activities are therefore important for noise emission. Heavy vehicles are major sources of noise. Noise can therefore be a problem even at low traffic levels. Noise affects people through the disturbance of speech and sleep that in turn causes stress. The individual experience of nuisance is the best indicator of health risk. People who feel bothered by noise are those most probably in danger of suffering physical and psychological damage to their health. Noise also can disrupt surrounding habitats and fauna species affecting movement and natural behaviour in sensitive areas. Effects of traffic noise are particularly important on residential areas. Even non residential areas or not built-up areas are by far the most abundant along the route the road crosses different urban areas, such as Rakhuna, Tlhareseleele, Pitsane, Goodhope, Metlojane, Pitshane Molop, Leporung, or Mabule where the likely impact can be higher. 9.3.1 Results from modelling – existing noise levels Once executed the estimation with the baseline information, the software provides the predictable sound levels generated by the current noise, obtaining isophones with equidistance of 5 dB (A) for both of periods. An example of the results are showed in the next figure, and the result complete has been represented in Appendix K in the current noise levels maps. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 178 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.3 Example of current noise levels (from model) 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 179 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Analysing the provisional simulation performed, and based in all the information it has been possible to recompile included the most important sensitive buildings, there are some points which will withstand higher values that those permitted, defined at the Guideline values for community noise in specific environments of the World Health Organisation’s. It occurs on residential areas along the project route near the axle. However nowadays any educational area is affected by noise levels higher than 55 dB at daytime period. It must be remembered that level noise limit used in this project is the outdoor noise limit for an external source. 9.3.2 Predicted future noise levels In order to carry out the assessment of the impacts produced by the Project, a Noise Modeling has been undertaken to predict the future noise levels. The acoustic model has been realised using the traffic that will exist in 2034 once have realised the works of rehabilitation and improvement of the roads. Future data traffic are showed below: Table 9.10: Traffic data, year 2034 Section Heavy ADT (2034) Light Vehicles Speed Limit No. Vehicles Section 1 507 481 26 80 Section 2 1.034 968 66 100 / 120 Section 3 4.477 3.908 570 100 / 120 Section 4 2.435 2.107 328 100 / 120 Section 5 730 601 128 100 / 120 Section 6 352 286 67 100 / 120 Once executed the estimation with the baseline information, the software provides the predictable sound levels generated by the current noise, obtaining isophones with equidistance of 5 dB (A) for both of periods. An example of the results are showed in the next figure, and the result complete has been represented in appendix K in the future noise levels maps. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 180 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.4 Example of future noise levels from modelling 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 181 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Analyzing the provisional simulation performed, and based in all the information it has been possible to recompile included the most important sensitive buildings, there are some points which will withstand higher values that those permitted, defined at the Guideline values for community noise in specific environments of the World Health Organisation. Besides, only one educational area will be affected by noise levels higher than 55 dB in some meters of its smallholding nearby the axis, which is Tlharesellele school. It is convenient to remember that level noise limit used in this project is the outdoor noise limit for an external source. A Noise Assessment Report is attached to this report to provided further information. 9.4 Predicted Waste Impacts This section identifies possible sources of waste, as well as expected waste streams resulting from the proposed road construction project. According to the United Nations Statistics Department, waste can be defined in the following manner: Wastes are materials that are not prime products (that is products produced for the market) for which the generator has no further use in terms of his/her own purposes of production, transformation or consumption, and of which he/she wants to dispose. Wastes may be generated during the extraction of raw materials, the processing of raw materials into intermediate and final products, the consumption of final products, and other human activities. Residuals recycled or reused at the place of generation are excluded. 9.4.1 Assessment Waste streams for the proposed project are expected from different project components including:  Contractor camp;  Road construction work zone;  Bitumen mixing plant at quarry (existing); and  Employee residential area. Table 9.11: Summary of Waste Related Impacts without Mitigation Significance Scale of Change (Profound, Description of Impact Significant, Perm./ L- Moderate, Slight, Pos/Neg/Neu D/I T/ M/ S- Negligible) Term Bituminous waste Low Negative Direct Temporary Removed top soil and other unwanted Low Negative Direct Long term soil General waste Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term generation Paper waste Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term Cardboard waste Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term Glass waste Negligible Negative Direct Long term 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 182 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Significance Scale of Change (Profound, Description of Impact Significant, Perm./ L- Moderate, Slight, Pos/Neg/Neu D/I T/ M/ S- Negligible) Term Plastics waste Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term Cans and sheet metal Medium Negligible Negative Direct waste term Heavy metal waste Negligible Negative Direct Long term Semi-precious metal Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term waste Food waste Slight/Low Negative Direct Temporary Building rubble Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term Green waste and Medium Slight/Low Negative Direct discarded wood term Rubber tyres and Moderate/Medium Negative Direct Long term conveyor belts Medium Cigarette buds Slight/Low Negative Direct term Disposable waste Slight/Low Negative Direct Long term Oil / grease / oil Medium Moderate/Medium Negative Direct filters / oil rags term Medium Batteries Slight/Low Negative Direct term Medium E-waste Slight/Low Negative Direct term Sewerage sludge Moderate/Medium Negative Direct Long term 9.5 Ecology The impacts to be yielded by the proposed project in the ecological parameter of the environment are described below, in terms of flora and fauna. 9.5.1 Fauna impacts The methodology used to identify the fauna impacts is a combination of professional judgment, Environmental legislations, World Bank policies, stakeholders’ views and Department of Wildlife and National Parks input (through interview and a questionnaire) that were crucial in identifying fauna impacts. In summary the potential impact characteristics for the fauna are:  The road will generate a negative main impact;  The main impact that the roads will cause will be direct;  The impacts will be mainly short term. Less visible and less important effects will be produced in the medium to long term;  The effect on fauna will be mainly local; and 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 183 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  There are no cumulative impacts for the project activities. Roads represent a considerable concern for wildlife conservation globally. The most visible effect of roads on wildlife is direct mortality from collisions with vehicles. Road influences on landscapes extend much further than their physical boundaries. Other species-specific effects include changes in habitat quality, loss of connectivity, or barrier effects and movement dynamics. Roads can impact animal communities by:  Creating an edge with different habitat characteristics;  Promoting the introduction of exotic species;  Increasing stress and reducing survival through disturbance and contamination;  Blocking movement, causing genetic barriers and home range rearrangements; and  Causing direct road mortality. 9.5.1.1 Construction period Civil works and construction activities cause direct and indirect impacts on wildlife. The impacts stem primarily from vegetation clearance, habitat disturbance, ground clearance, and overall land use change. Some impacts are short-term and confined to the construction sites; others may have far- reaching, long-term effects. Particular attention has to be paid to mining and the use of explosives for materials extraction at the borrow pits. The noise can affect wildlife behaviour and can induce the loss of certain species from the vicinity of the construction site. The degree to which animals tolerate human competition for space varies. Some species tolerate very little disturbance, and in instances where a particularly critical habitat is restricted some species could be eliminated. Loss of habitat will be caused by roads while losing dry shrub savannah ecosystems, wooded bushland and grasslands. These changes reduce living space for animals/wildlife. Hence the impacts during the construction period include the loss of biodiversity, grazing area and habitat, due to the vegetation clearance at the site. Other impacts predicted include fire risks, potential spread of lifestock diseases, littering and impacts from fencing on the cattle. Loss of biodiversity The most direct effect on wildlife is habitat destruction or transformation and displacement of individuals form their original habitats. While mobile wildlife species, like large mammals, birds, and predators, will leave these areas, more sedentary animals, like invertebrates, many reptiles, burrowing rodents, fish and small mammals, may be more severely and directly affected. Important wildlife habitats, threatened and endangered species of fauna may be destroyed in road projects. Animal communities may be fragmented into weaker ecological sub-units, rendering them vulnerable to invasions and degradation. However this will not occur because most of the work will entail rehabilitation and extension of existing roads (already cleared) and in the case of new roads important wildlife habitats have been avoided. Hence the loss of important habitat destruction will be not a consideration. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 184 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 As reported in the hydrology section of this Chapter, some of the road development activities could somehow modify the hydrology and flow characteristics of streams in an area. There can also be deterioration in water quality of both surface and groundwater, particularly from leakages and spillage of oils, lubricants and other hazardous substances. Other sources of water pollution include sedimentation, changes in biological activity in streams and on their banks, exhaust emissions, pavement and tyre wear, and corrosion of metals, among others. Since all watercourses are only seasonal the ichthyoid fauna (fish) is very scarce and in most cases inexistent. So no relevant effects are expected on that community. This is also the case with amphibians, as their presence is limited to areas of stagnant water bodies (ponds) and is strongly conditioned by the availability of water in the breeding season. The greatest impact of water resource degradation will be suffered by freshwater birds and mammals because they need water to live. But they have a high capacity for movement and it is possible for them to move to a location with new resources. Therefore the impact will not be considered very significant. Landscape modifications sometimes occur very severely in areas surrounding road developments, particularly near the road construction. Quarrying, borrow pits and gravel extraction associated with road construction constitute other areas of transformation. These potential impacts will be reduced by using existing quarries that would not impact on sensitive habitats, for example. The main effect of this distribution is the displacement of the animals that live there. As we can see in the vegetation impact, these areas will be restored and the fauna will be recovered in these areas. This will be further assessed in environmental reports for borrow pits. Therefore, the road works will not lead to a creation of new habitats that will attract new species. Introduction of new exotic wildlife species that could increase the stress and reduce survival is not an expected impact, mainly because the design of the project minimises the extension of new affected areas. The negative impacts that may be caused by the destruction of habitats as a result of new clearing of vegetation are however very localized and of low extension and all of them currently exist, these clearances will not impact on the current biodiversity level or on fauna species abundance. The effects are not cumulative to some other actions effects. Therefore the actions will not cause a significant impact as loss of biodiversity, the areas affected are small and the species will not be compromised. In the operational phase there are no losses of biodiversity impacts and the operation of the road will not induce any decrease in biodiversity. 9.5.1.2 Operational Phase In the operational phase there are no losses of biodiversity impacts and the operation of the road will not induce any decrease in biodiversity. The main impact that would occur in the operational phase would be due to the movement of wildlife. Some animals, especially medium and large size mammals, migrate both on a daily and seasonal basis in search of water and feeding grounds. These movements in many cases involve crossing the roads, potentially causing accidents due to collisions. Other impacts on the fauna are limited to spills, littering and fire risks but these will not significantly increase with the road improvements. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 185 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Barrier effect Populations of some species such as eland, ostrich and giraffe can be segmented as a result of the fence at the end of the road reserve that cannot be crossed without breaking it. However in the study area these species are only very occasionally present, or not present at all in some sectors, so the likely barrier effect generated by the enclosure is not considered. Therefore it can be said that the enclosure will be permeable to the species of wildlife present. Table 9.12: Project roads conditions – Main road and Access roads (AR) Length Surface Surface Fence Change Section (m) Current Project Changed Current Project in Fence B101-1 12.030 Gravel Pavement Yes No Yes Yes B101-2 5.144 Gravel Pavement Yes No Yes Yes B101-3 66.729 Pavement Pavement No No Yes Yes Gravel (less B101-4 60.200 Pavement Yes No Yes Yes 1,5 km) 47,3% 100% 0% 100% Subtotal 144.103 52,7% 100% Paved Paved Fenced Fenced B101-1-AR1 491 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No B101-1-AR2 98 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No B101-2-AR1 95 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No B101-3-AR1 1.373 Pavement Pavement No No No No B101-3-AR2 3.950 Pavement Pavement No No No No B101-3-AR3 1.700 Pavement Pavement No No No No B101-3-AR4 1.301 Pavement Pavement No No No No B101-4-AR1 1.321 Pavement Pavement No No No No B101-4-AR2- 1.100 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No A B101-4-AR2- 200 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No B B101-4-AR3 400 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No B101-4-AR4 1.200 Gravel Pavement No No No No B101-4-AR5 2.100 Gravel Pavement No No No No B101-4-AR6 400 Gravel Pavement Yes No No No 61,3% 100% 0% 0% Subtotal 15.729 38,7% 0% Paved Paved Fenced Fenced 48,7% 100% 0% 90,2% TOTAL 159.832 51,3% 90,2% Paved Paved Fenced Fenced Source: TYPSA. The total paved surface will increase in 81,958 meters of road length and for the main road, the entire alignment will be fenced. Therefore, for a great part of the project, the new fence will increase the effect on blocking animal movements as well as the increasing in traffic speed may induce roadkills levels. Impact on fauna movement as an increase in barrier effect from the access road construction will be of low magnitude, the increase of 14.5 % of paved length can be considered as not significant, since the increase in roadkills will be based only on vehicles speed variation. The fence is only effective for large mammals and cattle, the rest of the fauna community will be only impacted by collisions. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 186 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.5 Project conditions impacting on fauna (Source: TYPSA) The figure shows that for the identified wildlife corridor Mabule-Sedibeng section the fence can act as a barrier. Particularly for the Phitshane – Molopo to Mabule section the impact can reach some significance. For this section the new fenced road linking the existing villages will negatively impact on north-south fauna movements, and possible access to the river (source of permanent water). Impacts due to barrier effect are always negative and for the Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule section is significant. For the rest of the alignment the magnitude is expected to be very slight. In the Project area, the main negative effect of the road on the fauna is mortality due to collisions, as existing barriers are not a movement blocking factor for the vast majority of wild animals. This is why special attention is paid to this factor. Animal intrusion The main impacts on the roads are collisions between animals and cars. These impacts can occur both in the construction phase and the operational phase of the road. The animals that are mostly impacted by breaking into the road are amphibians, reptiles and mammals. As discussed in the description of existing species, amphibians are scarce or absent in most of the road layout area. In addition to the absence of major wetlands nearby, there is no large visible migration crossing points where collisions might occur. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 187 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 In the case of reptiles and mammals, a negative impact must be considered. The main impacts are usually death or injuries in animals caused by collisions with vehicles. So far in 2014, there have been several accidents due to collisions with animals. The species most affected by collisions occurring in the area of study: ant bear, kudu and python. During operational phase the increase in DAT (Daily Average Traffic) expected with the road improvement can directly increase the magnitude of this impact. Major impacts will come from the access road improvements to paved and fenced roads which will increase vehicle speed and consequently the road kills. The impacts are direct and negative and not localized while they can occur along the whole road alignment. 9.5.2 Flora This section describes the impacts the road alignment produces on vegetation. In general, impact on vegetation is diverse and includes: the complete disappearance of all the plant stratum (pasture, shrubs, trees) components. 9.5.2.1 Vegetation clearance Where the road has been developed, all existing vegetation is eliminated, not only on the strip of land occupied by the roadbed but also in the buffer areas, especially during the construction phase (buffer cleared, buffer reserved). Clearance impacts will also be generated in areas to be used for auxiliary roads and ancillary facilities (concrete plant, aggregate, work camps, etc.). In addition, vegetation will be affected by borrow pits opened to provide the necessary aggregates for the road. At this stage, and in the absence of information about the location of all these facilities and elements, only preventive measures designed to locate them in places that produce lower impacts can be proposed. Detailed measures will be produced in separate environmental reports for the borrow pits. As the road upgrade design follows the current alignment, the impact of the works on the vegetation will be reduced, as new surface areas will not be occupied by the main road (B101), beyond the 61 m defined as reserved buffer. New areas will only be occupied on the main roads and access roads to towns where new road reserve buffer is to be defined, and, therefore, existing vegetation will be affected. On the main road (B101) the only impact on vegetation will occur on the existing grassland on both sides of the road, which extends to the outer fences, as a result of expanding the shoulders and modifying embankments and cuttings. Also, tree species located in this reserved buffer may occasionally be affected. The area affected by each of the formations defined was used as the indicator to assess impact on vegetation. The areas affected on each of the access roads are described below. Rakhuna-Pitsane main road: To calculate the affected areas was taken into account the width of the road reserve area (61 m), except for sections where the dirt track through populated areas. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 188 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 9.13: Affected vegetation areas on Rakhuna to Pitsane section 2 Vegetation Surface Area (m ) Surface (ha) Closed to open shrubland 19,256.83 1.93 Mosaic open grassland-open 79,189.13 7.92 shrubland Mosaic grassland-cropland 294,375.12 29.44 Access to Cwaanyaneng: The current Access is a paved road, with the road reserve area (61 m) almost completely clear of bushes, with some specimens of trees, but is not bounded with wire. To calculate the condition of the vegetation has been considered the cleared area (25 m wide). Table 9.14: Affected vegetation areas on Cwaanyaneng access road 2 Vegetation Surface Area (m ) Surface (ha) Mosaic open grassland-open 19,569.39 1.96 shrubland Mosaic grassland-cropland 10,267.31 1.03 Figure 9.6 Access to Cwaanyaneng Access to Tshwagare: Access to this population is also a paved road. Along the road there is not demarcation of the cleared area. However, the vegetation on both sides of the road consists mainly of a pasture grass, with scattered specimens of Acacia erioloba, with arborescent porte. In very specific areas there are small shrub masses, occupying very small areas. To calculate the condition of the vegetation has been considered the cleared area (25 m wide). 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 189 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 9.15: Affected vegetation areas on Tshwagare access road 2 Vegetation Surface Area (m ) Surface (ha) Grassland 79,78 1.96 Figure 9.7 Access to Tshwagare Access to Mokgomane: Access to this population is also a paved road. In its entirety is no defined or the reserved area and the cleared area. However, the vegetation on both sides of the road consist mainly a pasture grass, with scattered specimens of Acacia erioloba, mainly arborescent-like. In very specific areas there are small shrub masses, occupying very small areas. To calculate the impact to vegetation has been considered the cleared area (25 m wide). Table 9.16: Affected vegetation areas on Mokgomane access road 2 Vegetation Surface Area (m ) Surface (ha) Grassland 20,837.05 2.08 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 190 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.8 Access to Mokgomane Access to Sedibeng: Access to this population is also a paved road. Throughout its length there is no demarcation of the reserved area or the cleared area. However, the vegetation on both sides of the road consists mainly of a pasture grass, with some arborescent specimens of Acacia erioloba. To calculate the impact to vegetation has been considered the cleared area (25 m wide) Table 9.17: Affected vegetation areas on Sedibeng access road 2 Vegetation Surface Area (m ) Surface (ha) Grassland 26,271.98 2.63 Figure 9.9 Access to Sedibeng Pitsane to Phitshane-Molopo main road: Throughout all this stretch, the existing road has defined the reserved area (61 m), but is only marked by fencing in small sections, as well as in areas where large fields are located. The reserved area is clear of bushes, and there are only a pasture grass with some isolated specimens sparsely distributed of Acacia erioloba, as main species. Throughout this section, the impact on vegetation will be negligible. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 191 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule main road: Only the first 1,500 m of the road is asphalt, the rest (58.70 km) is a dirt track. The width along the entire stretch of dirt track varies between 12 m on the track that goes directly to Mabule, and 5-7 m en the stretch that crosses all locations situated near Molopo river. Throughout this stretch we consider the reserved area (61 m), so the impact on vegetation will be high, as it develops on either side of the dirt track. In areas where the dirt track through the villages, and nearby, vegetation appears clear in a band that has an average width of 11 m away from the track centerline. Table 9.18: Affected vegetation areas on Phitshane Molopo to Mabule Section 2 Vegetation Surface Area (m ) Surface (ha) Closed to open shrubland 1,100,907.10 110.09 Mosaic open grassland-open 281,962.88 28.20 shrubland Mosaic grassland-cropland 11,573.16 1.16 Grassland 58,231.99 5.82 Mosaic open shrubland-cropland 116,584.34 11.66 Figure 9.10 From Phitshane-Molopo to Mabule (main road) A profound negative impact is expected in those identified areas where the vegetation will be removed, this will be a permanent direct impact (long term) on the vegetation, but, however, of relatively little extension. No additional impacts for vegetation removal are expected during operational phase. 9.5.2.2 Presence of pollutant gases During the construction phase, vehicles and machinery, as well as equipment operated by combustion engines, will cause an increase in pollutant gases (carbon dioxide, sulphuric acid, etc.). Emissions from diesel engines contain high levels of fine particles —2.5 microns or smaller in particle size, known as PM2.5. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 192 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 These gaseous pollutants will have an influence on plants through the acidification of atmospheric water, where acids are transmitted by evapotranspiration and root absorption. Damage will be appreciated in effects on the plants' metabolic functions. The effect of the increased machinery traffic flow is considered to be significant if no maintenance programme will be installed. Under good maintenance schedule, traffic exhaust emissions, will be intermittent and atmospheric dispersal of exhaust emissions will maintain the air quality. However, concerted effort to check engine performance is needed so as to deter vehicles not road-worth from using the roads. This negative impact can only be evaluated as a slight and indirect impact, considering the magnitude and physical extension of the road works. But, diesel emissions from construction will not constitute a significant source of air degradation considering the setting of the project area The duration of the impact would be limited to the duration of the works, short-medium term. During the operational phase the predicted increase in vehicle traffic (Annual Average Daily Traffic - ADT) once the new roads are in operation will also lead to an increase in gases. If the traffic increase would be of great magnitude, one consequence could be that, in a long term, species that are more resistant to contamination will replace the most sensitive ones. However, considering the nature or the project, vehicle density and ADT will not increase to a level that may produce any significant changes in the level of pollutants coming from the road traffic in comparison with the current situation. Thus, in this sense, no additional flora impacts are predicted during the operational phase. 9.5.2.3 Vegetation impact from dust generation During the construction phase, dust generated during earthworks and by vehicles and machinery moving on the bare soil will provoke another important impact on vegetation. Fugitive, or airborne, dust is the most common air pollutant associated with civil construction works. Dust is labeled as a “fugitive” air contaminant because it is distributed over a wide area and not restr icted to a single point- source. Its dispersion by wind can increase its spatial impact. As such, the impact from dust particles can be significant because dust is discharged and dispersed at ground level. Fugitive dust, in fact, adversely and irreversibly affects the health and safety of the vegetation in its sway. This dust is deposited on stems, bark, and leaves, clogs stomata and lenticels, hindering evapotranspiration, thereby reducing photosynthesis, diminishing plant growth and mixing with dew to form a kind of mud. This impact could be a reason of a decline in diversity caused mainly by a significant increase in the level pollutants that gradually may lead to the survival of the more resistant species to the detriment of the weakest; and a decline in reproduction motivated by increased dust and solid particles in suspension. However, this likely negative indirect impact must be considered as slight and short term duration since sprinkling of the roads with water during construction work will further lessen generation of dust, and consequently alleviate the impact. As for the operational phase, since vegetation already suffers a significant impact due to dust produced by vehicle traffic on non-paved accesses to towns. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 193 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Near 82 km of gravel track will become paved road. Then a positive impact is predicted is these areas where the new paved surface will substitute the current dusty tracks. This positive permanent direct impact is important considering the total size of the new paved roads, as it is detailed in the following table. Table 9.19: Works description: Paved Main Roads Length Section From To Road type Project Change (km) Rakhuna B101/A1 B101-1 Tlhareseleele 12.030 gravel pavement Yes junction Pitsane B101-2 Tlhareseleele B101/A1 5.144 gravel pavement Yes junction Pitsane B101/A1 Phitshane B101-3 66.729 pavement pavement No junction Molopo 1.5 Km of Phitshane Molopo B101-4 Mabule 60.200 pavement, pavement Yes (Changed/New road) rest gravel Subtotal 144.103 68.229 75.874 Table 9.20: Works description: Paved Access Roads Section From Length (m) Road type Project Change (m) B101-1-AR1 Rakhuna Kgotla 491 gravel pavement Yes B101-1-AR2 Tlhareseleele Kgotla 98 gravel pavement Yes B101-2-AR1 Pitsane Kgotla 95 gravel pavement Yes B101-3-AR1 Cwaanyaneng 1,373 pavement pavement No B101-3-AR2 Tswagare 3,950 pavement pavement No B101-3-AR3 Mokgomane 1,700 pavement pavement No B101-3-AR4 Sedibeng 1,301 pavement pavement No B101-4-AR1 Phitshane Molopo Kgotla 1,321 pavement pavement No B101-4-AR2-A Leporung access road 1,100 Gravel pavement Yes B101-4-AR2-B Leporung access road 200 Gravel pavement Yes B101-4-AR3 Dikhukung access road 400 Gravel pavement Yes B101-4-AR4 Mmakgori access road 1,200 Gravel pavement Yes Tsidilamolomo access B101-4-AR5 2,100 Gravel pavement Yes road B101-4-AR6 Mabule access road 400 Gravel pavement Yes Subtotal 15,729 9,645 100 6,084 The magnitude of this positive impact is however moderate, in direct relationship with the current low traffic scenario. In any case, this will overcome the environmental problem of dust generation in those areas 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 194 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 9.6 Archaeology Predicted impacts in terms of archaeology are primarily attributed to noted finds and relics that have the potential to be disturbed or impacted by the proposed development. For detailed information on each archaeological site found during the assessment, refer to the Archaeological Impact Assessment (AIA) report found in Appendix L of this document. The AIA has been approved by the National Museum and mitigation measures are included herein in subsequent chapters. The archaeological survey conducted in the road corridor revealed 6 archaeological sites and 33 sites of social significance. These sites which are located in the road reserve area are listed below (refer to Appendix L for photographic depictions of each site). The sites listed as “social significant” refer to areas where no archaeological material was found, but clear signs of previous residences were visible. These sites have been recorded and listed as there is an increased risk some graves could be uncovered during construction (although none were found during the archaeological survey). The grievance procedures in relation of discovery of graves during construction have been addressed in the Social Impact Assessment. Table 9.21: Coordinates of sites situated within the proposed road reserve. BNMM SITE COORDINATES TYPE CATEGORY 1 S 25°34.054’ E 25°35.124’ Rakhuna cemetery 1 S 2 S 25°33.714’ E 25°35.505’ Rakhuna cemetery 2 S 3 S 25°30.744’ E 25°37.762’ MSA 4 4 S 25°30.035’ E 25°38.209’ Tlhareseelele cemetery 1 S 5 S 25°29.669’ E 25°38.451’ Tlhareseelele cemetery 2 S 6 S 25°28.667’ E 25°36.663’ Pitsane cemetery S 7 S 25°28.310’ E 25°36.066’ Historical buildings 4 8 S 25°31.105’ E 25°22.897’ MSA 5 9 S 25°32.169’ E 25°19.364’ Historical buildings 4 10 S 25°41.588’ E 25°07.679’ Abandoned cattle kraal S 11 S 25°42.764’ E 25°03.326’ MSA 5 12 S 25°43.232’ E 25°00.727’ Cemetery A S 13 S 25°43.309’ E 25°00.412’ Abandoned cattle kraal S 14 S 25°44.152’ E 24°59.816’ Abandoned watering well S 15 S 25°47.868’ E 24°52.545’ Abandoned cattle kraal S 16 S 25°47.853’ E 24°52.502’ Abandoned house S 17 S 25°47.885’ E 24°52.432’ MSA 4 18 S 25°48.173’ E 24°50.096’ Abandoned house S 19 S 25°48.220’ E 24°49.777’ Abandoned house S 20 S 25°48.254’ E 24°49.779’ Cemetery B S 21 S 25°48.237’ E 24°49.719’ Abandoned house S 22 S 25°48.221’ E 24°49.525’ Abandoned house S 23 S 25°48.468’ E 24°48.370’ Abandoned cattle kraal S 24 S 25°48.718’ E 24°47.327’ Abandoned cattle kraal S 25 S 25°48.755’ E 24°47.273’ Abandoned house S 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 195 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 26 S 25°48.383’ E 24°45.921’ Cemetery C S 27 S 25°48.366’ E 24°45.640’ Abandoned house S 28 S 25°48.366’ E 24°45.505’ Cemetery D S 29 S 25°48.377’ E 24°45.437’ Abandoned house S 30 S 25°48.454’ E 24°45.189’ Abandoned house S 31 S 25°48.265’ E 24°44.509’ Abandoned house S 32 S 25°48.119’ E 24°43.899’ Abandoned house S 33 S 25°48.092’ E 24°43.799’ Abandoned house S 34 S 25°48.023’ E 24°43.678’ Cemetery E S 35 S 25°48.035’ E 24°43.487’ Grave & Abandoned cattle post S 36 S 25°48.069’ E 24°42.895’ Cemetery F S 37 S 25°48.238’ E 24°42.314’ Tshidilamolomo cemetery S 38 S 25°46.693’ E 24°35.174’ Abandoned cattle kraal S 39 S 25°46.653’ E 24°35.122’ Abandoned cattle post S ESA – Early Stone Age MSA – Middle Stone Age EIA – Early Iron Age MIA – Middle Iron Age LIA – Late Iron Age S – Social Significance 1 – Preserve at all costs 2 – Preserve if possible, otherwise extensive salvage work 3 – Test excavation to determine whether further work is necessary 4 – Systematic representative sampling necessary 5 – No further archaeological work required The location of the sites is shown in Figure 9.11. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 196 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.11 Location of archaeological sites 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 197 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 As stated earlier, full details of all archaeological sites are provided within the AIA report included in Appendix L. A detailed description of the four archaeological sites requiring mitigation, has been included below. 9.6.1 Site 3 As can be seen in Figure 9.11, site 3 is located near Tlhareseleele. Table 9.22: Details of site 3 Detail Coordinates S 25°30.744’ E 25°37.762’ Period Middle Stone Age (MSA) Category 4 The site is located on the edges of a non-perennial pan. The pan is about 100 m in diameter with the MSA artifacts eroding out of and still imbedded in the clay soils in a approximately 20 m zone around the pan. The western side of the pan and site are situated within the road reserve and cleared strip area around the above given coordinate. A variety of raw materials were used to produce the artifacts, the major source for raw material being river pebbles. The MSA formal tools consist of spear points, blades and scrapers and were produced from quartzite, quartz, hornfels and fine-grained shale. Artifact ratios (artifacts: m²) varied from 1:5 to 1:10. Figure 9.12 General view of the site and the pan 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 198 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.13 Exposed artifacts in the clay soils (left) and MSA tools identified (right) 9.6.2 Site 7 As can be seen in Figure 9.11, site 7 is located near Pitsane. Table 9.23: Details of site 7 Detail Coordinates S 25°28.310’ E 25°36.066’ Period Historical buildings Category 4 The site comprises of a number of historic buildings located within fenced properties in the proximity to the current Pitsane Railway Siding. The building closest to the existing gravel road (situated within the road reserve) is a long rectangular stone built structure with a hipped corrugated iron roof. The roof extends over the eastern end of the structure to form a covered veranda along the length of the building. The veranda roof is supported by 10 metal poles. Three separate doorways provided direct th access into the building from the veranda. In all likelihood the building dates from the late 19 century and its location on the railway line suggests that it may have been the original station building. A second historic building is located to the north of the possible station building. This second building is a dwelling and has stone walls and a pitched corrugated iron roof with a covered porch on the eastern end. It may have been the stationmasters homestead. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 199 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.14 View of the historical building (left) and entrances (right) Figure 9.15 View of the second historical building (left) and entrance door (right) 9.6.3 Site 9 As can be seen in Figure 9.11, site 9 is located near Cwaanyaneng. Table 9.24: Details of site 9 Detail Coordinates S 25°32.169’ E 25°19.364’ Period Historical buildings Category 4 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 200 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 The site comprises of a historic homestead located within a fenced property located to the east of the Cwaanyaneng kgotla. The historic building and property are situated within the road reserve. The homestead consists of three buildings; a historical house, a traditional hut and a shop building. The historical house building has a pitched corrugated iron roof with wooden window and door frames. In all likelihood the building dates from the late 19th century but the other buildings are probably more recent. The house and property was occupied by a late former chief of the village, Kgosi Tsekedi Ikgopeleng. Figure 9.16 View of the historical building (left) and vehicle remains (right) 9.6.4 Site 17 As can be seen in Figure 9.11, site 9 is located near Dikhukung. Table 9.25: Details of site 17 Detail Coordinates S 25°47.885’ E 24°52.432’ Period Middle Stone Age (MSA) Category 4 The site is located on the northern bank of the Molopo River. MSA artifacts were discovered eroding out of the top Kalahari sand member overlaying the calcrete bedrock on the bank. The artifacts were identified in an area of 100 m in diameter along both sides of the road in the road reserve and cleared strip area around the above given coordinate. A variety of raw materials were used to produce the artifacts, the major source for raw material being river pebbles. The MSA formal tools consist of spear points, blades and scrapers and were produced from quartzite, quartz, chert and fine-grained shale. Artifact ratios (artifacts: m²) varied from 1:2 to 1:5. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 201 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 9.17 General view of the site (left) and view of the river bank (right) Figure 9.18 Exposed artifacts on the bank (left) and MSA tools identified (right) 9.7 Environmental Health and Safety This Section discusses the predicted impacts that are likely to arise as a result of implementing the proposed project. In order to be able to adequately predict the health and safety impacts of a project of this nature, it is essential to understand the processes involved. Construction of a new road includes various steps and it starts with its designing and structuring including the traffic volume consideration. The base layer is prepared by use of bulldozers and levellers, thereafter, base surface coating is done. In order to give the road a smooth surface with flexibility, asphalt concrete is used. Asphalt requires an aggregate sub base material layer, and then a base layer to be applied. When resurfacing an existing road, a milling machine is used to remove the surface material from the roadway. That material is loaded into a truck and taken back to the plant for recycling. A brooming machine cleans the surface, and then a distributor truck applies the tack coat to ensure the surfaces bond. A truck carrying asphalt pavement material from the plant backs up to the paver and dumps the material into the hopper or a material transfer vehicle, which agitates the asphalt mix to keep the aggregate from segregating and to help insure a uniform temperature. The paver lays a smooth mat. A series of rollers then compact the material. Another major component of road construction is the asphalt batch mixer plant. Major components of a batch plant include a cold-feed system, asphalt cement supply system, aggregate dryer, mixing tower, and emission-control system. The plant tower includes a hot elevator, screen deck, hot bins, a 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 202 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 weigh hopper, asphalt cement weigh bucket, and a pugmill. Aggregate is stored in stockpiles, and then placed into cold-feed bins, which proportion it by size. The aggregate is then transported on a gathering conveyor belt to a charging conveyor, which lifts it to a large drying machine. This dryer operates on a counter-flow process, meaning the aggregate moves counter to the flow of heat. The aggregate enters the upper end of the dryer and moves down the rotating drum. The burner is located at the lower end of the drum. As the aggregate material moves through the dryer drum toward the burner it is heated and removed of all moisture. The hot and dry aggregate exits the dryer and enters a bucket elevator that lifts it to the top of the mixing tower. Once the bucket elevator reaches the top of the tower the aggregate is sorted by a set of vibrating screens and held in hot bins. The aggregates of varying size are proportioned and then fed into the weigh hopper. In another tank, asphalt cement is being poured and prepared to mix with the course aggregate in the pugmill. First the hot and dry aggregate pours into the pugmill and starts a dry-mix. A few seconds later, the asphalt is poured in and wet-mixes with the aggregate. Mixing continues until all the aggregate particles are covered with a thin film of the asphalt cement material. This usually does not take more than 25 to 35 seconds. A pugmill can mix a single batch of two to six tonnes. When mixing is completed, gates at the bottom of the pugmill open to release the hot asphalt mix. It is either loaded directly into a hauling truck or moved on a conveyor device to a storage silo. The plant is also equipped with primary and secondary emission-control equipment. A primary dry collector or knockout box collects dust particles so they are not spread into the air. A wet-scrubber or baghouse is often used as a secondary measure to remove particulate from the exhaust gases that flow out of the dryer and send clean air to the atmosphere. 9.7.1 Physical Hazards Physical hazards are those substances or conditions that threaten our physical safety. Fires, explosive materials, temperature (hot or cold), noise, radiation, spills on floors and unguarded machines are some examples of physical hazards. A single exposure to physical hazards may result in a wide range of injuries, from minor, to disabling, to fatal. Road construction activities and machinery present a portion of physical hazards, while the other portion is presented by road users and traffic itself. Physical hazards identified for the proposed project are discussed in the following subsections. 9.7.1.1 Rotating and Moving Equipment Most machines have moving parts that can cause injury. Such moving parts may be found at the point of operation where work is performed on a particular material, such as where cutting, shaping, boring or deforming takes place. Rotating and moving parts may be found in the apparatus which transmits energy to the parts of the machine carrying out the work, such as flywheels, pulleys, connecting rods, couplers, cams, spindles, chains, cranks and gears. They may be found in other moving parts of the machine such as wheels on mobile equipment, gear motors, pumps, compressors etc. All parts of a machine that move in the course of the performance of work may contribute to accidents causing injury and damages. Both rotating and linear machine movements, as well as their sources of power, can be dangerous: Rotating motion: Even smooth rotating shafts can grip an item of clothing and, for example, draw a person’s arm into a hazardous position. The danger in a rotating shaft increases if it has projecting parts or uneven or sharp surfaces, such as adjusting screws, bolts, slits, notches or cutting edges. Rotating machine parts give rise to “nip points” in three different ways: 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 203 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  There are the points between two rotating parts that rotate in opposite directions and have parallel axes, such as gears or cog-wheels, carriage rollers or mangles;  There are the points of contact between rotating parts and parts in linear movement, such as found between a power-transmission belt and its pulley, a chain and a sprocket, or a rack and pinion; and  Rotating machine movements can give rise to the risk of cuts and crushing injuries when they take place in close proximity to stationary objects, this type of condition exists between a worm conveyor and its housing, between the spokes of a wheel and the machine bed, or between a grinding wheel and a tool jig. Linear movements: Vertical, horizontal and reciprocating motion can cause injury in several ways: a person may receive a shove or blow from a machine part, and may be caught between the machine part and some other object, or may be cut by a sharp edge, or sustain a nip injury by being trapped between the moving part and another object. 9.7.1.2 Noise Noise is one of the most common occupational hazards. Noise levels above 85 dB(A) are potentially hazardous to hearing and can lead to noise induced hearing loss. By its nature, road construction is a noisy occupation due to the type of equipment and machinery utilised, as well as exposure to noise from other vehicles using the road being worked on. Hazardous noise levels are easily identified and it is technologically feasible to control excessive noise in the majority of cases. The most common noise impact is noise-induced hearing impairment, which is very common, though it is often underrated because there are no visible effects and, in most cases, no pain. There is only a gradual, progressive loss of sensitivity to sounds, ultimately leading to hearing loss. These losses may be so gradual that individuals do not realise it until the impairment becomes handicapping. The first sign is usually that other people do not seem to speak as clearly as they used to. Occupational hearing impairment: Noise-induced hearing impairment or loss is usually considered an occupational disease or illness, rather than an injury, because its progression is gradual. On rare occasions, an employee may sustain immediate, permanent hearing loss from a very loud event such as an explosion or a very noisy process. In such cases, the hearing loss can be referred to as an injury. The degree of impairment will depend on the level of the noise, the duration of the exposure and the susceptibility of the individual worker. Unfortunately, there is no medical treatment for occupational hearing impairment, there is only prevention. Non-Occupational Hearing Impairment: It is important to understand that occupational noise is not the only cause of noise-induced hearing loss among workers, but hearing loss can also be caused by sources outside the workplace. These sources of noise produce what is referred to as sociocusis, and their effects on hearing are impossible to differentiate from occupational hearing loss. They can only be surmised by asking detailed questions about the worker’s recreational and other noisy activities. The importance of non-occupational noise exposure and the resulting sociocusis is that this hearing loss adds to the exposure that an individual might receive from occupational sources. 9.7.1.3 Vibration In scientific terms, vibration is the mechanical oscillations of an object about an equilibrium point. The oscillations may be regular such as the motion of a pendulum or random such as the movement of a tire on a gravel road. The study of health effects of vibration require measures of the overall "pressure waves" that are generated by vibrating equipment or structure. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 204 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Vibration enters the body from the organ in contact with vibrating equipment. When a worker operates hand-held equipment such as a chain saw or jackhammer, vibration affects hands and arms. Such an exposure is called hand-arm vibration exposure. When a worker sits or stands on a vibrating floor or seat, the vibration exposure affects almost the entire body and is called whole-body vibration exposure. The risk of vibration induced injury depends on the average daily exposure. An evaluation takes into account the intensity and frequency of the vibration, the duration (years) of exposure and the part of the body which receives the vibration energy. Hand-arm vibration causes damage to hands and fingers. It appears as damage to blood vessels and nerves in the fingers. The resulting condition is known as white finger disease, Raynaud's phenomenon or hand-arm vibration syndrome (HAVS). One of the symptoms is that affected fingers may turn white, especially when exposed to cold. Vibration-induced white finger disease also causes a loss of grip force and loss of sensitivity to touch. The health effect of whole-body vibration is not well understood. Studies of drivers of heavy vehicles have revealed an increased incidence of the disorders of bowel and the circulatory, musculoskeletal and neurological systems. However, disorders of the nervous, circulatory and digestive systems are not specific to whole-body vibration exposure only. These disorders can be caused by a combination of various other working conditions and life style factors rather than by one physical factor alone. 9.7.1.4 Electrical Hazards Electricity must be recognised as a serious workplace hazard, exposing employees to electric shock, electrocution, burns, fires, and explosions. An electrical hazard can be defined as:  A dangerous condition where a worker could make electrical contact with energised equipment or a conductor, and from which the person may sustain an injury from shock; and  There is potential for the worker to receive an arc flash burn, thermal burn, or blast injury. Sources of electrical hazards for a project of this nature are expected in the following areas:  Workshop- a substantial number of workshop activities require electrical power, e.g. welding, grinding, etc;  Offices require electric power for daily operations;  Contact with underground electrical cables;  Contact with exposed or faulty electrical devices such as circuit breakers, panels, cables, cords and hand tools; and  Contact with overhead electrical cables. 9.7.1.5 Eye Hazards Eye hazards can emanate from solid particles or liquid chemicals and may lead to eye injuries or permanent blindness. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 205 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 9.7.1.6 Dust Hazards Aside from external dangers, road construction also presents a series of health hazards. Chronic lung diseases such as pneumoconiosis are less common than in the past, but still affect a substantial number of people, particularly where rigorous occupational health precautions are often not in place. Crystalline silica has long been a serious health hazard. Prolonged exposure to crystalline silica is a known cause of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease as well as silicosis. Silicosis has been subject to considerable investigation and it has been found that, wet techniques, enclosed cabins and respiratory protection have largely controlled silicosis in developed nations. However, silicosis remains a problem in developing nations and silico-tuberculosis is important in Africa, where the high prevalence of HIV infection among workers increases the risk. If not adequately managed, dust also reduces visibility, which may lead to other hazards like vehicle collisions. 9.7.1.7 Prolonged Outdoor Work Solar ultraviolet exposures in construction operations are likely to contribute to the occurrence of squamous cell and basal cell carcinomas, although this is an inference drawn from studies of outdoor workers in other industries. This can result in a situation whereby more vigilant monitoring of PPE (in the form of sun protection) will be required as workers are less likely to voluntarily safeguard themselves from solar radiation. Prolonged outdoor work also exposes workers to other extreme weather conditions such as extreme low temperature, extreme rainfall, as well as lightning. 9.7.1.8 Welding and Cutting Welding creates an extremely bright and intense light that may seriously injure a worker’s eyesight. In extreme cases, blindness may result. Welding produces noxious fumes to which prolonged exposure may lead to serious chronic diseases. Arc welding also presents a significant risk of electrocution and shock. Under normal gas welding and cutting operations, acetylene is the most common gas used for fuelling welding and cutting torches, and is extremely flammable and explosive. Other gasses that can also be used for this purpose are gasoline, hydrogen, methylacetylene-propadiene gas, propylene, butane, propane and butane/propane mixtures among others. When mixed with pure oxygen in a cutting torch assembly, an acetylene flame can reach a temperature of over 3,000°C. Often users in workshops are not aware of the unique characteristics of acetylene that create special hazards compared to other fuel gases, and due to this, explosions can and do occur within site workshops. It is also extremely unstable, and improper storage can also be a lethal hazard associated with its use. Compressed gas cylinders in general pose a significant hazard to the workers. Each compressed gas cylinder must be used, maintained, and handled with care. A common non-compliance found in workshops involves the inappropriate storage of containers, particularly the habit of allowing them to be laid on their sides, or not securely chained and or caged. A variety of fatal injuries involving explosions or fires resulting from ruptured compressed gas cylinders, hoses, gauges, or regulators account for incidents at construction sites. 9.7.1.9 Vehicle and Traffic Related Incidents By its nature, road construction and maintenance is dangerous as employees are constantly exposed to traffic, which may be under the charge of individuals with different behaviours and backgrounds including: 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 206 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Drunk drivers;  People driving without valid driving licenses;  Sleepy and exhausted drivers;  Impatient drivers; and  Speeding and reckless drivers. Inadequate signage, poor lighting and lack of control of the work zone can also expose other road users to dangerous situations such as collisions. Poorly trained or inexperienced construction vehicle drivers also have an increased risk of accidents with other vehicles, pedestrians and equipment. Construction vehicles and delivery vehicles, as well as private vehicles on site also present collision scenarios. Poorly planned truck traffic patterns also lead collisions. Trucks entering the plant to pick up a load of asphalt mixture may cross the path of loaded trucks leaving the plant, increasing chances of collision. Excessive backing up at the asphalt plant also increases the hazard of collisions. 9.7.1.10 Working Environment Temperature The mixing and storage of asphalt require very high temperatures, which is a significant source of burns to employees. Use of personal protective equipment (PPE) to protect against other occupational hazards can accentuate and aggravate heat related illnesses. Extreme temperatures in permanent work areas must be avoided through implementation of engineering controls and ventilation. 9.7.1.11 Trenching and Excavation Workers who dig or excavate trenches are at risk of death if they enter an unprotected trench and the walls collapse. There is no reliable warning when a trench fails, the walls of any excavation can collapse suddenly, leaving workers with no time to move away. A cubic meter of earth can weigh more than 1,300kg, which can fatally crush or suffocate workers. Even small, solid pieces of soil or rock can cause serious injuries. 9.7.1.12 Ergonomics, Repetitive Motion and Manual Handling Injuries due to ergonomic factors, such as repetitive motion take prolonged and repeated exposures to develop. Ergonomic hazards are expected from all work sites, and adequate management plans and devices must be put in place to manage the hazards. 9.7.1.13 Working at Heights Fall prevention and protection measures must be implemented whenever a worker is exposed to the hazard of falling two metres or more:  Into operating machinery;  Into water or other liquid;  Into hazardous substances;  Onto the ground or any surface; and 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 207 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Through an opening in a work surface. 9.7.1.14 Illumination Work area light intensity should be adequate for the general purpose of the location and type of activity and should be supplemented with dedicated work station illumination as needed. The minimum limits for illumination intensity for a range of activities/locations is included in the specialist report in Appendix M. 9.7.2 Chemical Hazards Chemical hazards represent potential for illness or injury due to single acute exposure or chronic repetitive exposure to corrosive, sensitising or oxidative substances. They also present a risk of uncontrolled reaction, including the risk of fire and explosion, if incompatible chemicals are accidentally mixed. 9.7.2.1 Air Quality Poor air quality due to release on contaminant chemicals into the workplace may lead to possible respiratory irritation, discomfort, or illness to workers. Fumes from the asphalt plant, as well as from construction vehicles and welding are expected to contribute negatively to the air quality in the project area. Asphalt fumes are comprised of complex chemical mixtures generated by the volatilisation of asphalt. 9.7.2.2 Flammable Chemicals Fires and explosions resulting from ignition of flammable materials or gasses may result in loss of property as well as injuries and fatalities to the workers. The substantial amount of hydrocarbon fuels that will be stored on site presents a significant fire hazard. The asphalt plant also operates at high temperatures, further increasing the chances of a fire outbreak. 9.7.2.3 Chemical Storage General occupational health hazards involving chemicals and reactants exist in a wide range of activities required by the proposed project in general. Besides asphalt, various chemicals may be required as asphalt mix additives as may be required. Many other chemicals may be stored on-site, such as hazardous chemicals, detergents etc. Corrosive, oxidising and reactive chemicals present similar hazards and require similar management measures as flammable materials. However, the added hazard of these chemicals is that accidental mixing may cause serious adverse reactions. This can lead to release of flammable or toxic materials and gases, and may lead directly to fires and explosions. These types of substances have an additional hazard of causing significant personal injury upon direct contact with the skin, regardless of any intermixing issues. 9.7.2.4 Asbestos Containing Materials (ACM) The use of asbestos containing materials should be avoided in new buildings or as a new material in remodelling or renovation activities. Existing facilities with ACM should develop an asbestos management plan which clearly identifies the locations where the ACM are present, its condition (eg 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 208 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 whether it is friable form with the potential to release fibres), procedures for monitoring its condition, procedures for accessing locations where ACM are present to avoid damage, and training of staff who can potentially come into contact with the material to avoid damage and prevent exposure. The plan must be made available to all persons involved in operations and maintenance activities. Repair or removal and disposal of existing ACM should only be performed by specially trained personnel. 9.7.3 Biological Hazards Biological agents represent potential for illness or injury due to single acute exposure or chronic repetitive exposure. Sources of biological hazards may include bacteria, viruses, insects, plants, birds, animals, and humans. These sources can cause a variety of health effects ranging from skin irritation and allergies to infections (e.g., tuberculosis, HIV&AIDS), cancer and so on. During the life of the project, it is expected that there will be continuous interaction between employees and these named sources of biological hazards. The World Health Organisation (WHO) classifies infective microorganisms into four groups as follows:  Group 1: Biological agents unlikely to cause human disease, and consequently only require controls similar to those required for hazardous or reactive chemical substances;  Group 2: Biological agents that can cause human disease and are thereby likely to require additional controls, but are unlikely to spread to the community;  Group 3: Biological agents that can cause severe human disease, present a serious hazard to workers, and may present a risk of spreading to the community, for which there usually is effective prophylaxis or treatment available and are thereby likely to require extensive additional controls; and  Group 4: Biological agents that can cause severe human disease, are a serious hazard to the workers, and present a high risk of spreading to the community, for which there is usually no effective prophylaxis and treatment available and are thereby likely to require very extensive additional controls. 9.7.4 Special Hazard Environments Special hazard environments are work situations where all of the previously described hazards may exist under unique or more hazardous circumstances. 9.7.4.1 Confined Space A confined space can be defined as an enclosed or partially enclosed space that:  Is not primarily designed or intended for human occupancy;  Has a restricted entrance or exit by way of location, size or means;  Can represent a risk for the for the health and safety of anyone who enters, due to one or more of the following factors: – Its design, construction, location or atmosphere; – The materials or substances in it; – Work activities being carried out in it; and – Mechanical, process and safety hazards present. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 209 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Confined spaces can be below or above ground. Confined spaces can be found in almost any workplace. A confined space, despite its name, is not necessarily small. Examples of confined spaces include silos, vats, hoppers, utility vaults, tanks, sewers, pipes, access shafts, truck or rail tank cars, boilers, manholes, and storage bins. Ditches and trenches may also be a confined space when access or egress is limited. 9.7.4.2 Lone and Isolated Workers According to the IFC EHS guidelines, a lone and isolated worker is a worker out of verbal and line of sight communication with a supervisor, other workers, or other persons capable of providing aid and assistance, for continuous periods exceeding one hour. The worker is therefore at increased risk should an accident or injury occur. 9.7.5 Summary of Predicted Impacts The predicted occupational health and safety impacts before application of any mitigation measures are summarised in Table 9.27 Table 9.27: Summary of Predicted Impacts without Mitigation Significance (Profound, Scale of Change Description of Significant, Impact Perm./ L-T/ Moderate, Slight, Pos/Neg/Neu D/I Negligible) M/ S-Term Physical Hazards Rotating and Significant Negative Direct Medium term moving parts Noise Significant Negative Direct Medium term Vibration Moderate Negative Direct Medium term Electrical hazards Significant Negative Direct Medium term Eye hazards Significant Negative Direct term Dust hazards Significant Negative Direct Medium term Prolonged outdoor Moderate Negative Direct Medium term work Welding and cutting Significant Negative Direct Medium term Vehicle and traffic Significant Negative Direct/indirect Medium term related incidents Working environment Moderate Negative Direct Medium term temperature Trenching and Slight Negative Direct Medium term excavation Ergonomics, repetitive motion Significant Negative Direct Medium term and manual handling Working at heights Moderate Negative Direct Medium term Moderate Negative Direct/indirect Medium term Illumination 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 210 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Significance (Profound, Scale of Change Description of Significant, Impact Perm./ L-T/ Moderate, Slight, Pos/Neg/Neu D/I Negligible) M/ S-Term Chemical Hazards Moderate Negative Direct Medium term Air quality Flammable Significant Negative Direct Medium term chemicals Significant Negative Direct Medium term Chemical storage Asbestos Moderate Negative Indirect Short term containing materials Special Hazard Environments Confined space Significant Negative Direct Medium term Lone and isolated Moderate Negative Direct Medium term workers Other Biological hazards Medium Negative Direct Long term Refer to the Safety, Health and Environment Report attached (as Appendix M) to this document for detailed information on SHE related impacts. 9.8 Social impacts This section begins with a description of affected populations. Thereafter, expected social environment impacts are elaborated. 9.8.1 Affected Populations Mapping of communities proximate to the project area during the scoping exercise led the consultants to identify 16 villages that, it is believed, will be directly or indirectly affected by the project. For the SIA, consultations, Local Level Key Informant Interviews and Focus Group Discussions were held with Dikgosi and/or members of the VDC’s and residents at these locations. 9.8.1.1 Mabule The population in Mabule can be summarised as follows:  Population: 2,260;  Population Males: 1,045;  Population Females: 1,215; and  The Primary school had 15 teachers, 14 classrooms and 434 pupils enrolled in 2009. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 211 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Mabule is one village separated by the border with South Africa and the Kgosi in Botswana is also the Kgosi for the South African Mabula across the river (personal communication with the Kgosi). There are family relatives on both sides and there is regular crossing of the border to access services and shops (alcohol is cheaper in South Africa) and interaction between the two communities without any immigration formalities. 9.8.1.2 Tshidilalomolo The population in Tshidilalomolo can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Tshidilalomolo Turnoff 1: 3.83km;  Distance from Tshidilalomolo Turnoff 2: 3.35km;  Population: 723;  Population Males: 353;  Population Females: 370; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 8 classrooms and 195 pupils enrolled in 2009. Tshidilalomolo is separated by the border with South Africa and the Kgosi in Botswana is related to the Kgosi in the South African Tshidilalomolo across the river (personal communication with the Kgosi). There are family relatives on both sides and there is regular crossing of the border to access services and shops (alcohol is cheaper in South Africa) and interaction between the two communities without any immigration formalities. 9.8.1.3 Mmakgori The population in Tshidilalomolo can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Tshidilalomolo: 12.37km;  Population: 741 ;  Population Males: 343;  Population Females: 398; and  The Primary school had 9 teachers, 9 classrooms and 193 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.4 Dikhukhung The population in Dikhukhung can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Mmakgori: 11.37km;  Population: 279 Population Males: 134;  Population Females: 145; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 8 classrooms and 71 pupils enrolled in 2009. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 212 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 9.8.1.5 Leporung The population in Leporung can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Dikhukhung: 13.37km;  Population: 575;  Population Males: 272;  Population Females: 303; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 10 classrooms and 140 pupils enrolled in 2009. Leporung is one village separated by the border with South Africa and the Kgosi in Botswana is related to the Kgosi in the South African Leporung across the river (personal communication with the Kgosi). There are family relatives on both sides and there is regular crossing of the border to access services and shops (alcohol is cheaper in South Africa) and interaction between the two communities without any immigration formalities. 9.8.1.6 Phitshane Molopo The population in Phitshane Molopo can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Leporung: 11.82km;  Population: 1,945;  Population Males: 931;  Population Females: 1,014; and  The Primary school had 15 teachers, 20 classrooms and 327 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.7 Sedibeng The population in Sedibeng can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Sedibeng Turnoff: 1.25km;  Population: 708;  Population Males: 332;  Population Females: 376; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 8 classrooms and 187 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.8 Mokgomane The population in Mokgomane can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Mokgomane Turnoff: 1.85km;  Population: 708;  Population Males: 332; 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 213 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Population Females: 376; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 8 classrooms and 161 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.9 Tswagare The population in Tswagare can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Tswagare Turnoff: 3.92km;  Population: 197;  Population Males: 84;  Population Females: 113; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 7 classrooms and 153 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.10 Cwaanyaneng The population in Cwaanyaneng can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Cwaanyaneng Turnoff: 1.43km;  Population: 679;  Population Males: 323;  Population Females: 356; and  The Primary school had 6 teachers, 6 classrooms and 61 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.11 Metlojane The population in Metlojane can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Metlojane Junction: 0.545km;  Population: 726;  Population Males: 362;  Population Females: 364; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 6 classrooms and 152 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.12 Good Hope The population in Good Hope can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Mokoto: 4.20km;  Population: 6,362;  Population Males: 2,892;  Population Females: 3,470; and 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 214 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  The Primary school had 21 teachers, 20 classrooms and 599 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.13 Dinatshana The population in Dinatshana can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Bethele Turnoff: 2.59km;  Population: 603;  Population Males: 300;  Population Females: 303; and  The Primary school had 12 teachers, 10 classrooms and 269 pupils enrolled in 2009. 9.8.1.14 Pitsane The population in Pitsane can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Dinatshana: 3.31km;  Population: 3,654;  Population Males: 1,699; and  Population Females: 1,955. 9.8.1.15 Tlhareseleele The population in Tlhareseleele can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Pitsane: 4.6km;  Population: 711;  Population Males: 341;  Population Females: 370; and  The Primary school had 8 teachers, 9 classrooms and 143 pupils enrolled in 2009. Tlhareseleele shares its name with the village of Tlhareseleele across the border in South Africa (personal communication with the Kgosi). There are family relatives on both sides and there is regular crossing of the border to access services and shops (alcohol is cheaper in South Africa) and interaction between the two communities without any immigration formalities. 9.8.1.16 Rakhuna The population in Rakhuna can be summarised as follows:  Distance from Tlhareseleele: 10.76km;  Distance from Pitsane: 10.9km;  Population: 1,428; 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 215 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Population Males: 696; and  Population Females: 732. 9.8.2 Socio-economic environment If properly managed, construction impacts will be mostly positive and will be felt along the full extent of the road. Opportunities for short-term unskilled and, as possible, semi-skilled and skilled employment in locations with high labour availability are positive, and consequences of such employment will largely be positive. Engagement with local authorities is central to effective mitigation, as is periodic consultations with especially disadvantaged households, while engagement with the relevant Land Boards is central to effective resettlement action. Inadequate oversight of contractors and employees and inadequate attention to local engagement represent the most serious threats to effective mitigation. Initial results of road alignment suggests that all potentially affected private buildings can be avoided through minor road realignment, consistent with both regulations and OP 4.12. However, some infrastructure is present in the road reserve within 15m of the centre line and, with possible exceptions, will require removal; details will be contained in the Accelerated Resettlement Action 4 Plan . For these properties, it is important to note that there is widespread concern about the low values of compensation for property lost to involuntary resettlement under Botswana regulations, which are considered inadequate for the purposes of re-establishing lost infrastructure. OP 4.12 is quite clear in this regard, underlined by the Department of Road’s (2008: 26) finding that the main gap betwee n Botswana Government regulations of OP 4.12 “is related to their main objectives. The World Bank OP 4.12 first and foremost is a policy document, whose operational principles are also informed by key social development objectives, which is to restore, if not improve the livelihood of affected persons, while the national compensation guidelines is mainly an operational guidance to acquire land and compensate asset losses for a public interest investment”. Based on findings from the field, it is concluded that low compensation values represent the most serious threat to effective mitigation. For illustrative purposes, the ARAP includes an excel file that shows estimated compensation totals under current Government compensation levels, and a separate column showing the cost if this level of compensation were doubled. Under Government regulations, the loss of natural resources not under direct ‘ownership’ by a household is not compensated, but can be mitigated through agreement with local authorities on how to manage the resources lost (e.g., cut bush provided as firewood resources for fair local distribution, such as made available for households caring for orphans and other vulnerable children, destitute households, etc.), natural products pre-harvested before destruction, relocation of unique resources as required, and avoiding areas where substantial local resources exist (e.g., clay, gravel) that would be lost to the new infrastructure. Specific provision needs to be made for any lost fruit trees, crops, or shade trees as well. 4 At this juncture the number of affected persons is unknown, but is expected to number under 200. In this circumstance, an Accelerated plan is normally warranted. The original expectation was that the Rakhuna-Mabule road component would affect more than 200 persons, and therefore the original Terms of Reference indicated that a full Resettlement Action Plan was requried. Should the number indeed be less than 200, the recommendation is that this shift to an Accelerated Resettlement Action Plan. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 216 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Alignment may affect infrastructure under specific government departments. If so, the Department of Roads would need to negotiate with the relevant ministry to remove and replace this infrastructure. Construction impacts are phased depending on the implementation schedule, with localised impacts arising when construction activity occurs in a particular location. Preparation for the arrival of pending construction activities requires engagement with community-level representative institutions. For those affected by resettlement, Land Board involvement is required, but this should also carefully involve the Village Development Committees and local traditional authorities. Continuous consultation is required, or there is considerable scope for mis-understandings and ill-feelings that could harm affected communities and harm the project. Operations impacts are positive, with opportunities for additional positive impacts for local employment if maintenance requirements incorporate high local labour content, properly managed. Negative residual impacts are minimal, as effective mitigation during construction would negate these impacts. Positive residual impacts are expected for the long-term. There are no negative cumulative impacts, assuming effective mitigation and effective provision of resources by Government as communities grow, including, health facility expansion, classroom growth, etc. Under OPRC, it also assumes that maintenance of infrastructure continues throughout the life of the contract, and that emergent problems are resolved (e.g., downed fences, road verge breaking, grass and bush cutting, etc.), and that effective planning is put into place to ensure a minimum of problems associated with livestock in the roads and similar problems. 9.8.2.1 Construction Impacts Construction impacts are a mix of positive and negative impacts, with no social residual impacts assuming effective mitigation of natural environment impacts (e.g., proper handling of borrow pits). Findings are summarised in the following table: Table 9.28: Construction Impacts (Duration: Construction Stage) Impact Description of Impacts Direction Severity Location Direct/ category Indirect Roads Impacts Directly Minor impacts are expected on Negative Significant At Direct Affected Households some households due to Construction infrastructure present in the road Sites reserve. Directly The Archaeological Impact Negative Significant Road Reserve Direct Affected Areas of Possible Assessment has identified areas Social of possible social significance. Importance (refer to Table 9.21). The abandoned cattle posts and kraals need to be considered for graves. Construction The proposed construction camp Negative Significant Near Direct Camps for Package 2 is located in Good Construction Hope, with construction at the site Camp Site already underway. Impacts on neighbouring households can be expected to be severe. Employment Many of the areas affected by the Positive Significant Near Direct road are locations with high levels Construction of unemployment. Sites 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 217 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Description of Impacts Direction Severity Location Direct/ category Indirect For semi-skilled and skilled labour needs, sub-contractors will have their own personnel, but may require local hiring. If hiring is based in the project area, the odds of hiring personnel from the area is increased. There are certain times of the year when labour demands are high, especially after the first sustained rains and when harvest begins. If wages are low for unskilled labour, it may be that personnel will leave the project to return for these alternative labour needs (if wages are sufficient, it is assumed that labour would be hired for these other tasks). During the academic year, younger applicants may leave school to secure temporary employment. In many of these communities, unemployed women out-number unemployed men, but historically construction labour has been largely male. Road Safety Hiring from areas proximate to Negative Slight Near Direct construction sites will still require Construction considerable walking unless Sites transport arrangements are made, raising road safety concerns. If transport services are provided, problems of sexual harassment may arise. If construction takes place in areas not proximate to existing settlements, temporary camps may be required, with consequent issues arising regarding road safely near the camps and personnel safety in the camps, especially with mixed male and female camps. Roadside Sales It is assumed that the Positive Slight but Near Direct Opportunities concentration of workers at the locally Construction construction sites will lead to Moderate Sites (mostly women) vendors providing services on a temporary, short- term basis. Migration Local population movement, and Negative Moderate, Full Project Direct some movement into the region, but locally Area is likely based on where Significant construction is taking place, as job for smaller seekers attempt to improve their locations odds of being hired. Family ties are expected to be exploited to appear ‘local’ with a claim to local 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 218 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Description of Impacts Direction Severity Location Direct/ category Indirect residence. Land and Land In most cases existing alignment Negative Moderate Selected Sites Direct Resources will be followed, with little impacts on natural resources in this regard. However, decisions governing borrow pits need to ensure minimum environmental disruption, and the work camps need to be established with similar considerations. Cattle Theft The risk of cattle theft can be Negative Moderate, Full Project Indirect expected to increase proximate to locally Area work sites in the area due to the Significant large number of workers and in- migrants, affecting cattle posts around the area. Construction During construction increased Negative Moderate Near Direct Site Safety heavy vehicle traffic and Construction increased light vehicle and foot Sites traffic proximate to work sites are expected to raise the risk of traffic accidents. Driving in Botswana is already characterised by unsafe passing, drink-driving, livestock on roads, non-observance of traffic regulations and, in some cases, speeding, all of which would worsen construction site safety. Working There is a risk that working Positive if Moderate, Full Project Director Conditions conditions on construction teams effectively locally Area will be poor, with unfair hiring and mitigated Significant firing practices, discrimination against employment of some populations (with particular problems regarding hiring women), and unfair labour practices. There are also possible problems with sexual harassment, sexual assault and sex work at construction camps and in nearby communities. Residual Impacts Social Key social problems expected to Negative Moderate Indirect Pathologies arise from in-migration include unwanted pregnancies, HIV&AIDS, other sexually transmitted infections, alcohol abuse and associated problems of violence and crime, and other social pathologies. Given gender norms that bias against women, there are particular challenges regarding unwanted pregnancy, transactions and commercial sex work, gender 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 219 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Description of Impacts Direction Severity Location Direct/ category Indirect violence, and violence against girls. Resettlement Resettlement is required for some Negative Profound (for Limited to Direct households, with partial impacts affected Realigned on agricultural fields for others. households) Areas Mitigatory actions are required Moderate consistent with the ESMF and (when RAP issued by the Department of affected Roads, itself consistent with OP fields only) 4.12. Discussion: Positive impacts are associated with employment and income generation. Negative impacts requiring mitigation include road safety considerations, migration, local resource impacts, cattle theft, construction site safety. Residual impacts, which refers to impacts that will occur even after mitigation, include social pathologies and permanent loss of land due to resettlement. 9.8.2.2 Operational Stage Impacts Operational impacts are limited but positive as follows: Table 9.29: Operational Impacts (Duration: Operational Phase) Impact Description of Impacts Direction Severity Location Direct/ Category Indirect Directly Long-term impacts of resettlement may Negative Severe Directly Direct Affected Households be negative, unless proper mitigatory Affected actions are undertaken. Households Migration Migration impacts will remain following Positive Minor Full Project Direct completion of construction due to the Area availability of increased access and available transport. Access Improved access to and from the Positive Significant National Direct affected area and outside locations can be expected, affecting the entire Project Area. Economic Expanded economic activity can be Positive Significant Full Project Direct Activity expected throughout the Project Area. Area Improved As the area’s population grows and Positive Moderate Full Project Indirect Services economic activities expand, it is expected Area that government will provide for expanded services. Cattle Theft Increased settlement and increased Negative Minor Full Project Indirect transport to and from communities in the Area area raises opportunities for cattle theft. At the same time, these same factors will increase prevention if relevant services are provided. Poaching Increased settlement and increased Negative Minor Full Project Indirect transport raise opportunities for Area poaching. At the same time, these same factors will increase prevention if relevant 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 220 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Description of Impacts Direction Severity Location Direct/ Category Indirect services are provided. Other Natural Increased settlement will place additional Negative Minor Full Project Indirect Resources pressure on the harvesting of natural Area resources. Social Key social problems expected to arise Negative Minor Full Project Direct Pathologies from in-migration include unwanted Area pregnancies, HIV&AIDS, other sexually transmitted infections, alcohol abuse and associated problems of violence and crime, and other social pathologies. Given gender norms that bias against women, there are particular challenges regarding unwanted pregnancy, transactions and commercial sex work, gender violence, and violence against girls. Discussion: Positive operational stage impacts are expected to be especially significant, with improved mobility, access, economic activity, and services. Negative impacts would largely expected to be mitigated through expanded government services and implementation of OPRC activities. Further socioeconomic related impacts are provided in specialists reports attached to this ESIS namely Appendix E (SIA report) and Appendix N (Traffic Study report). 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 221 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 10 Mitigation measures Mitigation is the development of practical measures to reduce adverse impacts on the environment, or to enhance beneficial aspects of a project. Mitigation measures were identified by the ESIA, and these measures are meant to find preferred ways of undertaking activities to minimise or eliminate negative impacts and enhance and maximise positive impacts on people and the environment. Mitigation measures are described in terms of the nature of the impacts, their duration and magnitude 10.1 Water Resources (Hydrology) The following subsections outline the proposed mitigation measures proposed to address impacts likely to affect water resources in relation to the proposed Project activities. To avoid impacts on existing river courses of the study area, the following preventive measures must be applied to avoid disruption of water flows and discharge of any polluting material into water streams and bodies:  All construction equipment must be maintained and serviced in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications to ensure that they do not release any substances that may lead to water pollution: - The design and reliability of modern construction equipment, electrostatic precipitators and bag filters will ensure that dust releases are reduced to levels at which they cease to be significant; - The contractor must use designated areas for equipment repair and maintenance activities;  In general, discharge of polluting substances (into water streams and bodies) that have potential to change the physiochemical characteristics of surface water will be strictly prohibited. Discharge of substances which may be deemed harmless into water streams should be approved by the Project Manager in liaison with the environmental monitoring officer; and  Location of auxiliary facilities, accumulated material or waste in areas adjacent to surface water resources will be prohibited, to avoid risk of direct or indirect contamination of surface water through run-off during rainy periods. 10.1.1 Machinery Maintenance in the Construction Camps Maintenance (repair and service) of construction equipment will be carried out within designated areas, equipped with necessary structures as discussed below. Concrete Slabs: Maintenance areas must be constructed of a concrete slab base of at least 10x8m area, with central drain that leads rainwater through an appropriate referral/separator, to a final host deposit with a minimum capacity of 7,000 litres. The construction machinery to be repaired, and pollutants expected, must be parked on the concrete slab. The water collected in the reservoir must be managed by specialised companies in the management of hazardous waste. It must become independent of the slab runoff from the rest of the site installations by elevating the slab on the surrounding soil, as shown in the following sketch. The runoff water from the slab must not be mixed with runoff from elsewhere. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 222 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 10.1 Machinery repair management area at worksites Construction and Maintenance of Perimeter Drainage at camps: During rainy season, there is potential of pollutants being washed from maintenance areas, construction sites, equipment parking and storage areas, as well as ancillary facilities into watercourses located near such areas through run-off. To avoid such risk, any surface water run-off from such areas and facilities must be intercepted by a network of perimeter drainage or side ditch (to be constructed for these areas) to direct run-off to a settling pond or basin sand trap type degreaser, as detailed in Figure 10.2 below. Considering the volume of surface water (run-off) likely to be experienced at these areas, the side ditches or perimeter drainage trenches will be approximately 1.5m wide and 0.5m deep and will be maintained in perfect operating conditions during all the work period. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 223 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 10.2 Perimeter drainage at worksites Marking of the Work Areas: To protect the existing river courses along the construction area during the implementation of the Project activities, the limits of performance for the transport of machinery, auxiliary equipment, etc. will be defined and undertaken within these areas. This is particularly applicable for any night works. Prior to the commencement of the construction activities, the Contractor will mark the perimeter of the construction area with suitable barricading material, in order to strictly define areas of construction works and preserve the river courses. Tracks Affecting Watercourses: The crossing of any water courses, by the construction or road access needed for construction work, prior to field implementation may need the approval of the Engineer and/or the Environmental Monitoring Agent responsible. The adoption of these crossings must first be presented to the Project Manager, showing the proposed road mapping at a 1:1000 scale or higher, accompanied by explanatory report, explaining the lack of viable alternative access roads that do not affect water courses. The ultimate solution would also require approval from the environmental monitoring agent. 10.1.2 Mitigation Measures for Water Abstraction Activities Extraction of water for construction purposes and dust suppression will require water rights acquisition by the Contractor from the Department of Water Affairs (DWA). The application(s) will include the total amount of water required (including extraction rate per day) and detailed extraction methods. The requirement should include: 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 224 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Subdivision of the road works proposal into sectors, clearly indicating the amount of water needed for each road sector implementation; and  Time schedule of the works, to optimise the water abstraction process and avoiding wastage of water. If additional boreholes are required, the establishment of the boreholes should be carried out in cooperation with DWA. After the completion of the Project construction activities, the ownership (Water Rights) of the boreholes should be handed to the DWA. 10.1.3 Residual Water Related Impacts Mitigation The quality of groundwater may be negatively impacted (on a long term basis) by Project construction activities, though this may not be identified during the construction phase. Therefore it is advisable that during the construction phase and after a period of five (5) years following the completion of the project activities, water quality assessment must be carried out to monitor any possible change of water quality standards for human consumption, according to Botswana legislation, (WUC Water Quality Control Standards). The following table provides a summary of the recommended mitigation measures for predicted water impacts. Table 10.1: Water Pollution Mitigation Measures Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures Changes in water quality due to accidental Preventive measures for water pollution spillages during works risks during construction works. Erosion and Sedimentation during earth Preventive measures for water pollution movements phase risks during construction works. Clearly define work areas. Ground water depletion (fall of the water Water Right must be required by the table) due to road work water demand Department of Road from the Department of Water Affairs (DWA) Changes in flow regimes due to road Positive impacts: do not require mitigation drainage improvement measures Improvement in sedimentation rates by Positive impacts: do not require mitigation paving road sections susceptible to erosion measures 10.2 Air Quality The following section describes the proposed mitigation measures. 10.2.1 Construction phase It is essential that all construction works resulting in the emission of dust and gases are kept within the specified levels (Botswana Air Quality Objectives) shown in Table 10.2, to ensure compliance with Atmospheric Pollution Control Act (1971). Carbon dioxide and smoke generated by construction 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 225 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 related activities must be reduced to the bare minimum. Use of un-serviced excessively smoking vehicles must not be used. The Department of Waste Management and Pollution Control has developed standards for air quality indicating allowable maximum measurement of major indicators of pollution such as particulate matter or dust, listed in table 10.2 below. Table 10.2: Botswana Air Quality Objectives Pollutant Standard Value Particulate Matter (PM) 3 3 100 ug/m to 200 ug/m Annual average Monthly average Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 3 80 ug/m 160 ug/m3 90percent of hourly Annual average monthly average 24 hour 3 observation to be less than 300 ug/m average Carbon Monoxide (CO) 3 3 10,000 ug/m to 40,000ug/m 8 hours average 1 hour average Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)+ 3 3 3 Annual average Monthly average 1 hour average 100 ug/m to 200 ug/m 400 ug/m Ozone (O3) 3 157 ug/m to 235 ug/m 3 8 hours average 1 hour average Applying water is the most obvious means of dust control. However, with water shortage, other methods or combination of methods could be used. Package 2 is expected to have challenges in relation to availability of construction water, and probably watering temporary roads could be the first to be stopped when water shortages are experienced. Methods other than direct water application for road dust control include use of additives, which increase the ability of water to wet and suppress road dust:  Adding to the water salts or hygroscopic compounds such as calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, hydrated lime and sodium silicates, which are sprayed on to the road and increase surface moisture by extracting moisture from the atmosphere;  Adding to the water surfactants such as soap and detergent, which decrease the surface tension of water and allow the available moisture to wet more particles per unit of volume; and  Soil cements, compounds such as calcium or ammonium lignosulphonate, which can be mixed with the native soils to form a new surface. When considering dust control products, it must be ensured that the products:  Are biodegradable, non-hazardous, non-combustible, non-corrosive, harmless to skin, clothing and equipment;  Will not salt out or cause clogging, are completely miscible with water in all proportions, are not adversely affected by any type of water (hard or soft, fresh or salt), or by water temperature; and  Will not contaminate streams, vegetation, soil, or harm wildlife. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 226 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Most dust control products have a cumulative effect in suppressing dust. Each new application of treated water receives a boost from the residual materials of the previous application. The residual materials are also activated by rainfall, causing it to be absorbed into the roadbed rather than running off or creating puddles. The relationship between surface and quantities of product to be applied will vary depending on a few factors to consider: traffic volume, vehicle weight, type of soil, weather conditions, soil moisture and compaction. In addition to mitigating the air quality impacts, reducing dust improves visibility and reduces risk of accidents. 10.2.2 Operational phase No mitigation measures can be directly implemented. 10.2.3 Summary The following table shows a summary of the impacts and proposed mitigation measures for air quality. Table 10.3: Air quality impacts and mitigation summary Significance Scale of Change Description of Description of (Profound, Perm./ L- Mitigation Impact Significant, Moderate, Pos/Neg/Neu D/I T/ M/ S- Measures Slight, Negligible) Term Pollutant gas Machinery and emission equipment Moderate Negative Direct Short term Construction monitoring and phase revision Dust generation Moderate Negative Direct Short term Surface irrigations Pollutant gas emission Slight Negative Direct Permanent ---- Operational phase 10.3 Noise Mitigation Measures A number of mitigation measures must be established and defined to reduce expected noise levels to ensure they do not surpass maximum levels allowed or, at least, reduce them the minimum level technically possible. Mitigation measures to address noise levels generated are determined by the urban environment where the Project is located. The installation of noise barriers should be avoided for the visual impacts and barrier effects that they would cause for both pedestrians and motorists. Under these circumstances, mitigation measures proposed shall be effective in diminishing noise propagation without affecting the visual environment. This can be achieved by proposing measures 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 227 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 that mitigate noise levels from the source of noise instead of protecting the noise receptors. The noise mitigation measures that are proposed are the following:  The use of low noise road pavement (thin layer asphalt) which can locally reduce noise emission levels by approximately 3 dB – 4 dB at roads; and  Specified restrictive speed limits in areas adjacent to urban areas or residential areas. Other mitigation measures that could be taken in account, whose application do not depend on the project but on the implementation authorities in matters of land use and law application:  Reducing road traffic noise at source: - Traffic management solutions, such as controlling traffic volumes, traffic diversion and restricting use by heavy vehicles, should be fully explored and implemented where practicable; - Promoting the use of public transport; - Imposing more stringent noise standards for new vehicles, light and heavy, to reduce road traffic noise at source; - Replacing older, noisier vehicles progressively; and - Educating drivers and transport operators about their roles in traffic noise reduction.  Land use planning: Future road traffic noise problems can often be avoided through zoning mechanisms that do not permit noise sensitive land uses along transport corridors. Recreational, commercial and light industrial establishments can effectively provide buffer zones between busy roads and residential communities. In reality, there are limited opportunities to avoid incompatible zonings in many locations, particularly where noise sensitive developments have already occurred. Development control plans and site-specific development approval conditions may help ensure that future developments utilise noise- affected sites in an acoustically effective manner and that the layout, height, design and acoustic insulation of new buildings minimise the noise impact. 10.4 Waste Management In line with the internationally recognised waste management hierarchy which is also adopted in the Botswana Waste Management Act of 1998, as well as Botswana’s Strategy for Waste Management, 1998, mitigation measures for waste management requires that waste management activities be undertaken in the following order of priority:  Waste reduction;  Reuse/recycling;  Treatment; and  Safe landfill disposal. It should be recognised that waste minimisation will require an extensive awareness campaign amongst Contractor employees. In addition, there must also be a green procurement policy through which the Contractor will ensure that the materials and products procured meet the following criteria in the following order: 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 228 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Products must be expected to have a long life, to be easily repairable with spares being readily available;  Products and materials should only have the most essential packaging, with packaging materials being reusable wherever possible;  Products and packaging, by the end of their life, must be recyclable; and  Treatment and disposal of any residues from the recycling process must have the smallest possible impact on the environment. Considering the above, it is evident that conventional systems consisting of waste collection and disposal are no longer appropriate and responsible parties are expected to be creative in the development and implementation of waste management systems. For any waste management system to comply with the requirements of the Botswana Waste Management Act, it should therefore entail waste minimisation, waste containment, waste collection, waste transport, waste transfer (where appropriate), waste recycling, waste treatment (where required) and finally safe waste disposal. 10.4.1 General Mitigation Measures for Waste The contractor must develop and set up a Construction and Demolition Waste Management Plan for the site. The plan will include a list of waste materials produced at the site, their quantity and the procedures used to store and process them. It will also include a valuation of the various action plans. The Contractor must comply with the following general rules in relation to the waste materials to be produced at the construction site:  Minimise waste production, especially toxic and hazardous waste;  Collect every type of waste produced (separately) and process it appropriately;  Keep up to date on waste regulations, strive to obey them and request all appropriate permits and licences required for waste management;  Inform workers on the Construction Waste Management Plan;  Place enough waste containers to enable selective sorting based on processing requirements;  Set up an action protocol for hazardous spills;  Incorporate waste materials into the construction, where possible;  Provide the necessary means to enable environmentally sound waste processing;  Avoid increasing the amount of construction waste or spilling pollutants into sanitation systems and public channels;  Clean vehicles using a pressure washing system or any other system that saves water and avoids more polluting products;  Agree with suppliers to reduce packaging and to allow the contractor to return surplus materials and packaging to reduce waste and encourage reuse;  Place materials so that the labels are visible, especially dangerous products;  Plan accordingly so that purchased goods are used before their expiry date, to avoid them ending up in the waste stream;  Incorporate environmental criteria into the procurement of materials by choosing environmentally certified materials, products and suppliers;  Prioritise recycled materials and products; 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 229 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Avoid mixing materials to reduce waste production;  Protect load using canvas and fastening it;  Demand that suppliers take charge of the packaging;  Request suppliers to provide the technical specifications of materials and products;  Visually inspect materials before accepting them to ensure that they arrive in good condition;  Prepare accesses to stockpile areas;  Evacuated organic waste must not be mixed with earth and rubble;  All vehicles used to transport earth and rubble must be in good condition to avoid spilling the load. All necessary precautions must be taken to avoid making the roads dirty;  Every type of waste must be separated and placed in a container according to the possibility of recovery and the processing requirements;  Containers must be labelled according to regulations: a waste code; a symbol identifying it as a harmful, toxic, flammable product, etc.; name, address and phone No of the owner of the waste and packing date (for full containers);  Store waste in appropriate containers made from material that cannot be affected by the waste contained;  Place hazardous waste containers on a concrete slab equipped with bund walls, in a well- ventilated area, protected from the sun and the rain;  Record the waste data in a register, including the source of the waste, the amount, the type of waste and its identification code, the date of transfer (date of delivery to a waste management facility);  General waste contaminated by hazardous waste must be treated as hazardous waste;  Reduce the risk of spills by placing collecting trays to avoid spilling fuel, oil or other liquids; and  Restore the environment by cleaning all areas and collecting remnants of construction and other. Mitigation measures for individual waste streams are described in detail in the ESMP. Management options for each waste stream is discussed in detail as there may be more than one mitigation measure for each component of each individual waste stream. A summary of waste mitigation is presented in Table 10.4. Table 10.4: Waste Mitigation Measures Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures  Bitumen must always be recycled where possible. Bituminous waste  Excess bitumen must be sent back to the supplier.  Excess soil must be used for Soil and rock waste landscaping on the sides of the road. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 230 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures  Trees used as firewood  Fine plant material composted Construction phase general waste  Coarse plant material as compost generation bulking agent  No burning of vegetation  Separation at source Paper and cardboard waste  Baling for long haul  Recycling  Reuse  Separation at source Glass waste  Crushing for long haul  Recycling  Separation at source Plastics waste  Baling for long haul  Recycling  Separation at source Cans and sheet metal waste  Baling for long haul  Recycling  Separation at source Heavy metal waste  Uncompacted long haul  Recycling  Separation at source  Mechanical removal of conductor Semi-precious metal waste insulation  Uncompacted long haul  Recycling  Separation at source Food waste  Composting  Generation of biogas  Separation at source Building rubble  Rehabilitation or borrow pits  Trees used as firewood  Fine plant material composted Green waste and discarded wood  Coarse plant material as compost bulking agent  Planks used for construction  Separation at source Rubber tyres  Tyres given to residents for constructing cattle kraals  Safe containerisation Cigarette buds  Safe disposal  Separation at source Disposable waste  Transfer (if required)  Safe disposal  Designed to standard General waste landfill  Constructed to standard  Operated to standard  Separation at source Oil / grease / oil filters / oil rags  Safe recycling / disposal  Separation at source Batteries  Draining acid before long haul  Recycling 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 231 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures  Separation at source E-waste  Delivery to approved recycler  Dismantling & recycling 10.5 Fauna There are four different types of measures proposed to mitigate the identified impacts of the Project on fauna, and these include:  Corrective measures assumed by the Project design: During the detailed design of the Project, the environmental component was a key factor in the design of the various Project components;  Preventive measures: These are the necessary environmental measures to prevent, reduce or off-set the previously identified negative fauna impacts. These measures are often designed to be included in the Project as prescriptions to manage the negative environmental effects and side effects of the works during construction;  Mitigation measures: These are measures designed to mitigate (correct) in situ the negative effects of predicted impacts that cannot be avoided by applying preventive measures. They must be implemented to make the final Project environmentally acceptable; and  Compensatory measures: The main objective of these measures is to compensate negative impacts due to roads that cannot be directly mitigated or corrected in situ. 10.5.1 Corrective and Preventive Measures The most important corrective measure assumed by the Project design team was to maintain, wherever possible, the existing road layout, in order to avoid any potential effect that new road alignments could cause on undisturbed areas inhabited by wildlife. The primary preventive measure recommended to minimise biodiversity loss (in fauna) is to restrict the construction activities to specified areas, by defining and marking out the working and/or construction areas, which must be strictly adhered to by construction staff for all Project related activities. In addition, workers’ behaviour and attitudes towards bushy areas, woodland and natural vegetation resources, should be monitored with the aim to educate them on lessening the potential of human- wildlife conflict incidents. Night activities must be avoided if possible, to allow animals to have access to areas and resources inaccessible during the day, due to human presence and construction activities associated with the Project. The following are recommended as mitigation measures for the fauna impacts:  Road reserve and clearance strip: It is expected that a road reserve area will be developed (or maintained if they already exist) along certain roads, particularly main roads. The road reserve area will be cleared of all obstacles that have potential to obstruct the view of drivers from identifying objects located closer to the road. In many cases, these obstacles are plants, which will be regularly removed; leaving only certain isolated trees (if not viewed as an 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 232 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 obstacle). This measure is currently practice along the roads to be developed and has a double effect, first allowing the driver to anticipate animal entering the road, as well as generating fear in animals whenever they cross roads. Therefore this measure is expected to effectively reduce the probability of collisions between animals and vehicles.  Road fencing: Constructing an animal control fence along the project roads will prevent intrusion of many animals into the roads, consequently reducing the possibilities of wildlife and livestock colliding with earth moving equipment and other vehicles. It is worth mentioning that development of an animal control fence along the Project roads will not absolutely prevent animals from getting into the roads, however such development has potential in creating a deterrent effect in many cases, as wild animals tend to avoid the fence as much as possible.  Installation of traffic control panels: In areas where there are records of large animals crossing roads such as kudu, visible speed limits signs and animal crossing signposts must be installed. These measures have the potential to minimise collision risks between wildlife (including livestock) and earth moving equipment, as well as vehicles along the Project roads. 10.5.2 Compensatory measures It should be noted that no compensatory measures are formulated for wildlife, therefore this measure was not considered for the Project. 10.5.3 Summary The following table provides a summary of the recommended mitigation measures to address the predicted fauna impacts. Table 10.5: Fauna Impacts Mitigation Measures Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures Loss of biodiversity  Project design  Demarcation of work areas  Night shift will not be allowed Barrier effect Moderate impact: does not require mitigation measures Animal intrusion  Road Reserve and Clearance Strip  Fence along the road reserve  Installing traffic control measures 10.6 Flora Preventive and mitigating measures to address impacts on vegetation are described below. Some are of general recommended applications and others are proposals, which could be modified during the environmental monitoring process. A series of actions are included aimed at preventing the impacts associated with the protection of vegetation. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 233 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 10.6.1 Clearing and Grubbing This includes cleaning and removing woody plants, trees, shrubs and roots, with or without further use. Small pieces of wood may remain on the surface once the operation has been carried out. Plant debris should be treated as firewood or used for traditional kraal fencing. In order to protect the existing ecosystems along the construction route during the works, site limits will be established and marked so that:  Only vegetation found within the limits is cleared; and  Machinery can only be located/used within the site boundaries, ancillary site facilities and other elements will be maintained within the marked areas. If the above mentioned measures are observed to be insufficient, temporary site fencing must be installed and dismantled once the construction works are completed. 10.6.2 Protection of Trees A fence must be installed to avoid damage to trees that are not directly affected by the road alignment but which could be damaged due to their proximity to the site, alternatively, trees can be marked to ensure they are not removed by the land clearing staff. In the new buffer reserve created on the sections that currently do not have a buffer reserve, larger trees that meet the following conditions will be maintained:  More than 6m in height with a trunk circumference of more than 60cm, measured at a height of 1m above the ground; and  Located at a distance equal to or greater than 8m from the outer edge of the shoulder. 10.6.3 Recovery of Topsoil Excavated topsoil must be stored for use during the replanting process. The existing layer of top soil is poorly developed due to the geological and soil characteristics of the different materials that exist in the project area, and to anthropological activities such as a result of a long tradition of agriculture and livestock farming. Nevertheless, provision must be made to remove the top 25-30 cm top layer of the terrain affected by the works. This entails the following tasks:  Excavation;  Transportation;  Offloading;  Stockpiling; and  Contribution to the surfaces defined for replanting. Some of the basic aspects on which this work is based are listed below: 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 234 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  After clearing and grubbing, which includes cleaning and removing trees and shrubs, the topsoil is removed to a depth of approximately 30cm; and  The topsoil removed will be temporarily stockpiled for the forthcoming rehabilitation of surfaces affected. Stockpiles will be created in neat longitudinal ridges, along the road or in areas that are especially defined for their location until they are later used. These ridges must have a height not greater than 1.5m, to avoid excessive compaction of the ground underneath. 10.6.4 Fire Prevention Plan As the study area comprises a significant expanse of vegetated land, particularly of acacia species, the Contractor will be required to prepare a fire prevention plan for any emergency situation that could occur during the construction activities. The Department of Forestry & Range Resources (under the Ministry of Environment, Wildlife and Tourism) is mandated to implement a comprehensive fire management strategy that covers fire occurrence related information, prevention, and suppression. The Fire Management Section is responsible for fire management throughout the country and it will perform the following:  Compile and analyse relevant data for fire detection and monitoring vegetation fires, determining readiness levels, identifying fire risk areas and assessing the current and predicted fire situation (fire danger), assess burned scars, etc;  Produce wild fire maps;  Develop the physical and institutional capacity to perform rapid initial attack fire suppression methods;  Develop and carry out Bernafon burning programs;  Construct, assess and maintain firebreaks; and  Develop and promote community based Fire Management (CBFM) concepts. The general outlines of the plan which has been prepared to prevent occurrence of forest fires likely to occur from the road construction works are listed below. The plan also states the actions to be undertaken to extinguish fires, as well as explain the evacuation procedure (from any of the affected Project areas), should any fire occurrence be out of control. The general structure of the fire prevention plan will be based on the following:  Legal requirements;  Description of the area and the combustible material;  Major risk situations;  Fire prevention and safety measures;  Actions in the event of an emergency; and  Approval of the plan and person in charge. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 235 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 10.6.5 Mitigation Measures for Site and Construction Facilities The proposed mitigation measures to address impacts related to site facilities and construction equipment (for each Project component) are discussed in the following subsections. 10.6.5.1 Temporary Site roads Development of roads following new alignments as well as modifications to existing roads (increase in the roadbed), related activities such as vegetation clearance, grubbing and embankments will require approval from the Project Manager prior to being carried out on site. The approval should consider the recommendation made on the ESIA report and other technical reports. For the approval of site roads, maps showing plans of the proposed road network will be presented to the site management together with supporting reports, taking into account the following determining factors:  They shall not cross any woodlands;  They shall not significantly change the topography of the land;  The width of the road-bed (including ditches) shall not exceed 5m;  Once site roads and accesses points are approved, and after setting out, stakes, plastic tape, marker posts or mesh shall be used to mark the development limits;  A plan shall be developed to restore the affected areas once the site roads are no longer required, thereby reducing the impact generated by such developments on the environment; and  Informative signs will be erected on site roads. 10.6.5.2 Site Facilities Prior to the start of the construction works, the contractor must submit the following documentation to the Project Manager for approval:  Location drawing, to scale 1:5 or higher, of the ancillary facilities planned, taking into consideration the location of the various components;  Description of the activities taking place in each of the zones;  Water supply for each component;  Justification that the proposed activities will not result in any environmental impacts; and  Plans for the rehabilitation (re-vegetation) of the occupied areas and estimated date of the construction work. The Project Management, in view of the documentation provided, and once the procedure is complete, shall approve the activity, which must also obtain the relevant permissions and authorisations. At the request of the Project Management, the Contractor must specify the location of any other ancillary facility or specific area for the implementation of any other operation. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 236 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 10.6.5.3 Concrete Plant The Contractor must follow instructions/general guidelines listed below, during the development of a concrete plan at the site:  All key components (cement tank, concrete mixer, water tank and control booth of the plant) must be installed on a concrete slab. The plant must also have the relevant authorisations prior to construction and operation of the plant;  If the plant is placed close to vegetation, road or housing, the aggregate storing area must be surrounded by pre-cast concrete walls (or any other effective structure) to avoid producing dust that may affect the operation of impacted components mentioned above;  A water sprinkler system must be installed around the aggregate storing area. The hopper must also be equipped with a protective screen;  An area for cleaning concrete tanks must be developed consisting of a reinforced concrete slab or platform on which to place the tank and a double chamber settling basin beside it. The collected water may be used for irrigation or for dust suppression; and  Any concrete accidentally deposited on the platform, basin or any other part of the concrete plant must be transferred to an authorised landfill. 10.6.5.4 Asphalt Mixing Plant An asphalt mixing plant is expected to be located within an existing quarry (if required), but must have the same impact prevention components as the concrete plant such as a concrete slab, settling basin, aggregate protection features, etc. The plant must also have the relevant authorisations. 10.6.5.5 Steel Framework Storage Area The main steel framework storing area must be subject to all the preventive measures enforced in the other ancillary construction facilities and any future small storage areas set up at the construction site with the approval of the Project Manager. To obtain the approval, the contractor must send the Project Manager a descriptive report on the facility including preventive and corrective measures and location maps on an appropriate scale. Before starting the activity, the design shall be revisited on site and the affected areas will be marked with tape, plastic mesh or pickets. 10.6.6 Corrective Measures The main corrective measure proposed for the Project to mitigate flora impact will be to replant the affected areas after the completion of the Project construction activities. Riverbeds affected by the construction works will also require re-planting. It is expected that once the construction activities in various areas have been completed, with all related components of the Project (ancillary construction facilities) removed, the affected areas will then be restored to their original state. This process will commence with the morphology of the terrain being restored, by replacing the topsoil that was previously removed from the Project facilities location areas. This activity will be followed by planting of the following species, at a density of 500 units per hectare:  Peltophorum africanum; 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 237 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  Acacia tortilis;  Acacia erioloba;  Acacia luederitzii;  Acaia mellifera;  Terminalia sericea;  Dchrostacys cinerea;  Acacia karroo;  Ziziphus mucronata;  Grewia flava; and  Tarchonanthus camphoratus. It has been recommended that small plants with one or two growth rings (1 or 2 years old) be used for this process. A summary of flora impacts mitigation is presented in Table 10.6 Table 10.6: Summary of Flora Mitigation Measures Description of Impact Description of Mitigation Measures Clearing land-vegetation (clearing and Strict delimitation of areas affected by the grubbing) project activities (construction works) and re-vegetation of all disturbed areas Decreased photosynthetic function due to Irrigation of vegetation near transit zones dust deposited on leaves trucks and work vehicles. Increased photosynthetic function due to Positive impact: does not require mitigation dust level reductions in new paved road measures areas. Contamination of vegetation by vehicle Vehicles fitted with appropriate exhaust exhaust systems and revised Loss of topsoil Removal of top soil (for storage) prior to the commencement of construction and road refurbishment activities for use during the re-vegetation processes 10.7 Archaeological Mitigation The archaeological survey conducted in the road corridor revealed 6 archaeological sites and 33 sites of social significance. These sites which are located in the road reserve area were documented and described in Table 9.21. The sites requiring mitigation are listed in Table 10.7. However, the specific mitigation measures for each site are detailed in the Archaeological Impact Assessment report (refer to Appendix L). 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 238 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 10.7: Coordinates of archaeological sites requiring mitigation BNMM SITE COORDINATES TYPE CATEGORY 3 S 25°30.744’ E 25°37.762’ MSA 4 7 S 25°28.310’ E 25°36.066’ Historical buildings 4 9 S 25°32.169’ E 25°19.364’ Historical buildings 4 17 S 25°47.885’ E 24°52.432’ MSA 4 ESA – Early Stone Age MSA – Middle Stone Age EIA – Early Iron Age MIA – Middle Iron Age LIA – Late Iron Age S – Social Significance 1 – Preserve at all costs 2 – Preserve if possible, otherwise extensive salvage work 3 – Test excavation to determine whether further work is necessary 4 – Systematic representative sampling necessary 5 – No further archaeological work required The Archaeological Impact Assessment report was submitted to the Department of National Museum and Monuments, and the proposed mitigation measures were approved in the conditional development permit (also included in Appendix L). In general, the following mitigation is required: Category 4: Systematic representative sampling necessary For all other sites archaeological induction of the contractor staff will be required, and a watching brief is to be implemented. For the four sites listed in Table 10.7, the following sections describe the proposed mitigation. The archaeological mitigation required for the identified sites is recommended to be included and undertaken as part of the (Abbreviated) Resettlement Action Plan. 10.7.1 Significance and recommendation for Site 3 The site is situated on the eastern side of the road within the road reserve and cleared strip area and will be impacted on by the development. A BNMM mitigation requirement category 4 is recommended. This implies the documentation of the site and a systematic representative sampling of the artifacts is necessary. 10.7.2 Significance and recommendation for Site 7 The main historical building is located within the road reserve area and will be impacted on by the development. Should the building be impaired on by the development a BNMM mitigation requirement category 4 is recommended. This implies the documentation of the site and a systematic representative sampling of the artifacts is necessary. 10.7.3 Significance and recommendation for Site 9 The historical building is located within the road reserve area and will be impacted on by the development. Should the building be impaired on by the development a BNMM mitigation requirement category 4 is recommended. This implies the documentation of the site and a systematic representative sampling of the artifacts is necessary. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 239 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 10.7.4 Significance and recommendation for Site 17 The site is situated on both sides of the road within the road reserve and cleared strip area and will be impacted on by the development. A BNMM mitigation requirement category 4 is recommended. This implies the documentation of the site and a systematic representative sampling of the artifacts is necessary. 10.8 Environmental Health and Safety Mitigation of most of the health and safety hazards can be satisfactorily achieved through developing a comprehensive health and safety program for workers and the public, addressing all of the safety issues identified in the assessment and all applicable safety standards set forth by the relevant laws, regulations and standards. The specific mitigation measures for each EHS item are detailed on the ESMP table (Table 13.1) in Chapter 13 of this document. A detailed EHS Assessment report is also included as Appendix M. 10.8.1 Health and Safety Programme In order to achieve the required EHS standards, the Contractor must formulate and adhere to a comprehensive SHE management programme. The programme should cover the following 12 points as a minimum: Leadership and Accountability: Leaders at all levels in the organisation are responsible for leading and engaging the workforce in meeting the Safety, Health and Environmental goals and objectives. Leaders must be held accountable for accomplishing this by demonstrating correct SHE behaviours, by clearly defining SHE roles and responsibilities, by providing needed resources, by measuring, reviewing and continuously improving SHE performance, and by role modelling or exhibiting exemplary SHE leadership practices. Risk Assessment and Risk Management: Management of risk is a continuous process and the cornerstone of all the SHE elements. The Contractor must regularly identify the hazards and assess the risks associated with all activities. By taking appropriate action to manage the risks, the Contractor will prevent or reduce the impact of potential accidents, incidents or criminal actions. People, Training and Performance: People’s performance is critical to the project’s success, therefore, the workforce must be carefully selected and trained, and their skills and competencies regularly assessed. Working with Contractors and Service Providers: Contractors, suppliers and others are key to the organisation’s SHE performance, and the Client must assess their capabilities and competencies to perform work on its behalf. The Contractor must ensure that SHE expectations are aligned and monitor performance to ensure they are met. The Client must also ensure that its procurement processes assess the ability of contractors to meet its SHE expectations. Facilities Design and Construction: New facilities and modifications to existing facilities must be designed, procured, constructed and commissioned to enable safe, secure, healthy and environmentally sound performance throughout their operational life by using recognised standards, procedures and management systems. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 240 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Operations and Maintenance: Facilities must be operated and maintained within the approved design to ensure safe, secure, healthy and environmentally sound performance and compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and permit conditions. Management of Change: All temporary and permanent changes to organisation, personnel, systems, procedures, equipment, products, materials or substances must be evaluated and managed to ensure that resulting safety, health and environmental risks are reduced or remain at an acceptable level. The evaluation will include determining if permits, permit modifications, or regulatory approval or notification are required. The Contractor will comply with changes to laws and regulations. Information and Documentation: The Contractor must maintain accurate information on the operations and products. It will be held securely yet readily available. Community and Stakeholder Awareness: The Contractor must value community awareness and must actively engage in dialogue with various stakeholders to maintain public confidence in the integrity of its operations and products, and its commitment to SHE performance. Emergency Management and Crisis Communication: Emergency Management and Crisis Communication Plans must be maintained at all of the Contractor’s facilities and locations. These plans must identify equipment, training and personnel necessary to protect the workforce, visitors, public, environment and the Contractor’s reputation. These plans must address the phases of prevention, preparedness, response and recovery. Incident Analysis and Prevention: Incidents must be investigated, analysed and reported to prevent recurrence and improve the SHE performance. The investigations must focus on root causes, which are found in system failures. Corrective actions and preventive measures will be used to reduce future injuries and losses. Assessment, Assurance, Compliance Audit and Continuous Improvement: The Contractor must periodically assess the implementation of, and compliance with, the SHE expectations to assure itself and stakeholders that management processes are in place and working effectively. This must involve both internal and appropriate external audits and assessments. This information must be used to continuously improve the SHE performance and processes. 10.8.2 Road Construction Work zone Mitigation Measures Work zones can present motorists, cyclists and pedestrians with unexpected or unusual situations as far as traffic operations are concerned. As a result, special care must be taken in applying traffic control techniques. Principles and procedures which may enhance the safety of road users and workers in the vicinity of work areas are discussed in this subsection. At the road construction work zone, detours and traffic control must be managed by a competent person. Adequate signage and illumination must be provided at all times. Traffic controllers must also be adequately trained. All employees at the work zone must be provided with high visibility clothing. Equipment and vehicles at the work zone must be highly visible, always operate with lights on, have working beacon lights, and have working reverse hooters. Responsibility of management: It is the responsibility of management to ensure that all workers and supervisors are thoroughly trained and familiar with applicable safe working practices, and that they take immediate and decisive action when safe and approved work methods are not followed. Responsibility of the Crew Supervisors: It is the responsibility of the crew supervisors to ensure that each member of the crew wears the required personal safety clothing when working on or 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 241 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 crossing the highway. It is also the crew supervisor's responsibility to ensure that the work area is 5 protected by the use of the various signs, cones, flashing lights, TCPs , etc. Work Zone Guidelines: Principles and procedures which may enhance the safety of road users and workers in the vicinity of work areas include the following:  Traffic safety in construction zones is an integral and high priority element of every project from planning through design and construction. Similarly, maintenance and utility work should be planned and conducted with the safety of road users and workers kept in mind at all times. This includes: – The basic safety principles governing the use of permanent traffic control on undisturbed roadways and roadsides should also govern the design of traffic control in work zones. The goal should be to route traffic through such zones with traffic control devices as nearly as possible comparable to those for normal situations; and – A traffic control plan in detail appropriate to the complexity of the project, should be prepared and understood by all responsible parties before work begins. Any changes in the agreed traffic control plan should be pre-approved by the relevant authority before implementation.  In order to minimise traffic movement disturbances, the following must be implemented: – The traffic control plans for work zones should be designed on the assumption that motorists will only reduce speed if they clearly perceive a need to do so. Reduced speed zones should only be used where a clearly demonstrated need exists; – Any changes in traffic pattern, such as lane narrowing, dropped lanes or other main roadway transitions requiring rapid manoeuvres, should be avoided; – Where emergency vehicles will pass through a work zone it may be necessary to make special provision for such vehicles especially on high speed or high volume roadways; and – Construction time should be minimised to reduce exposure to potential hazards.  Motorists should be guided in a clear and positive manner while approaching and traversing work zones, this includes: – Adequate warning, delineation and channelisation by means of proper pavement marking, signage and use of other devices which are effective under varying conditions of light and weather should be provided to assure motorists of positive guidance in advance of and through work zones; – Inappropriate pavement markings should be removed for long duration work to eliminate any misleading information to drivers in all conditions of light and weather. On short term maintenance projects, however, it may be determined that such removal is more hazardous than leaving the existing markings in place. If so, special attention must be paid to providing additional guidance by other traffic control measures; and – Traffic control persons (TCPs), when used, can provide positive guidance to motorists traversing work zones. TCPs must be employed when all other methods of controlling traffic are considered inadequate to warn, direct and regulate drivers.  To ensure acceptable levels of operation, routine inspection of traffic control devices should be performed, this entails the following: 5 Traffic Control Persons 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 242 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 – Individuals who are trained in the principles of traffic control should be assigned responsibility for safety at work sites. The most important duty of these individuals is to ensure that all traffic control devices are in conformity with the traffic control plan and are effective in providing safe conditions for motorists, pedestrians, cyclists and workers; – At regular intervals, modification of traffic controls may be required in order to enhance traffic movement and to ensure safety. It is essential that the individual responsible for traffic control also has the authority to control the progress of work on the project in its relation to maintaining safe conditions, including the authority to modify controls or halt work until remedial safety measures are taken; – Work sites should be carefully monitored under varying conditions of traffic volume, light and weather to ensure that traffic control measures are operating effectively and that all devices used are appropriate, clearly visible, clean and in good working order; – When activity in a work zone ceases, for whatever reason or duration, it is very important that adequate traffic control is maintained to guide, warn and regulate public traffic through any hazards or unusual traffic patterns, considering the most adverse conditions that could reasonably be expected to occur, prior to the recommencement of work; – When warranted, an engineering and safety analysis should be made of all accidents occurring within work zones. Work zones should be monitored to identify and analyse traffic accidents or conflicts. As examples, skid marks or damaged traffic control devices may indicate needed changes in the traffic control; – Work zone accident records should be analysed periodically to guide officials in improving work zone operations; and – When no longer needed, traffic control devices must be removed or covered.  The maintenance of roadside safety requires constant attention during the life of the work zone, due to the potential increase in traffic hazards. This can be achieved through the following: – Channelisation of traffic should be accomplished by the use of pavement markings and signage, flexible posts or drums, delineators, cones, barricades and other lightweight devices that will yield if hit by errant vehicles. Whenever practicable, construction equipment and materials should be stored clear of the travelled roadway. If this is not possible, such obstructions should be clearly marked and the path around them delineated. 10.9 Socio-economic Mitigation Measures The following table provides a summary of the recommended socio-economic mitigation measures and impact significance after mitigation. Mitigatory actions are identified by “key mitigatory categories” and thereafter described for each impact, using the “construction” and “operations” tables above. 10.9.1 Specific Mitigatory Activities: Construction Specific socio-economic mitigatory activities for the construction phase are indicated in the following table: 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 243 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 10.8: Mitigation during construction Impact Affected Direction Key Mitigation or Severity After category Population Enhancement Mitigation Resettlement Directly affected Negative OP 4.12 and the ESMF and Unless OP 4.12 households and RAP guidelines issues by the is followed, institutional Department of Roads requires negative impacts structures prior notification of resettlement will continue with to all affected persons and loss of assets. institutions. This must precede With OP 4.12, construction activities. and with Individual RAPs must be effective designed with affected monitoring and households and institutions remedial actions, during the first stage of RAP no long-term implementation. impacts are expected. Directly Community Negative During implementation of the If effectively Affected overall. ARAP under a Resettlement mitigation, no Areas of Action Programme, community further impacts. Possible level consultations are required If consultations Social by Department of Roads on the at community Importance social infrastructure. Possible level are not need for grave relocation and handled well, alterations to alignment as potential for technically possible. Ground serious delays to truth each site with local VDC or construction as representative during RAP disputes arise. implementation, and if available family members. Design resettlement plan for each that needs to be relocated. Construction Households Negative Hire as possible from areas Despite codes of Camps proximate to the proximate to the work sites, so conduct and camps. that daily transport home is efforts to support possible. Strict rules around positive camp access. Code of conduct behaviour and for workers at the site including mitigate negative specific desired behaviours behaviour, social around the camp. Code of pathologies in conduct for alcohol consumption the area around in the area for those staying at the construction the site. camps are expected to be high. Employment Populations Positive Local hiring using systems Not applicable, along the roads established with local no mitigation at and near authorities. required. construction Enhancement Require sub-contractors to sites. impacts follow the same hiring significant. procedures. Institute systems to ensure that women have equal opportunity. Establish a gender desk. Design specific liaison channels 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 244 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Affected Direction Key Mitigation or Severity After category Population Enhancement Mitigation with police gender desk. Consultation Affected Positive Establish and maintain effective Not applicable, communities systems of consultation, no mitigation including horizontal systems to required. ensure consultations with less Enhancement influential community members impacts significant Worker Workers Positive Provide worker transport as Not applicable, Transport possible, ensure safe transport. no mitigation required. Enhancement impacts significant Roadside Local Positive Vendor identification and Not applicable, Sales entrepreneurs registration through consultative no mitigation from structures required. communities Enhancement proximate to impacts construction sites moderate Migration Local populations Negative Effective consultation and Moderate with (most assumed labour availability registration effective to be from locally mitigation Southern Region and neighbouring regions) Work Camps Communities Negative Careful placement based on None with proximate to consultations with political effective work camps, representatives and local mitigation work camp authorities. employees Establish specific rules governing sexual harassment and sexual assault, along with specific enforcement mechanisms. Follow-through on enforcement. Liaise with local police services, including the gender desk. Land and Areas along the Negative Follow natural environment Minor with Land roads at and recommendations on borrow effective Resources near construction pits, work camps, and other. mitigation sites Establish rules about resource use and enforce. Establish effective means of waste disposal. As possible, use removed biomass for local development purposes (e.g., firewood for destitute households). Cattle Theft Areas along the Negative Community consultations to Minor with roads at and establish systems to prevent effective near construction cattle theft, work with local mitigation police to expand anti-theft 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 245 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Affected Direction Key Mitigation or Severity After category Population Enhancement Mitigation sites. services. Expand to include anti-poaching activities. Include in work contracts behavioural norms about cattle theft and poaching. Construction Workers and Negative Establish and enforce policies None with Site Safety travellers in area on safety. Establish camp effective infrastructure with consideration mitigation of the potential for sexual harassment and sexual assault, with inputs from the police gender desk in this regard. Working Workers Positive if Implementation of workplace Not applicable, Conditions effectively policies. no mitigation mitigated required. Adoption of gender workplace Enhancement policy for construction, impacts requirement for gender moderate workplace programme for larger sub-contractors. Social Populations Negative Effective consultations, contract Moderate with Pathologies along the roads clauses that negate social effective at and near pathologies, local hiring, strong mitigation construction camp management and project sites, even after management, enforcement of construction rules and regulations on behaviours, liaise with local authorities to expand their services if required (e.g., HIV programming), complement or form partnership (through Community Liaison Officer) with local authorities (District Health Management Team) on project/programmes aimed at addressing issues of HIV/AIDS, initiate monthly talks/workshops to warn employees and local communities about the potential effects of HIV/AIDS and other social pathologies. Resettlement Directly affected Negative Design an alignment that minimises None assuming full households the need for resettlement. replacement of lost requiring infra- resources and fair structure compensation relocation, directly Design individual RAPs for each consistent with OP affected affected household and institution 4.12, beyond households whose following OP 4.12 and ESMF/RAP Government fields are affected guidelines. regulations on but not other compensation. properties, directly Implement ARAP following OP 4.12 affected public and ESMF/RAP guidelines. infrastructure. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 246 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Discussion: Positive construction impacts can be enhanced, with positive impacts largely rated as significant for construction. Most negative impacts can be effectively mitigated, with the exception of indirect impacts that represent broader trends arising when construction activities take place (migration, social pathologies). Most potential resettlement impacts can be negated through careful road alignment, including realignment around fixed infrastructure in particular. Resettlement impacts can only be effectively mitigation if resource losses are fully replaced at fair market value. 10.9.2 Specific Mitigatory Activities: Operation and Maintenance phase Specific mitigatory activities for the operations phase are indicated in the following table: Table 10.9: Mitigation during operation Impact Affected Direction Key Mitigation or Severity After category Population Enhancement Mitigation Resettlement Directly affected Negative Design and implement Depends on the households and monitoring system to establish results of institutions impacts of resettlement actions monitoring, and for directly affected households. follow-on remedial actions. Based on the findings from With proper impact monitoring, institute monitoring and remedial actions. effective remedial actions, Report on agreements for no negative long- institutions and removal and term impacts relocation/ re-establishment of expected. infrastructure. Employment Contractor Positive Local hiring as possible Not applicable, employees, some no mitigation positive impacts required. for local short- Enhancement term or possibly impacts minor long-term hire for monitoring Road Safety Project area Neutral if Contractor maintenance of Minor if communities and mitigated fencing and reporting and effectively drivers handling presence of cattle in mitigated road reserve. Contractor to ensure proper clearance of bush and grass cutting. Migration Project area Positive None required Not applicable, communities no mitigation required Access Project area Positive None required Not applicable, communities. no mitigation required. Economic Project area Positive None required Not applicable, Activity communities no mitigation required Improved Project area Positive None required. Not applicable, Services communities. no mitigation 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 247 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Impact Affected Direction Key Mitigation or Severity After category Population Enhancement Mitigation required. Cattle Theft Project area Negative Government to expand anti- Uncertain, based communities cattle theft services on effectiveness of services Poaching Project area Negative Government to expand anti- Uncertain, based communities poaching theft services on effectiveness of services Other Project area Negative None possible Negative, Natural communities assuming Resources population pressures intensive resource use. Social Project area Negative Government to expand or Uncertain, based Pathologies communities contract/seek services on effectiveness of services Discussion: Operational impacts are largely outside the control of the contractor, except road safety impacts with are under the direct control of the contractor. Mitigation of negative impacts require government attention for the majority of impacts. For resettlement, design and implementation of a monitoring system is required, coupled with remedial actions should monitoring show long-term negative impacts on livelihoods. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 248 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 11 Environmental and Social Management Plan An ESMP is a document aimed at providing a framework for mitigating environmental impacts associated with the Project and its activities. The following sections present the ESMP for the pre- construction, construction, operation and decommissioning of the proposed project. This ESMP provides information pertaining to the:  Implementation of the proposed Project;  Regulation of the implementation of the proposed Project;  Methods and means through which mitigation measures will be implemented; and  Ways in which environmental restoration will be achieved. The ESMP must be included in any contract documentation for contractors undertaking work on the Proposed Project, to ensure they are aware of the environmental requirements. Regular (e.g. quarterly) Independent Environmental Auditor services are recommended to be commissioned by the Client management to monitor the progress of the ESMP and ensure that specific items are adequately put into place and managed. The subsequent sections describe and explain the categories of information used within the ESMP table that follows (Table 1.1). It must be noted that the categories for the ESMP follow a prescribed structure, as per the Environmental Assessment Regulations (2012) applicable in Botswana under the EA Act (2011). 11.1 Project Stage The project stage describes the stage of the overall Project in which the impacts are expected. A project typically follows four clear stages throughout its lifetime:  Design phase;  Construction phase;  Operational (maintenance) phase; and  Closure and decommissioning phase. Every stage of the Project is expected to have a unique set of predicted impacts and related mitigation measures. The stages are clearly separated in the Project ESMP. It must be noted that this project is executed as an OPRC contract, as described in Chapter 4. This means that the contractor is not only involved in the design and construction of the roads, but is also responsible for the maintenance during the operational phase (maintenance of existing roads before rehabilitation, and improved roads after rehabilitation) for a total contract period of 10 years. The “Operational and Maintenance” section of the ESMP and Monitoring Plan (Chapter 12) may therefore apply to activities prior and post the construction/upgrade activities. 11.2 Subject The subject describes the field or category in which the impacts are expected. The subjects are generally organised as per the specialist studies undertaken for this Project, although a number of 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 249 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 more general subjects are also included to ensure all areas are covered, and a full comprehensive ESMP is presented. 11.3 Management Objective The management objective describes the goal to be achieved. Some goals are crucial for the success of the Project, and have very clear thresholds. Non-compliance with the objective will result in technical difficulties for the operations or non-compliance with the laws and guidelines of Botswana. Other objectives have thresholds that are less clearly defined. In practice these objectives are sometimes perceived as less important. It is crucial to the success of the implementation of the ESMP that all parties involved in the Project fully understand that these objectives are equally as important as objectives with clear thresholds, for successful implementation of the Project. 11.4 Mitigation Measures Recommended The mitigation measures recommended aim to minimise the expected negative impacts, and maximise the expected positive impacts. For a single management objective there is usually a set of recommended mitigation measures. The maximum result from the mitigation measures will be achieved when the full set or combination are implemented. It is therefore important that mitigation measures will be implemented in totality and with similar levels of propriety, to ensure minimum effect of the negative impacts and maximum effect of the positive impacts. 11.5 Implementing Agency The implementing agency is responsible for full implementation of the mitigation measures. As some of the positions and contracts for the Project have not been finalised and awarded yet, the general role description of the person or organisation has been used for the ESMP. 11.6 Monitoring Agency It is crucial for the success of the ESMP that regular monitoring is implemented to ensure that mitigation measures are being adhered to. The monitoring is also important to evaluate measures and processes, and implementation of improvements as the Project develops. Along with the recommended monitoring/governmental agencies that are recommended within the ESMP tables that follows, an Independent Environmental Auditor can also be utilised or commissioned by the Client to monitor the progress and implementation of the specific actions recommended. This is not included in all items of the ESMP tables. The following section, Section 12.2, will present a full scale-monitoring plan for the implementation of the proposed Project, and will further establish roles and responsibilities. In the following table the agency ultimately responsible for monitoring compliance has been stated. For some management objectives it is possible that more than one monitoring agency is applicable, and in these cases careful and regular communication between the agencies is recommended. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 250 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 11.1: ESMP Table Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Review of To ensure that the planned Design engineer Project design and Thorough review of the designed layout, with Design phase alternative road alignment of the roads causes the Part of design cost (Contractor) and planning input from ESIA specialists layout/alignment least environmental/social impacts ESIA consultant Consultation with surrounding communities Part of ESIA study ESIA consultant and stakeholders Avoid crossing of woodlands and areas Project design and To minimize impacts on local Part of detailed Design engineer Flora significant topography change with main planning vegetation design (Contractor) roads, but also temporary haulage roads Unknown at this Rehabilitate temporary roads after use Contractor stage Approval of roads and site facilities by Part of detailed Design engineer relevant authorities design (Contractor) Limit areas of construction to work areas, Project design and Part of detailed Design engineer Fauna To minimize loss of biodiversity clearly define work areas, use existing road planning design (Contractor) layouts (where possible) All designs to be undertaken by qualified and To ensure all designs of structures experienced individuals/organisations, in Sustainable comply with national laws and Part of detailed Design engineer Detailed road design compliance with applicable standards. All design international best practice design (Contractor) decisions made must also have a standards considerable bearing on safety. Polution at risks at Design engineer To minimize impact from camps, Selection of construction Careful consideration of camp location, Part of detailed (Contractor) construction camp(s) on local disturbance of camp locations together with local Land board officials design communities existing residents To minimise landscape/visual Carefully plan camp locations, minimise Landscape and Design of the construction Part of detailed Design engineer impacts of camps and material height of material heaps and maintain visual amenity camps design (Contractor) storage sites vegetation cover 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 251 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Ensure that lighting for camps (and temporary lighting for work areas) make use Design Phase Part of detailed Design engineer of directional and baffled lighting to minimise (continued) design (Contractor) urban sky glow and light trespass into the surrounding rural environment. Design of the construction Waste To minimise waste streams and Allow for waste separation, holding and Part of detailed Design engineer camps, procurement of Management impacts from the Project compaction areas within the site camps design (Contractor) materials Sustainability of To ensure that materials are areas Use existing (licenses) borrow pits where Part of detailed Design engineer Materials investigation materials with minimal impact available design (Contractor) Undertake environmental studies for borrow Part of ESIA ESIA Consultant pits studies Part of detailed Apply for Mining License for all borrow areas Contractor design Sustainability of Identification of water To ensure maximum water Part of detailed Design engineer Evaluation of all possible water sources water supply sources for construction efficiency design (Contractor) Design engineer Part of detailed Consider all dust suppression options (Contractor), air design and ESIA quality specialist Minimise haulage distances on unpaved Unknown at this Design engineer roads stage (Contractor) Traffic management plan To minimise impacts on road Develop a traffic management plan for the Part of detailed Design engineer Traffic disruption preparation users during construction construction period design (Contractor) Consider use of recyclable and returnable Part of detailed Design engineer packaging when considering material supply design (Contractor) options Siting all waste collection points, and Part of feasibility marking these on the site plans. costs To ensure waste is managed Identification of legal waste disposal sites Contractor effectively and incorporating waste management costs into the overall project budget. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 252 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources To ensure that all land issues and Design Phase Land issues and Implementation of Resettlement Action Resettlement planning rights have been resolved before Refer to ARAP Roads Department (continued) rights Plans construction of the roads To inform surrounding service providers of Roads Department, the proposed works and planned service, Unknown at this Design engineer and impacts on existing infrastructure have stage (Contractor) been discussed To ensure all emergencies Develop an emergency plan and a site Part of detailed Emergency Development of Quality procedures are in place before the health and safety plan before starting the design and site Contractor preparedness Management Plan start of construction construction works preparations To ensure that a management structure is put into place that will Recruitment and training of qualified Part of detailed Health, Safety and Development of Quality ensure a good state of SHE personnel (on SHE, First Aid and fire design and site Contractor Environment Management Plan culture for the project construction management) preparations and maintenance phase Ensure that workspace are planned and Part of detailed designed for optional health and safety design and site Contractor conditions preparations To ensure that a management Part of operational structure is put into place that will Recruitment and training of qualified costs ensure a good state of SHE personnel (SHE, First Aid and fire Contractor culture for the project construction departments) and operation Ground water contaminants such as Risk of ground and To ensure prevention against chemicals and fuels must be stored in areas Construction Camp construction and Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site surface water pollution of ground and surface located away from water sources, and in phase setup cost unknown Manager) contamination water sources storage facilities with impervious base and bund walls Petroleum fuels must be stored on concrete Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site base with bund walls to accommodate 110% cost unknown Manager) of total liquid volume 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 253 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Sewer connection Connect site facilities to central sewer part of site set-up, Construction systems where available. Install cost unknown. Contractor (Site phase conservancy tanks when connection is not Portable toilets at Manager) (continued) possible. Provision of portable toilets approx. (standard rate of 1:12) in works areas P250,000/annum Vehicle repair areas to be fitted with Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site concrete slab and collection tank for spillage cost unknown Manager) Perimeter drains to be installed in work Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site areas, with oil separator and settlement cost unknown Manager) pond Perimeter marking in all work areas, to Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site ensure construction work stays within the cost unknown Manager) areas All (temporary) river/stream crossings to be Contractor (Site No extra cost approved by supervising engineer and DWA Manager) Avail spillage kits for accidental oil/chemical Spillage kits at Contractor (Site spillage containment/breakdowns approx. P75,000 Manager) Allow for Monitoring of surface water quality during P100,000 for Contractor (Site construction at river crossings (where construction Manager) applicable) period To avoid impacts on surrounding No extra cost, Ground water Construction work Contractor (Site aquifer users when getting Water rights must be obtained from DWA careful planning resources planning Manager) construction water required Careful work planning must me undertaking No extra cost, for work requiring large water quantities, Contractor (Site careful planning such as road bed compaction (planning of Manager) required sections, timing) If large quantities are extracted from Unknown at this Contractor (Site boreholes, water levels at surrounding stage Manager) boreholes should be monitored Sustainability of Management of water To avoid loss of water through Regular checks and maintenance for all Contractor (Site Part of operation water useage storage areas leaks and spillage water impoundment areas Manager) 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 254 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Possible soil contaminants used on site such To ensure that the soil on site is Construction as fuel and chemicals, must be placed on Soil contamination not mistreated through Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site phase Hydrocarbon management concrete base with containment kerbs or risk contamination by the substances cost unknown Manager) (continued) impermeable PVC lining, to avoid spillage on present onsite the soil Equipment such as oil spillage kits and drip Contractor (Site trays must be made available to facilitate Approx. P75,000 Manager) immediate treatment of oil spillages Maintenance of machines and vehicles on the construction site must be carried out at a Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site designated workshop only, with a concrete cost unknown Manager) base, collection tank, perimeter drainage and oil separators Regular monitoring of storm water runoff and Allow for Contractor (Site ground water quality must be undertaken at P50,000/annum Manager) site camps. Any contaminated soil must be located and Depending on To ensure that the soil on site is removed from site by a licensed, legal scale of any Soil contamination not mistreated through service provider for environmentally spillage/ Contractor (Site All construction works risk contamination by the substances acceptable disposal. The soil must be contamination. Manager) present onsite secluded for treatment in the event of Unknown at this intentions for reuse on site. stage The over-exploitation of natural resources To ensure responsible sourcing during construction must not be allowed, and Sustainability of Excavation of gravel May result in a Contractor (Site and use of natural resources gravel materials from borrow pits should only natural resources materials cost saving Manager) during construction be extracted and used at quantities as required by the road design Construction materials such as gravel and Cost of licensing Contractor (Site sand must be obtained from licensed and of borrow pits Manager) legal sources only To minimise air pollution (from To reduce dust, dampening (wet Road bed preparation and emissions and dust during suppression) of the access roads and haul Contractor (Site Air quality Unknown material haulage construction) in the surrounding roads must be done regularly during dry Manager) areas conditions 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 255 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources No extra cost, Construction erection of Contractor (Site phase Enforce speed limits to control dust temporary signage Manager) (continued) required Keep fall height to minimum when loading Contractor (Site trucks with earth materials (e.g. excavated No extra cost Manager) soil and rocks) Location of stockpiles (soils, sands and concrete) must be carefully selected Contractor (Site considering main wind direction and location No extra cost Manager) of adjacent air quality receptors, implement windbreaks around these Gaseous emissions from site machinery and Regular Contractor vehicles must be reduced or prevented by equipment (Maintenance regular equipment maintenance maintenance costs Manager) To minimise disturbance to Ensure all vehicles and equipment are kept Regular Contractor Road bed preparation and Noise surrounding areas due to in good condition in terms of noise (e.g. equipment (Maintenance material haulage construction noise mufflers fitted, rattling/shaking noise fixed) maintenance costs Manager) Ensure that excessive noise is limited to No extra cost, Contractor (Site normal working hours so as to provide a careful work Manager) buffer for the sounds planning required Traffic disruption Minimise traffic disruptions during Any road use interference, detours and Road bed preparation and Contractor (Site construction narrowing should be clearly marked for road Signage cost material haulage Manager) users Avoid construction haulage on public roads Contractor (Site where possible, clearly mark (signage) Signage cost Manager) haulage crossings, entries and exits Road bed preparation and To minimise traffic safety concerns Dust suppression by watering to avoid low Unknown at this Contractor (Site material haulage on road network visibility at junctions. stage Manager) Installation and maintenance of warning Contractor (Site signage, to ensure awareness of road users Signage cost Manager) about construction works Gravel surfacing of access roads to camps Unknown at this Contractor (Site and borrow pits stage Manager) 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 256 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Construction Only allow material haulage on Contractor (Haulage phase No extra cost agreed/approved haulage roads truck operators) (continued) The construction site(s) and camp must be To ensure that construction Landscape and kept visibly orderly by keeping the Contractor (Site Construction planning activities do not impose major No extra cost visual amenity construction works neat and tidy, avoiding Manager) landscape and visual impacts any litter Ensure that vegetation clearance is minimal and only as critically required, particularly along access roads and haulage roads where visual receptors may be travelling in Landscape and To minimise landscape/visual May be a cost Contractor (Site Vegetation clearance the area. The existing vegetation acts as a visual amenity impacts of the project saving Manager) visual barrier between the motorist and visible elements of the proposed mine when allowed to grow densely and in excess of 1.4m in height Minimise motor vehicle traffic where possible Unknown at this Contractor (Site (e.g. haulage vehicles) particularly passing stage Manager) through areas within residential locations To ensure that responsible waste A dedicated facility that is able to contain the disposal methods are followed Waste waste generated on the construction site, Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site Camp design and planning according to the Waste management must be made available as part of the site cost unknown Manager) Management Act (as referenced camp facilities within this ESIS) Recyclable waste must be separated and Contractor (Site stored for recycling at licensed and legal No extra cost Manager) recycling facilities To avoid any health risks caused Separate food wastes at source where Contractor (SHE No extra cost by waste created in bulk Department) To ensure that responsible waste A dedicated facility that is able to contain the Part of operational disposal methods are applied for waste generated on the project sites must be cost Contractor the project made available. Waste produced from the site must be Part of operational disposed of at legal and licensed waste cost Contractor facilities or recycled as per ESIS recommendations. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 257 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Cost of separate bins and Construction Recyclable waste must be separated and transportation (if Construction phase stored for recycling at licensed and legal contractor is Manager (continued) recycling facilities transporting to recyclers) To ensure that responsible waste Waste produced from the site must be Contractor (Site Waste disposal disposal methods are applied for disposed of at legal and licensed waste No extra cost Manager) the project facilities or recycled To ensure that responsible waste Awareness campaigns regarding waste must Cost of awareness Contractor (Site Worker induction disposal methods are applied for be presented to the workers materials Manager) the project Awareness campaigns regarding waste must Unknown at this Contractor be presented to the workers stage Ensure that only vegetation found within the To ensure that vegetation is not Clearance works, road limits is cleared. Vegetation outside the Contractor (Site Flora unnecessarily disturbed or No extra cost bed preparation proposed layout of the development must Manager) removed not be removed or disturbed. Ensure that machinery can only move within the site boundaries, ancillary site facilities Contractor (Site No extra cost and other elements being maintained within Manager) the marked areas Clearing of vegetation on the proposed To avoid risk of damage to Contractor (Site Clearance works layout of the development, must not be No extra cost vegetation by veldfire Manager) undertaken by the use of fire. Part of To avoid risk of fire caused from Implement fire prevention measures and Contractor (Site construction activities destroying vegetation avail fire extinguishers on all equipment Manager) equipment Removal of vegetation must not be carried To avoid contamination of surface Contractor (Site Clearance works out through the use of herbicides, without No extra cost and ground water Manager) the DEA approval 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 258 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Maintain trees in the road reserve that: (a) more than 6 m in height with a trunk Construction circumference of more than 60 cm measured Contractor (Site phase Clearance works To preserve mature trees No extra cost at a height of 1 m above the ground; (b) Manager) (continued) located at a distance equal to or greater than 8 m from the outer edge of the shoulder To avoid the destroying of Protected species (if encountered) must be Unknown at this Contractor (Site Clearance works protected vegetation species preserved or moved to other areas. stage Manager) Place (temporary) fencing or clear demarcation around any protected trees, or Contractor (Site Fencing costs trees to be maintained, during the Manager) construction works In the event of the use of plants at the site camps for landscaping, local/indigenous Road bed preparation and To prevent spread of alien flora in Contractor (Site plants must be considered as top priority; No extra cost material haulage the environment Manager) instruct workers to refrain from bringing outside plants onto the site Ensure that machines and equipment brought in from other areas, are clean to Contractor (Site No extra cost avoid spreading seeds of alien species on Manager) tracks or tyres Ensure that topsoil is separately stockpiled Backfilling and levelling, To preserve rich top-layer material No extra cost, from any spoil/waste material. Recover Contractor (Site rehabilitation of temporary for rehabilitation and revegetation careful planning is 10cm topsoil layer should be used as Manager) impacted areas works required guideline To avoid contamination from On-site concrete Ensure effective dust control of concrete Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site construction having negative manufacturing batching plant cost unknown Manager) impact on vegetation Equipment cleaning and Develop an equipment wash area with Part of site set-up, Contractor (Site maintenance settling ponds cost unknown Manager) Ensure that damaged ground surface at Clearance of temporary To minimise the risks of erosion at Unknown at this Contractor (Site Erosion impacted areas is rehabilitated swiftly, to access and storage areas all construction areas stage Manager) avoid long term erosion risks 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 259 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Construction Unnecessary removal of vegetation must be Contractor (Site phase avoided to minimise creating erosion No extra cost Manager) (continued) problems on site To ensure that there is no risk to A fence must be provided around any Camp setup and Contractor (Site Fauna livestock and game from the excavation sites and site camps, to keep Fencing costs management Manager) construction activities animals out Strict housekeeping in the accommodation Contractor (Site camp and other site areas, to avoid No extra cost Manager) attraction of wildlife Incidents of animals spotted at construction To ensure that there is no risk to areas must be reported immediately so as to Contractor (SHE All construction activities livestock and game from the No extra cost remove them from the construction site (in Department) construction activities liaison with DWNP) The killing of animals discovered on site is considered poaching and is strictly forbidden Contractor (SHE No extra cost – inductions for staff and workers must be Department) carried out on the topic Night time driving must be restricted to Contractor (Site No extra cost emergencies only Manager) No night construction activities to allow Contractor (Site No extra cost animals access to areas Manager) Workers behaviour must be managed and Contractor (Site All construction activities No extra cost monitored to avoid human-wildlife conflict Manager) Contact Botswana Department Wildlife and To protect endangered and Contractor (SHE National Parks as soon as possible if an No extra cost threatened animal species Department) endangered animal is spotted. To ensure that there is no risk to Avoid loose and unnecessary strings, cables Contractor (SHE Avifauna All construction activities birds from the construction No extra cost and rubbish. Department) activities Identify protected species within the construction area, and relocate them where Contractor (SHE No extra cost required in liaison with Bird Life Botswana Department) (BLB). 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 260 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Discovery of archaeological remains such as Construction To protect any archaeological All clearance and sub-surface artefacts must be reported to Unknown at this Contractor (SHE phase Archaeology remains a well as to ensure proper excavation activities the Department of National Museum and stage Department) (continued) handling any discoveries Monuments Construction personnel must be informed on Unknown at this Contractor (SHE exercising caution for archaeological stage Department) materials during the construction period To enhance positive impacts on Local hiring using systems established with Contractor (Site Social Impacts All project activities No extra cost the local community local authorities. Manager) Require sub-contractors to follow the same Contractor (Site No extra cost hiring procedures Manager) Institute systems to ensure that women have Contractor (Site No extra cost equal opportunity Manager) To ensure consultation with Establish and maintain effective systems of communities throughout the consultation, including horizontal systems to Cost of liaison Contractor (Site All project activities project and to minimise disputes ensure consultations with less influential officer Manager) and disturbance of the project site community members and activities by the community To minimise impacts on land and Follow natural environment land resources recommendations on borrow pits, work camps, and other. Establish rules about resource use and enforce. Establish Contractor (Site No extra cost effective means of waste disposal. As Manager) possible, use removed biomass for local development purposes (e.g. firewood for destitute households) To optimise construction site Establish and enforce policies on safety Contractor (SHE No extra cost safety Department) To ensure acceptable working Implementation of workplace policies. conditions Adoption of gender workplace policy for Contractor (SHE construction, requirement for gender No extra cost Department) workplace programme for larger sub- contractors. To ensure safe worker transport Provide worker transport as possible, ensure Cost of transport Contractor (Site Transport of workers safe transport vehicle(s) Manager) 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 261 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Construction To encourage/support local and Vendor identification and registration through Contractor (Site phase Procurement of supplies informal businesses consultative structures. No extra cost Manager) (continued) To manage in-migration of workers Effective consultation and labour availability May result in a Contractor (Site Recruitment registration locally cost saving Manager) To minimise incidents of cattle Community consultations to establish theft (could increase due to systems to prevent cattle theft, work with improved access to areas local police to expand anti-theft services. Cost of liaison Contractor (Site Community liaison Expand to include anti-poaching activities. officer Manager) Include in work contracts behavioural norms about cattle theft and poaching. To effectively manage social Effective consultations, contract clauses that pathologies negate social pathologies, local hiring, No extra cost, but strong camp management and project careful Contractor (Site management, enforcement of rules and management is Manager) regulations on behaviours, liaise with local required authorities to expand their services if required (e.g., HIV programming). To minimise the need for Design an alignment that minimises the Unknown at this Land aquisition resettlement need for resettlement. Implement project stage, refer to Roads Department RAP. RAP Social Impacts To minimise the risks of HIV/AIDS The acquisition of local labourers must be Contractor (Site (also applicable for Health No extra cost spread practiced to minimise HIV/AIDS spread Manager) operational phase) Requirement for (sub)contractors to have a comprehensive HIV/AIDS mitigation plan, Part of project Contractor (SHE including the provision of materials and preparation Department) regular courses Health and Safety training courses must be To ensure that the workers are Part of project Occupational conducted on a regular basis onsite, for the Contractor (SHE Safety risks free from potential danger in the contract, specific health and safety workers, all employees must undergo a SHE Department) work environment cost unknown induction before they start work Standard operating procedures must be put Part of project Contractor (SHE in place and adhered to for all positions and contract, specific Department) works cost unknown 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 262 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Construction Part of project Undertake risk assessments of all work Contractor (SHE phase contract, specific activities Department) (continued) cost unknown Part of project Ensure suitable supervision is in place for all Contractor (Site contract, specific works Manager) cost unknown Part of project Ensure that noise and dust levels are Contractor (SHE contract, specific maintained within the required limits Department) cost unknown All the workers must be equipped with Part of project Contractor (SHE Personal Protection Equipment (PPE) to contract, specific Department) prevent possible physical injuries cost unknown No visitors, consultants, contractors, or other No extra costs Contractor persons will be tolerated on-site without being inducted or without adequate PPE according to site requirements A senior SHE person must be employed on- Cost of hiring SHE Contractor site during construction and maintenance , personnel whose full time job is to oversee that the SHE obligations are met Only authorised and qualified scaffolding No extra cost Contractor builders shall be allowed to erect scaffolding and carry out routine checks to ensure safety Ensure that excavated areas are fenced off Cost of fencing Contractor and provide good warning and signage in and signage appropriate places. Trenches and excavations must be cordoned at all times and using orange mesh, danger tape shall not be allowed Clean drinking water will be provided by the Part of operational Contractor Contractor on site, for the personnel cost 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 263 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources The Contractor will ensure safe and No extra cost Contractor responsible driving on public roads and all drivers will hold valid appropriate licenses. Construction All drivers’ licenses will be kept on file with phase the project manager for every vehicle or (continued) plant operator. All drivers to comply with the stipulated speed limits, the Contractor must implement a zero tolerance policy for speeding and other irresponsible behaviour Daily safety talks must be done before start No extra cost Contractor of shift and talk topics should be supplied by the contractor. Re-inductions of all staff must be undertaken on quarterly basis All check lists and equipment inspection Part of operational Contactor records must be readily available at site cost The Contractor will comply fully with the No extra cost Contractor rules and policies of the Factories Act and Building Control Act, and the Road Traffic Act, to ensure maximum safety in the work area The Contractor will ensure that the working Cost of hoarding Contractor area is demarcated and sufficiently hoarded material off from public. Secure hoarding should be provided at all times, all compromised areas must be attended to immediately All welders and those working in welding Cost of PPE areas must wear adequate PPE i.e. suitable gloves, goggles, footwear, head/face protection and apron. All welding areas must Contractor be confined and ventilated areas, non-visible to passers-by, general public and other workers 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 264 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources A safety induction course will be provided for Cost of course Contractor the workers by the contractor, prior to any material employee beginning work on site, including Construction induction for correct use of PPE. No workers phase will be allowed on-site without attendance of (continued) this induction, this includes all subcontractors’ personnel. All visitors to the construction site will also undergo a brief induction Appropriate signage will be in place at all Cost of signage Contractor construction areas, as well as any areas off- site where local traffic, residents, or pedestrians may come into contact with plant, construction vehicles, or any other results of the construction process The contractor must develop a No extra cost Contractor comprehensive SHE Plan that will give general guidance on all SHE issues, the plan must be approved by the proponent. Recruitment and training are some aspects within the plan No open fires are allowed on the site at any time. Fires are not allowed for cooking Contractor (SHE Fire risks All project activities To ensure fire risks are minimised No extra cost purposes, unless specific contained facilities Department) have been built Toilets/portable toilets with hand washing and changing facilities must be provided on To ensure that the construction site at a ratio of 1 toilet per 12 workers Part of project site is furnished with appropriate Contractor (Site Site facilities All project activities during all stages of the project. The toilets contract, specific and adequate sanitary facilities for Manager) must be cleaned and maintained regularly. cost unknown the workers Separate facilities must be provided for male and female employees. Appropriate danger, conduct and warning signage is vital on the site during To ensure that danger risks to the Unknown at this Contractor (Site Public safety All project activities construction and must be provided wherever public are minimised or prevented stage Manager) necessary. Access to construction areas must also be restricted 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 265 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Construction Any potentially dangerous obstacles near Part of project Contractor (SHE phase and within the public areas must be marked contract, specific Department) (continued) visibly to alert the public cost unknown To ensure daytime transport of materials to No extra cost site, require and enforce slow driving Contractor through villages and cattle posts. To ensure that any matters or Ensuring that a specific person has been concern raised by nearby designated the responsibility to deal with Unknown at this Contractor (Site Disputes All project activities residents and public are dealt with public relations issues: create Community stage Manager) quickly and satisfactorily Liaison Officer position To ensure environmental Include environmental awareness as an item Contractor (Site General All project activities awareness amongst the during the regular induction courses for all No extra cost Manager) construction workers workers on site Rainwater harvesting is recommended for Operation and Construction camp To ensure a suitable drinking use as drinking water. Quality monitoring Unknown at this Contractor (Site maintenance Water supply management water source is available on site and treatment is required. Connect to stage Manager) phase potable water source where available Re-use/recycle water (treated) from sewerage ponds as construction water Contractor (Site where available. Use surface water from No extra cost Manager) rivers/streams (with DWA approval) when available Avoid high pole top “uplight” security lighting Landscape and To minimise visual impacts during along the periphery of the sites and use only Unknown at this Contractor (Site visual amenity the operation of the camps lights that are activated on illegal entry to the stage Manager) site To minimise risks of soil and Contamination Construction camp Periodic monitoring of surface and ground Allow for approx. Contractor (Site groundwater (quality) (risks) management water quality near the site camp locations P20,000 annually Manager) contamination Ensure that on site chemical/fuel storage is To minimise risk of soil and Part of site set-up maintained in designated areas on groundwater contamination during Contractor (Site impermeable concrete base and or caused by leakage from fuels and construction Manager) impermeable linings with containment bund chemicals stored on site phase walls 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 266 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Operation and maintenance Keep records of any contaminations and Unknown at this Contractor (SHE phase subsequent clean-up activities stage Department) (continued) Avoid unnecessary stockpiling of materials if To minimise air pollution on the Contractor (Site Air quality Material storage not required during certain seasons (e.g. No extra cost site and into the surrounding areas Manager) rainy seasons) To ensure minimal noise Maintenance activities must not be carried Road maintenance and disturbance for surrounding Contractor (Site Noise out at night time, (i.e. not later than 1900 No extra cost repair residents at site camps, main Manager) hours) roads and access roads Regular Regular maintenance of site maintenance Contractor (Site equipment vehicles Manager) maintenance costs Road maintenance and To minimise traffic safety concerns Maintenance of signage, as outlined under Unknown at this Contractor (Site Traffic repair on road network “Construction Phase” stage Manager) Use of and adequate maintenance of Unknown at this Contractor (Site directional lighting to minimise night time stage Manager) visual pollution Minimise motor vehicle traffic where possible Contractor (Site (e.g. haulage vehicles) particularly passing No extra cost Manager) through locations with residential populations Maintain rehabilitation process for Unknown at this Contractor (Site exposed/cleared areas as soon as possible stage Manager) after construction activities are complete To avoid litter, air pollution, Separate paper and cardboard, glass, Road maintenance and additional landfill requirements and Cost of baling Contractor (SHE Waste plastics and cans at source at site camps, repair, camp management insect problems caused by waste equipment and Department) bale or bin and send for recycling from site Separate heavy and sheet metals from Contractor (SHE Workshop management workshops at source, bulk and send for No extra cost Department) recycling 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 267 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Operation and To avoid litter, air pollution, filling Baling and maintenance Waste collection and up of landfill space and insect Separate paper and cardboard at source, transportation Contractor phase camp management problems caused by waste from bale or bin and send for recycling costs (continued) site Separate glass at source, bin and send for Cost of extra bins Contractor recycling and transportation Separate plastics at source, bale or bin and Cost of extra bins Contractor send for recycling and transportation Separate cans at source, bale or bin and Cost of extra bins Contractor send for recycling and transportation Separate heavy and sheet metals at source, Cost of extra bins Contractor bulk and send for recycling and transportation Separate semi-precious metals at source, Cost of extra bins Contractor bulk and send for recycling and transportation Separate contaminants from building rubble, Cost of extra bins use inert waste for rehabilitation of and transportation Contractor quarries/pits/holes Make smaller tyres available for construction No extra cost Contractor of cattle kraals To avoid any health risks caused Separate food wastes at source where No extra cost Contractor by waste created in bulk Safe handling, treatment and disposal of any Part of operational Contractor health care waste costs Risk of water and To avoid soil and groundwater No extra cost Hydrocarbon management Collect and recycle used oil and grease Contractor soil contamination pollution cause by waste To avoid soil and groundwater Remove acid from batteries before sending Unknown at this Workshop management Contractor pollution cause by waste for recycling stage Safe handling and disposal of florescent Part of operation Contractor tubes as hazardous waste costs To manage and control all waste Full implementation of the project ESIA Part of operational All project activities Contractor streams created on site waste management recommendations costs 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 268 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Operation and Maintenance works To preserve rich top-layer material Ensure that topsoil is separately stockpiled maintenance Part of Contractor (Site Flora requiring clearance and for rehabilitation and revegetation during any excavations during maintenance phase construction cost Manager) excavation works works (continued) Unnecessary removal of vegetation must be Maintenance works To minimise the risks of erosion avoided to minimise creating erosion Unknown at this Contractor (Site Erosion requiring clearance and onsite problems on site. Revegetation of completed stage Manager) excavation areas to be implemented without delay To ensure that there is no Develop and implement wildlife monitoring Allow approx. Contractor (SHE Fauna All project activities obstruction on the roads due to plan P75,000 Department) animals The killing of animals discovered (at site camps or by maintenance workers) is Contractor (SHE considered poaching and is strictly forbidden No extra cost Department) – inductions for staff must be carried out on the topic Contractor (SHE Night time driving must be avoided No extra cost Department) Grass cutting To ensure that there is no Ensure visibility for drivers by and Contractor (Site Road maintenance obstruction on the roads due to maintaining/cutting road sides, to avoid maintenance Manager) animals collisions (part of OPRC contract) Maintenance Fencing and maintenance of fences along Contractor (Site (part of OPRC main roads, cattle patrols Manager) contract) Speed limits and signage at known wildlife Signage costs Contractor (Site crossings Manager) To ensure that there is minimal Part of fauna Contractor (SHE Avifauna All project activities Implement avifauna monitoring program. impact on birds monitoring Department) To protect any archaeological Notify the Department of National Museum Any excavation works Unknown at this Contractor (SHE Archaeology remains during the operational and Monuments immediately when an during maintenance stage Department) activities of the road archaeological discovery has been made 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 269 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Operation and To enhance positive impacts maintenance Local hiring using systems established with Contractor (Site Social Impacts All project activities (employment) on the local No extra cost phase local authorities. Manager) community (continued) To minimise incidents of cattle Government to expand anti-cattle theft Botswana Police, theft (could increase due to campaigns Unknown Tribal improved access to areas Administrations To minimise poaching incidents Government to expand anti-poaching Botswana Police, theft services Unknown Tribal Administrations To effectively manage social Government to expand or contract/seek No extra cost, but pathologies services careful Contractor (Site management is Manager) required Contractor (Site To avoid spread of HIV/AIDS As outlined during the construction phase No extra cost Manager) Project to support local educational and Unknown at this Contractor (Site cultural programmes as part of the project stage Manager) CRS initiatives To ensure maximum road safety Maintenance of fencing and reporting and Maintenance (part handling presence of cattle in road reserve. of OPRC contract) Contractor (Site Road maintenance Contractor to ensure proper clearance of Manager) bush and grass cutting Occupational To ensure any health and safety Implementation of a full health and safety Unknown at this Contractor (Site All project activities health and safety risks are kept to a minimum plan (specific for maintenance period) stage Manager) Review health and safety project plan Unknown at this Contractor (SHE regularly and improve where required stage Department) Conduct a full investigation if any incidents Unknown at this Contractor (SHE occur stage Department) Proponent must provide maintenance (sub)contractors with written copies of relevant SSWs, SHE Policy, EMP, etc. for Unknown at this Contractor (SHE signing and adhering to, during any stage Department) maintenance activity implemented on the road 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 270 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Operation and Implement security plan with aim to avoid maintenance Public safety risks, Ensure sufficient security is Unknown at this Contractor (Site All project activities any unauthorised people from entering the phase security implemented at site camps stage manager) site facilities (continued) Safety flyers must be available for printing Part of operational Contractor All project activities and posting. cost Emergency To ensure emergency procedures Develop emergency procedures and plans Unknown at this Contractor (SHE All project activities preparedness are in place for the maintenance operations stage Department) For each sector of labour on the project, a Part of operational competent person must be appointed in cost Contractor writing to supervise each relevant Safe Systems of Work that is implemented. Environmental To ensure affective environmental Full implementation of the project EMP and Unknown at this Contractor (SHE Management management monitoring plans stage Department) Clear environmental policies and Unknown at this Contractor (SHE responsibilities stage Department) Closure and Risk of ground and To ensure prevention against Full decommissioning and rehabilitation of Site camp Unknown at this Contractor (SHE de- surface water pollution of ground and surface site camps, clean-up of any contaminated decommissioning stage Department) commissioning contamination water sources areas Consider alternative uses for site camps Site camp Unknown at this Contractor (SHE Waste To minimise waste impacts before demolishing. If demolished, remove decommissioning stage Department) rubble to legal/licenced waste facilities To minimise air pollution on the Rehabilitation and re-vegetation of all Unknown at this Contractor (SHE Air quality Rehabilitation of site areas site and into the surrounding areas temporary facilities, access roads stage Department) Landscape and Breakdown of all temporary site structures Unknown at this Contractor (SHE Rehabilitation of site areas To ensure minimal visual impacts Visual during decommissioning stage Department) To ensure maximum result from Ensure the re-vegetation areas are protected Unknown at this Contractor (SHE Flora Rehabilitation of site areas re-vegetation measures from grazing stage Department) Develop a transition plan for trained staff to Project closure and To ensure retaining of the skills Unknown at this Contractor, Roads Social transfer from OPRC contractor to Roads handover and training gained stage Department Department for continued maintenance 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 271 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Project stage Impact/ Activity or process Mitigation or Management Mitigation measure or recommendation Estimated cost or Implementing Environmental where impact is objective to be implemented required agency aspect expected resources Closure and de- Project closure and To ensure continued safe Handover of safety procedures and methods Contractor, Roads SHE No extra cost commissioning handover operation of the roads for road maintenance to Roads Department Department (continued) To ensure all environmental Environmental Project closure and Development of up-to-date closure and Unknown at this concerns are addressed during Contractor Management handover decommissioning guidance stage closure and decommissioning Breakdown of all site structures (which can Unknown at this Contractor not be re-used) during decommissioning stage 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 272 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 12 Environmental Monitoring Plan Environmental monitoring is a process that assists in assessing compliance with the mitigation measures drawn up in the ESMP. There are several parties that are involved in carrying out this environmental monitoring, as stated in the responsibility matrix and reporting structure below. 12.1 Responsibility Matrix The responsibilities of the involved parties are summarised in Table 12.1, the responsibility matrix. This matrix should be updated with contact details of all parties involved, once appointments and contracts have been completed, and should be distributed amongst the project team. Table 12.1: Responsibility matrix Function Description Responsibility Project Manager Proponent’s Technical Overall management of project and EMP (PM) Director implementation Site supervisor/ Oversees site works, liaison with Contracts Site Manager Contractor, PM and ECO Manager (CM) Environmental Qualified Environmental Implementation of EMP, overseeing of Control/ scientist employed by monitoring and liaison between Compliance Proponent (Monitoring management, contractors and labourers; Officer (ECO) Consultant) work in conjunction with SHE management Implementation and compliance with To be appointed, specialist recommendations and conditions of the Contractor (C) subcontractors EMP, appoints dedicated person (CECO) to work with ECO Contractor Subcontractor’s dedicated Environmental Implementation of EMP, environmental officer in charge of any Control Officer control of site actions, remediation and relevant EMP related issues (CECO) (where rehabilitation work, answers to ECO or actions to be taken applicable) Independent Environmental Environmental Consultant to be appointed by Environmental advice and auditing Advisor/Auditor the Proponent 12.2 Reporting Structure The success of an EMP depends on the level of cooperation and collaboration between the parties in the Project. It is of great importance that every party is aware of their specific roles and the success of an EMP depends on the level of cooperation and collaboration between the parties in the Project. It is of great importance that every party is aware of their specific roles and requirements within the EMP. An environmental reporting structure should be put in place, following the general guideline as illustrated in Figure 12.1. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 273 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Figure 12.1 Environmental management reporting structure ECO: Environmental Control Officer (appointed by the Proponent – an ECO occupies the same organisational level, but not the same position, as the SHE manager, who focuses on issues of Safety and Health) CM: Contracts Manager or Proponent’s site manager CECO: Contractor’s Environmental Control Officer (appointed by any Contra ctors on site) PM: Project Manager or Project Director It is of great importance that communication between the Project developer and members of the community will be maintained during the construction period. This provides a platform for members of the community to raise their concerns, fears and comments. The Client must appoint a dedicated person for this communication (e.g. “Public Liaison Officer”). The Client, through this appointed person, should respond to all questions and queries and records of all comments and queries must be logged and kept. These records should include names, dates and contact details, as well as the issue raised, and how the issue was resolved. The records must be made available at any time to environmental monitoring agencies. The EMP should become an item raised during construction team meetings, operation meetings and management review meetings. The Project manager must ensure that continuous reporting through monitoring takes place. 12.3 Monitoring Plan All aspects of environmental monitoring during the design, construction, operation and closure period are summarised in Table 12.2, 12.3 and 12.4. In the event of non-compliance or exceeding set thresholds, corrective action by the responsible personnel is required immediately. The corrective action can include:  Immediate implementation of the suggested mitigation measure;  Review of the set mitigation measures and thresholds with ESIA consultant or relevant Botswana Authority; and  Inform DEA, Department of Mines or other relevant regulator. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 274 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 All expected impacts and mitigation measures have been established based on designs, models and site data before the proposed Project can take place. It can therefore be expected that certain circumstances change during the implementation and development of the Project. A constant review of the set guidelines and measures is required to ensure that the EMP is developing alongside with any new developments on the Project. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 275 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 12.2: Design phase monitoring plan Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Storm water No (suitable) water Include water Once, after Water channels and Site Water use and Review of ESIS and resources and resources ESIA Consultant completion of resources runoff, catchment area/design abstraction designs ESMP contaminants planning in project designs dams management planning design scope Review of Monitoring Impact on properties Impact on New road During RAP alignment vs RAP Land issues Land allocations Consultant, ARAP (where it can be properties alignments development ground implementation Land Boards avoided) conditions Review of Pre-development Once, after Clearing outside the clearing Vegetation Vegetation, road New road Review of ESIS and condition of ESIA Consultant completion of site boundary or limitations, clearing alignment alignments designs ESMP vegetation designs required areas designs and specifications Pre-development Once, after Removal of mature Planting of Indigenous Site Review of ESIS and Indigenous trees condition of ESIA Consultant completion of trees without indigenous plants trees area/design designs ESMP vegetation designs replanting in design Advice to Nutriens and Once, after minimised cleared Unnecessarily Site Review of ESIS and Any predicted erosion Erosion organic material ESIA Consultant completion of areas, avoid cleared areas area/design designs ESMP risk run-off designs erosion sensitive areas Once, after Redesign of Anticipated site Access and Site incidents and Review of ESIS and Anticipated unsafe Traffic/access ESIA Consultant completion of access/haulage traffic haulage roads accidents designs ESMP situations designs roads Review of Security and Once, after designs and access to work Disturbance to Site incidents and ESIS and Lack of security, lack Work areas ESIA Consultant completion of traffic Update designs areas, traffic traffic and public accidents ESMP of traffic management designs management accommodation plans Non-compliance with Environmental Compliance with Review and Once, after any of the design Halt on and Social Environmental Full Project Environmental Monitoring assessment of ESIS and completion of recommendation, commencement of Impact Assessment Act scope authorisation Consultant all potential ESMP designs Project start prior to Project Assessment (2011) impacts approval of ESIA 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 276 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Relocations without formal planning, Specific Once, after Review of Halt on Relocation Development of ESIS and consultation and affected Land allocations Land Board completion of proposed commencement of planning RAP ESMP compensation, World properties designs process Project Bank performance standards Department of Proceeding without Compliance with Complete Mines, Once, after Review of Halt on Planning and ESIS and applying for approval Botswana Acts Project/impact Planning approval Monitoring completion of documents commencement of Licences ESMP from relevant and guidelines ed areas Consultant, designs and plans Project authorities Land Board Monitoring Consultant, Review of Halt on Site emergency All Project Site incidents and Once, prior to ESIS and Proceeding without Emergencies Department of developed commencement of procedures aspects accidents construction ESMP emergency planning Mines, Land procedures Project Board 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 277 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Table 12.3: Construction phase monitoring plan Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Groundwater Boreholes Water level in In monthly Excessive changes in Resolve together depletion near Ground water Water level monitoring CECO, PM Annually environmental private boreholes, with DWA and extraction levels equipment boreholes reports interrupted supply Landboard points No provisions for Contain any leaks, Contractors’ Nutriens and In monthly containment of Risk of soil and Condition of Visual provide suitable site facilities, organic pollutants, CECO, CM Weekly environmental leaks/spillage. Visible water pollution storage facilities inspection storage where workshops metal emissions reports spillage outside of lacking containment Detection of any fuels Locate and isolate Boreholes and Nutriens and Quarterly at camps, Sample In monthly or chemicals source, repair, streams in the Water quality organic pollutants, CECO Annually in road collection and environmental exceeding BOBS remove proximity of metal emissions construction areas lab test reports standards for effluent contaminated soil site discharge for treatment Isolate and treat Construction Nutriens and Sample In monthly Any detectable soil contaminated soil, Soil on site areas, organic pollutants, CECO Annually collection and environmental contamination repair source of workshops metal emissions lab test reports contamination Condition of Precautions as Ensure precaution construction Nutriens and Bi-monthly (2 times In monthly outlined in EMP are Construction Visual measures are part equipment and organic pollutants, CECO per month) during environmental not in place (e.g. areas inspection of any contract, temporary metal emissions construction reports spillage kits, drip and are enforced facilities trays) Construction Nutriens and In monthly Number and area and Visual Insufficient toilets, Improve site organic material CECO Weekly environmental condition of toilets contractor inspection unsanitary condition sanitary facilities run-off reports areas Any water Recovery from Repair leaks. spills/leaks. Use of Natural sewage, process In monthly Change water Water use and Visual new water when resources and potable water All site areas CECO Weekly environmental management plan, abstraction inspection recycled process preservation installations reports re-use treated water is available , water inefficient water use Issue instruction All Environmental In monthly Copies of licenses Monthly (during Visual Un-licensed borrow to stop work and construction authorization and CECO, CM environmental for quarries/pits construction) inspection pits used for supply acquire relevant areas mining licences reports licenses 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 278 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Dust Watering or All In monthly Thresholds for total Bi-annual analysis monitoring change working Air quality Dust construction Dust and particles CECO, CM environmental suspended of materials buckets methods during areas reports particulates (TSP) installation dry conditions All engine Instruct driven Emission In monthly Excessive exhaust maintenance staff Equipment equipment (Metal) emissions Workshop testing during Bi-annually environmental emissions (WHO to repair or emissions (including to air manager routine reports Standards) replace power maintenance vehicle/machine generators) General noise Construction level Change In monthly areas, access Noise levels at inspection equipment, Noise Noise CECO, CM Quarterly environmental BOBS 575: 2013 roads and site receptor locations with noise working hours or reports camps level working method measurement Road General noise maintenance, level In monthly vehicle Noise from Access and Noise levels at inspection CECO, PM Weekly environmental BOBS 575: 2013 maintenance, construction traffic haulage roads receptor locations with noise reports haulage level time/scheduling measurement changes In monthly Excessive clutter, Landscape and Clutter and Site camps, Visual Waste CECO, PM Weekly environmental equipment left in Clean up visual amenity housekeeping works areas inspection reports finished areas Excessive light in Review installed Light levels In monthly Site camps, Light pollution Visual surrounding lighting, baffles, outside work CECO, PM Monthly environmental works areas outside site areas inspection environment, directional and low areas reports complaints level lighting Consider In monthly Stockpiles in visually Material Pre-development Visual alternative Shape, height CECO, PM Annually environmental sensitive areas, no stockpiles condition inspection location for reports natural screening stockpiles Improve signage, In monthly Unmarked crossings, Construction Access and Traffic incidents Visual haulage Traffic CECO, PM Weekly environmental entry/exits. Accidents, traffic haul roads and accidents inspection equipment, reports incidents, complaints method 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 279 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Crossings, In monthly Traffic incidents Visual Signage damaged or Replacement of Installed signage construction CECO, PM Weekly environmental and accidents inspection removed signage areas reports In monthly Visual Increased dust Dust and safety All roads Dust and particles CECO, PM Daily environmental Low visibility inspection suppression reports Work areas In monthly Review traffic Visual Traffic flow near existing Traffic delays CECO, PM Daily environmental Traffic delays management, inspection roads reports detours Clean up, Litter, rubbish Construction In monthly Any presence of litter implementation of Waste Visual piles in all working areas, site Waste CECO, CM, Weekly environmental on site, or absence of waste management inspection areas camps reports recycling management procedures Visual Waste streams on inspections, In monthly Implementation of Construction site (separation Waste CECO, PM Weekly review of environmental No recycling recycling areas and recycling) waste reports procedures quantities Waste, Nutriens Change methods In monthly Handling of waste Construction and organic Visual Visible soil for handling and CECO Weekly environmental oil, chemicals areas pollutants, metal inspection contamination storage of reports emissions materials Treatment of food Stop works in In monthly and health waste, Construction Visual Any expected health effected area until Health of workers CECO Weekly environmental stability of waste areas inspection risks problem has been reports piles rectified Clear demarcation In monthly Vegetation Construction Pre-development Visual Any unnecessary of work areas, Flora CECO Monthly environmental coverage areas condition inspection clearing induction to staff reports involved Construction In monthly Accessive clearance, Immediate areas and Pre-development Weekly during Visual Clearance works CECO environmental use of herbicides or stoppage of contractor’s condition clearance works inspection reports fire clearance works site office Investigate cause Vegetation Representativ In monthly of the change, and All affected Pre-development Significant change in species CECO Annually e sampling environmental implement areas condition species composition plots reports necessary mitigation 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 280 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Nutriens and In monthly Erosion, solids in Visible Significant erosion Erosion control, All site areas organic material CECO Monthly environmental stream water inspection detected re-vegetation run-off reports Investigate cause All affected Records of fauna In monthly of the change, and All fauna and areas, Visual High number of (Avi)Fauna occurrence and CECO Weekly environmental implement avifauna species including inspection casualties casualties reports necessary access roads mitigation Visual inspection by Qualified person qualified No knowledge about Engagement of available on site, Archaeological During site person In monthly All clearance archaeology at site, no qualified Archaeology induction of artefacts CECO clearance works available on environmental areas inductions, no archaeologist, to operators on discovered (daily) site, induction reports protection of sites train site staff clearance works of operators on clearance works Visual In monthly Construction Number of local No recruitment from Change hiring Social Impacts Employment CECO, PM Monthly inspection, environmental areas employees local communities policy staff records reports HIV/AIDS rate Construction HIV/AIDS amongst workers Update HIV/AIDS workers and Review of site In monthly Increased spread of awareness and (confidentiality CECO Monthly mitigation plan, surrounding HIV/AIDS plan safety reports HIV/AIDS statistics needs to be taken increase training community into account) Unauthorised people Remove people, Unauthorised Site incident and Visual In monthly Public safety All site areas CECO, CM Monthly found at construction improve access access accident records inspection safety reports areas control Stop works, Occupational Personal remove Site incident and Visual In monthly Any workers on site health and protection All site areas CECO, CM Weekly unequipped accident records inspection safety reports without sufficient PPE safety equipment personnel from site Safety induction Site incident and Attendance In monthly No regular safety Stop activities until All site areas CECO, CM Weekly courses accident records registers safety reports induction issue is resolved Fence or hoard Construction Construction Site incident and Visual In monthly Any unsecured site site hazards, CECO, PM Monthly hazards areas accident records inspection safety reports hazards placement of signs 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 281 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Accident and risk Site incident and Visual In monthly Occurrences of any investigation, Workplace safety All work areas CECO, CM Weekly accident records inspection safety reports accidents implementation of recommendations Review and Develop or update Quality and safety Construction evaluation of In monthly Expected emergency Emergencies Emergency plans CECO, PM Quarterly emergency management plan areas emergency safety reports problems procedures procedures Review and revise All construction Construction Public complains Inspection of In monthly No meetings and or communication Public liaison CECO, PM Monthy activities areas records records safety reports records and complaints procedures Table 12.4: Operational/Maintenance Phase Monitoring Plan Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded No provisions for Contain any leaks, Nutriens and Water sample In quarterly containment of Contamination Ground water near Construction provide suitable organic pollutants, ECO, PM Bi-annually for lab environmental leaks/spillage. Visible of soil and water storage facilities camps storage where metal emissions analysis report or detected spillage lacking outside of containment In quarterly Isolate and treat Nutriens and Construction Visual environmental Any visible soil contaminated soil, Soil on site organic pollutants, ECO, PM Monthly camp areas inspection report contamination repair source of metal emissions contamination Storm water Water sample In quarterly Storm water run- Nutriens and Exceeding effluent discharge ECO, PM Bi-annually for lab environmental Check/rectify off organic pollutants discharge standards point analysis report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 282 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Any water spills/leaks. Groundwater Recovery, In quarterly Use of new water Repair leaks. levels and Analysis of harvesting, All site areas Water useage ECO, PM Quarterly environmental when recycled Change water supply water useage recycling of water report process water is management sustainability available All engine Instruct driven Emission In quarterly Excessive exhaust maintenance staff equipment (Metal) emissions Workshop testing during Air quality Fumes Bi-annually environmental emissions (WHO to repair or (including to air manager routine report Standards) replace power maintenance vehicle/machine generators) General noise Change Noise from Site camps level In quarterly Noise levels at equipment, Noise maintenance and work ECO, CM Bi-annually inspection with environmental BOBS 575: 2013 receptor locations working hours or activities areas noise level report working method measurement General noise Change level In quarterly Access road to Noise levels at equipment, Noise from traffic ECO, CM Bi-annually inspection with environmental BOBS 575: 2013 camps receptor locations working hours or noise level report working method measurement In quarterly Excessive clutter, Landscape and Site camps, Visual Clutter Waste ECO, PM Weekly environmental equipment left in Clean up visual amenity works areas inspection report finished areas Crossings, In quarterly Traffic incidents Visual Signage damaged or Replacement of Traffic Installed signage maintenance ECO, PM Monthly environmental and accidents inspection removed signage areas report In quarterly Visual Increased dust Dust, vegetation All roads Dust and particles ECO, PM Monthly environmental Low visibility inspection suppression report Maintenance In quarterly Review traffic Visual Traffic flow areas near Traffic delays ECO, PM Daily environmental Traffic delays management, inspection existing roads report detours In quarterly Clean up to Any presence of litter Waste Litter, rubbish All site Visual environmental comply with EMP Waste ECO, PM Monthly on site, or absence of management piles operations inspection report and Waste recycling Management Act 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 283 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Visual In quarterly Waste stream inspections, environmental Implementation of All site separation and Waste ECO, PM Monthly review of report No recycling waste operations recycling waste management plan quantities Nutriens and In quarterly Change methods Handling of waste All site Visual Visible soil organic pollutants, ECO, PM Monthly environmental for handling oil, chemicals operations inspection contamination metal emissions report materials Vegetation All affected In quarterly Significant change in Investigate cause species and Pre-development Visual environmental species, unsuccessful and implement Flora ECO Annually composition and rehabilitated condition inspection report re-vegetation of necessary coverage areas cleared areas mitigation In quarterly Investigate cause All affected Records of fauna environmental of the change, and All fauna and areas, Visual High number of (Avi)Fauna occurrence and ECO Monthly report implement avifauna species including inspection casualties casualties necessary access roads mitigation Visual In quarterly All project Number of local No recruitment from Change hiring Social impacts Employment ECO, PM Monthly inspection, environmental areas employees local communities policy staff records report HIV/AIDS rate Site HIV/AIDS amongst workers Review of Update HIV/AIDS operations and In quarterly Increased spread of awareness and (confidentiality ECO, PM Annually project mitigation plan, surrounding safety report HIV/AIDS statistics needs to be taken HIV/AIDS plan increase training communities into account) Change security Safety of the measures Public Safety public, staff and Site incident and Visual In quarterly Any reported Site camps ECO Quarterly implemented, and Security public within the accident records inspection safety report accidents restrict access into facility the facility Stop works, Useage of Occupational All project remove personal Site incident and Visual In quarterly Any workers site health and maintenance ECO Monthly unequipped protection accident records inspection safety report sufficient PPE safety areas personnel from equipment affected area 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 284 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Responsible Mitigation when Parameter Key performance Monitoring Monitoring Reporting Impact Location agent for Threshold/ Standard threshold monitored indicator frequency method method monitoring exceeded Any Refer to Site incident and Visual In quarterly Any unsecured site General site safety construction ECO Monthly construction accident records inspection safety report hazards areas phase Review and Develop or update All site evaluation of In quarterly Expected emergency Emergencies Site procedures Emergency plans ECO Annually emergency operations emergency safety report problems procedures procedures Review and revise All site Public complains Visual In quarterly No meetings and/or communication Public liaison Liaison ECO Annually operations records inspection safety report records and complaints procedures Table 12.5: Closure and Decommissioning Phase Monitoring Plan Key Parameter Responsible agent Monitoring Mitigation when Impact Location performance Monitoring method Threshold/ Standard monitored for monitoring frequency threshold exceeded indicator At decommissioning No approval for De- Update Environmental All site phase of the decommissioning plan Plans commissioning Monitoring Review of plan decommissioning management operations construction from relevant plan Consultant plan, obtain approval camps (end of authorities OPRC contract) 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 285 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 At the end of the mine lifespan, a full comprehensive and site-specific closure plan will be developed and submitted to relevant authorities. It is of crucial importance that this closure plan also includes an updated monitoring plan for environmental monitoring during site closure. A financial provision for the closure and decommissioning costs must be made throughout the operational phase of the Project, and the Client, together with the Department of Mines must regularly review this provision in relation to sufficiency. 12.4 Environmental Audit The monitoring plan presented in this Section is designed for monitoring and regulation of environmental impacts of the Project, by project internal responsible personnel. Qualified and capable people are expected to be appointed, dedicated and full time for the Project. The management structure at the proposed Mine must ensure that those appointed have the means and authority to fully implement the mitigation measures, and rectify any issues that arise. In addition to the appointed qualified (internal) personnel monitoring for compliance, the Client is required to have an annual audit carried out by an independent environmental auditor/consultant. During the environmental audit, the following general items must be included in the investigation:  Review of the implementation of EMP and monitoring plans on site;  Review of responsible personnel on site;  Review of any developments and changes required to the EMP;  Discussion of any problems encountered during the implementation of the EMP;  A comparison of the impacts expected during the ESIA phase vs. the impacts experienced during the Project implementation; and  Review of environmental record keeping on site. A full environmental audit checklist must be developed and agreed upon between the independent environmental auditing company and the Client. Both the Client and the environmental auditing company must keep records of the audit reports for a period of at least 5 years. It can also be anticipated that the Department of Environmental Affairs and/or Department of Labour will carry out an audit of the Project at any time(s) during construction and operation, to check implementation of the EMP and ensure that all mitigation measures are adhered to. The DEA also reserve the right to check participation of all monitoring authorities listed in the management plan. 12.5 Policy, Organisation and Training It should be a requirement that all contractors on site (construction or otherwise), are familiar with the content of the ESMP and monitoring plan. The site manager should ensure that any contractor commissioned to carry out activities on site, has an Environmental Policy, which their suppliers, subcontractors and agents and are covered by and follow vigilantly. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 286 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Appointed personnel must have authority and management support to rectify any problems occurring on site. It is important that responsibilities concerning environmental management and monitoring are clear to everyone involved. During regular on-site training of all personnel employed on the site, environmental awareness should be a re-occurring topic. By ensuring awareness and responsibility of environmental issues at all levels of the organisation, successful implementation will be accomplished. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 287 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13 Contractors Code of Conduct The points raised below are compiled from general environmental guidelines and practice that should be followed for all projects, and specific points that have been raised in the ESMP. Many of the points may seem obvious or unnecessary. Construction work should be conducted in an environmentally and socially sound and responsible manner. These guidelines are intended to ensure that all parties are aware of the potential impacts of their activities and carry out their work in an appropriate way. They are designed to be a written statement of intent for contractors to adhere to, and to which recourse can be made in the event of a perceived undesirable impact. They should therefore be included in the contract documents for all contractors working on the project. Contractors should be required to familiarise all employees with the contents and spirit of the guidelines. It should be noted that many of the negative environmental impacts identified for this project are associated with the construction stage. Therefore implementation of the mitigation measures through these guidelines is essential to reduce environmental impacts. 13.1 General Items  A designated SHE Officer must be appointed for the duration of the contract, to attend to issues involving Environment, Occupational Health, and Safety on-site (e.g. inductions, regular checks, implementation of the EMP, and other responsibilities);  Disposal of construction wastes to be conducted in a legal and environmentally acceptable way;  Ensure that dust production from the work area and access roads is minimised by watering;  Cover any stockpiled material which could be blown by the wind;  Avoid or minimise operations likely to create dust during windy weather;  Operations likely to create dust during windy weather will be avoided or minimised;  Minimise stripping of vegetation so that earth is less susceptible to erosion;  Ensure that all plant and equipment is regularly serviced to reduce emissions;  Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will take place off-site or in a designated workshop. No maintenance of vehicles and equipment to take place on-site;  Plant and machinery to be properly maintained to reduce noise;  Construction works to only take place during reasonable working hours in accordance with local bye-laws or as otherwise agreed;  Keep working area orderly;  Construction activities will be restricted to demarcated areas – all areas outside designated construction areas will be regarded as ‘no-go’ areas;  Open fires to be strictly prohibited; and  Ensure environmental awareness amongst staff, and ensure subcontractors do the same. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 288 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13.2 Employment Policy  Contractor to ensure, where possible that local people are employed for both skilled and unskilled labour grades;  Where possible and if required, local construction companies and labour to be employed so that financial benefits remain in the locality, and the number of migrant workers is minimised; and  Where possible use local companies to supply the construction materials. 13.3 Health and Safety  Contractor to undertake to abide by the national occupational health and safety guidelines;  Contractor to have company health and safety policy and to ensure that employees know their rights in this regard;  Contractor to supply adequate health and safety clothing and equipment (PPE);  Contractor to provide health and safety training to all grades of employees;  Contractor to provide method statements for each work item including how health and safety will be managed for that particular activity;  There must be regular liaison meetings between the contractor and representatives of the local community to discuss safety issues;  Contractor to provide adequate toilet / sanitation facilities (rate of 1 toilet per 15 people on site) for employees;  Contractor is to provide a full time SHE officer for the site for the full construction period. The SHE officer must be qualified to undertake this responsibility; and  Contractor to erect and maintain fencing around sites to keep unauthorised people and animals out. 13.4 Human Relations  Contractor to respect people’s land and property.  Contractor not to enter people’s land /plot without prior permission.  All conflicts/disagreements any agreements, no matter how trivial, to be logged and dated, with details of persons involved and subject matter, in a book for this purpose at the site office.  Contractor to have adequate personnel to manage human relations on site (refer to Section on nominated persons)  Contractor to set up regular liaison meetings with local representatives.  Plant operators should have due respect for the area in which they are working. Haulage and Access routes should be carefully designed to ensure minimum disruption.  Contractor to repair any damage on existing infrastructure, caused by the construction, immediately and to the original standard / specification. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 289 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13.5 Work Items The following subsections describe issues to be taken note of by the contractor, and they include but are not limited to method statements, clearing, storm water management and soil erosion, excavation and backfilling as well as material sourcing. 13.5.1 Method Statements  For each specific task, the contractor is expected to supply a method statement detailing how the activity will be undertaken, and how environmental issues have been addressed. 13.5.2 Clearing  Remove as little vegetation as possible. This will avoid unnecessary exposure of bare soil and will maintain vegetative screen; and  Rehabilitate or landscape cleared areas where appropriate as soon as possible to minimise soil erosion and improve visual impact. A waste management plan must be prepared for the proposed project. The fundamentals of this plan must include but not limited to:  Waste reduction;  Different types of waste (i.e. Non-hazardous and hazardous);  Segregation of waste;  Disposal of waste; and  Monitoring. 13.5.3 Storm water Management and Soil Erosion  Areas of potential soils erosion due to construction works to be identified and stabilisation measures to be implemented where appropriate;  Access roads clearly to be marked, and construction vehicles to stay on these access roads at all times;  Avoidance of soil scarring in areas surrounding the sites. Rehabilitation of scared soils to take place without delay; and  Rehabilitation of temporary access roads and sites to take place without delay. 13.5.4 Excavation and Backfilling  Excavation of trenches, laying of cables and backfilling to be co-ordinated and managed in such a way that open trenches do not become conduits for storm water. It will reduce the potential for erosion and trench collapse;  Trenching, cabling and backfilling to take place in a sequenced manner so that long lengths of trench are not left open; and 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 290 OPRC Roads Project Package 2  No open trenches / holes to be left overnight. 13.5.5 Land Issues and Community Liaison  The contractor to have a suitably qualified member of staff whose duty is liaison with the relevant land authorities along the alignment and individual plot holders, who would be the contractor’s point of contact for any issue regarding human relations. Each land authority should also have a representative to deal with relations with the contractor;  Well in advance of the contractor starting on a section of work, he is to set out the extent of the works to satisfy himself that there are no land related problems, and that all necessary access or working space he requires is available and agreed. Affected residents and landowners are to be informed of the type of work that will be carried out and what the duration will be; and  The contractor should respect people’s property and land (e.g. leave gates closed to prevent livestock getting to crops or onto roads etc). 13.5.6 Material sourcing  Borrow pits: Permission to open the pits should be obtained from the relevant authorities, and they should not be opened until permission is granted. All borrow pits and excavations require a licence from Department of Mines; and  Commercial sources: Material only to be supplied by licensed and registered commercial sources. 13.5.7 Education and Training  All operatives to be provided adequate training with respect to the job they are performing; and  Local residents to be educated about the dangers of construction sites and plant. 13.5.8 Archaeology The contractor to be made aware of the location and importance of identified archaeological sites on the drawings and verbally prior to construction commencing. Plant and machinery kept well away from the area. 13.5.9 Nominated Personnel  The contractor to have a senior member of the site staff responsible for implementation of the environmental code of conduct;  The contractor is expected to have a senior member of the site staff responsible for the issue of public safety; and  The contractor must have a senior member of the site staff responsible for the issue of land and public liaison. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 291 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 13.6 Project Specific Bush Clearing Specification The following subsections describe the methods to be implemented during the required bush clearing to be undertaken during the proposed roadworks. 13.6.1 General  Prior to and during all bush clearing exercises the contractor must liaise Southern District Council and have written approval prior to commencing;  Prior to commencement of the project the contractor shall supply a bush clearing programme and method statement for approval by Southern District Council;  An ecologist and/or forester should be in attendance as required by the relevant land authority during the line survey and bush clearing exercises; and  During bush clearing the contractor shall abide by the general rules contained in the contractors code of conduct. 16.8.2 Bush clearing  Bush clearing shall be undertaken to enable access to construct the line and achieve line clearance;  During the detailed survey, pegging and cutting, all efforts are to be made to align the route to miss large or rare trees (see specific recommendations). This exercise should be done in conjunction with an ecologist;  During the bush clearing exercise, remove as little vegetation as possible, whilst allowing suitable dimensions for the construction requirement; and  Where trees and bushes are cut, roots should be left in-situ to minimise soil erosion. Care shall be taken to avoid unnecessary soil removal. 16.8.3 Disposal of Cut Wood  Vegetation should be neatly cut into usable sizes and left on the roadside for local residents to utilise. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 292 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 14 Conclusion and Recommendations During this ESIA process, a thorough environmental and social investigation of the proposed OPRC Package 2 project was conducted by the environmental team. No fatal flaws have been identified for the proposed road development and associated facilities on any of the bio-physical or socio-economic environmental aspects investigated. It must be noted that the assessment has not included the impacts from the project borrow pits, which will follow a separate process (following guidance from Department of Environmental Affairs and Department of Mines). The proposed project will result in both positive and negative impacts on the local environment. Positive impacts can be expected in the socio-economic field, mainly related to employment, and by implementing the mitigation measures the impacts can be maximised. The negative socio-economic aspects are related to the impact on properties along the road alignment, and it is recommended that an resettlement action plan (RAP) is developed and implemented to manage these impacts. Negative impacts are also expected in some of the bio-physical environment fields, but by full implementation of the mitigation measures outlined in the report, it is predicted these impacts can be suitably managed. It is imperative that all parties involved in the proposed development adhere to the responsibilities assigned to them, as shown in the responsibility matrix within the ESMP section of this document, for the successful environmental management of the development. It is the responsibility of the person who has been appointed to carry out their assigned tasks to completion. This document clarifies the environmental responsibilities that are associated with this development to all those involved, in line with the management plan and mitigation measures. Monitoring of the aforementioned parameters during the different project phases is of utmost importance. The intervals for monitoring have been outlined in the monitoring plan, and must be observed throughout the life of the project. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 293 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 15 Bibliography Advanced prediction course CadnaA (2011) Africa Basins. Shape file. ARC/INFO Coverage. EDC DAAC User Services. FAO. http://edcdaac.usgs.gov/gtopo30/hydro/index.html African Development Bank (2012). African Economic Outlook. Botswana 2012. http://www.africaneconomicoutlook.org. Prepared by the AfDB with support from the OECD, UNDP, and UNECA, Abidjan, Ivory Coast. BIDPA (2001). Report on the Review of the Rural Development Policy, Botswana Institute of Development Policy Analysis, Gaborone. BIDPA (2003). Report on the Review of the Remote Area Development Programme (RADP). Prepared by the Botswana Institute for Development Policy Analysis for the Ministry of Local Government, Botswana. BIDPA (2007). Social Safety Nets in Botswana: Administration, Targeting and Sustainability. Seleka, T. B., H. Siphambe, D. Ntseane, N. Mbere, C. Kerapeletswe and C. Sharp for the Botswana Institute for Policy Analysis (BIDPA), Gaborone, Botswana. Bojosi, K (2009). Country Report of the Research Project by the International Labour Organisation and African Commission on Human and People’s Rights on the Constitutional and Legislative Protection of the Rights of Indigenous Peoples: Botswana. ILO and African Commission on Human and People’s Rights Bornegrim, L. and L. Collin (2010). Administration of Tribal Land in Botswana. Botswana College of Agriculture Consult (2008). Botswana Situational Analysis on Agricultural Research and Training. SADC Secretariat and European Commission. Botswana Federation of Trade Unions (2007a). Policy on Health and Occupational Safe Environment in Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Botswana Federation of Trade Unions (2007b). Policy Position Paper on Social Security and Social Protection in Botswana – 2007. BFTU, Gaborone, Botswana and Friedrich Ebert Stiftung. Central Statistics Office (1997). Poverty Measurement in Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2007). Stats Brief 2007. Access to Health Services in Botswana. Government of Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2008a). Botswana Environment Statistics. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2008b). Environmental Statistics 2006. Stats Brief, Gaborone, Botswana. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 294 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Central Statistics Office (2008c). Labour Statistics 2008. Government of Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2009a). 2006 Education Statistics Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2009b). Education Statistics 2009 No. 2009/14. Stats Brief, Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2009c). Natural Disasters Digest 2008. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2009d). Botswana Demographic Survey 2006. Government of Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2009e). Botswana Water Statistics. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2009f). Stats Brief No. 2009/2. Botswana: Causes of Death. Ministry of Health, Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2010a). 2007 Annual Education Statistics Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2010b). Stats Brief No. 2010/14. Botswana Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) 2005-2009. Ministry of Health, Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2010d). Stats Brief No. 20/2010/17. Botswana: Causes of Mortality, 2008. Government of Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2011a). Stats Brief No. 2011/12. Botswana Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) 2006-2010. Ministry of Health, Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2011b). Stats Brief: Botswana Transport Statistics 2009. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office (2012). 2011 Population and Housing Census. Population of Towns, Villages and Associated Localities, Central Statistics Office, Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Gaborone. Central Statistics Office (2012). 2008 Education Statistics Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office in Collaboration with NACA (2009). 2008 Botswana AIDS Impact Survey III. Statistical Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office in Collaboration with UNICEF (2009). 2007 Botswana Family Health Survey IV Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Central Statistics Office, Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (2010). 2006 Annual Agricultural Survey Report. Gaborone, Botswana Centre for Applied Research (2005). Crop-livestock systems development in southern Africa: priorities for future research Botswana country report. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 295 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Prepared for UN-CGIR, Bulawayo, Zimbabwe, Institute For Crop Research in Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) and International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI). Centre for Applied Research (2005). Crop-Livestock Systems Development in Southern Africa: Priorities for Future Research. Botswana Country Report, prepared for UN-CGIR, Bulawayo, Zimbabwe, Institute for Crop Research in Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) and International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), Centre for Applied Research, Gaborone. Conference "Strategic Noise Maps. Criteria for preparation and delivery of results of the 2nd phase 2, Year 2012 ".(Cedex, November 2011) Department of Environmental Affairs (2006a). Botswana National Action Programme to Combat Desertification. Ministry of Wildlife and Tourism, Gaborone, Botswana. Department of Environmental Affairs (2006b). Policy Brief on Botswana’s Water Management. Ministry of Environment, Wildlife and Tourism, Gaborone, Botswana. Department of Environmental Affairs and United Nations Institute for Training and Research (2010). Botswana’s Profile on Implementation of Principle 10 of Rio Declaration . Gaborone. Department of Environmental Affairs in Association with The Centre for Applied Research (2007). Towards Mineral Accounts for Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Department of Mines (2006). Department of Mines 2006 Annual Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Department of Roads (2008). Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). WT/MTC/ROADS/SER/32/ 2007-2008 Final Report, prepared by Arid Environmental Consultancy, Gaborone, Botswana. Department of Water Affairs (1999). Water Conservation Strategy Framework. Gaborone. Department of Water Affairs (2007). National Water Master Plan, Department of Water Affairs, Gaborone. District AIDS Coordinating Office (2012). Kweneng District Profile. Financial Year 2013-2014). Molepolole, Botswana. FinMark Trust (2012). Status of Agricultural and Rural Finance in Botswana. Jefferis, K. L. von Rudloff, B. Kenewendo, H. Howard Sigwele, B. Tlali and T. Moyo for Finmark Trust. Geological map of Botswana (E=1:1,000,000). Geological Survey and Mines Department. 1990. GOB/UN (2010). Government of Botswana – United Nations Programme Operational Plan (2010- 2014), Ministry of Finance and Development Planning and United Nations Botswana, Gaborone. Good, K (2005). The Social Consequences of Diamonds Dependency in Botswana. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 296 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Government of Botswana (1955). Townships Act. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1956). Boreholes Act 62 of 1956. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1962). Waterworks Act of 1962. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1965). Local Government (District Councils) Act. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1966). Constitution of Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana http://www.gov.bw/downloads/constitution_of_botswana.zip Government of Botswana (1968a). Forest Act 23 of 1968. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1968b). Tourism Act 22 of 1992. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1970). Water Utilities Corporation Act 24 of 1970. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1972). Agricultural Resources Conservation Act 39 of 1972. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1973). National Policy for Rural Development. The Government’s Decisions on the Report on Rural Development. Government Paper No. 2 of 1973. Government of Botswana (1978). Herbage Preservation Act 37 of 1977. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1987). Chieftainship Act 19 of 1987. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1991). Government Paper No. 1 of 1991. National Policy on Agricultural Development. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1993). Botswana National Policy on HIV&AIDS 1993. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1995). National Gender Policy, Government of Botswana, Gaborone. Government of Botswana (1998). Botswana National Policy on HIV&AIDS 1998. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (1999). Mines and Minerals Act 17 of 1999. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2000). Water Quality Guidelines. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2002). Botswana National Ecotourism Strategy. IUCN and Symbiosis Consulting (Pty) Ltd. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 297 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Government of Botswana (2004). Revised National Settlement Policy, prepared by the Government of Botswana, Gaborone. Government of Botswana (2005a). Botswana Draft Water Bill. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2005b). Forest Act 23 of 1968, Act 29 of 1980 and Act 8 of 2005. Gaborone. Government of Botswana (2005c). Environmental Impact Assessment Act 6 of 2005. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2008). Children’s Bill of 2008. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2011a). Environmental Assessment Act, 2011. Supplement A, Government th Gazette dated 30 June, 2011, Gaborone. Government of Botswana (2011b). Botswana’s National e-Government Strategy 2011-2016. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2011c). National Health Policy. Towards a Healthy Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Government of Botswana (2012). Environmental Assessment Regulations, 2012. Government Gazette dated 10 April, 2012, Gaborone. Government of Botswana and the United Nations (2004). Botswana Millennium Development Goals Status Report 2004. Gaborone. Grynberg, R (2012). Coal Exports and the Diversification of Botswana’s Economy. Botswana Institute for Development Policy Analysis (BIDPA). Guidelines for Community Noise (Workd Health Organization, Geneva, April 1999) IFC (2007a). Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. IFC (2007b). Stakeholder Engagement: A Good Practice Handbook for Companies Doing Business in Emerging Markets, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. IFC (2009a). Projects and People: A Handbook for Addressing Project-Induced In-Migration, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. IFC (2009b). Good Practice Note: Addressing Grievances from Project-Affected Communities, Guidance for Projects and Companies on Designing Grievance Mechanisms, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 298 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 IFC (2012a). International Finance Corporation’s Policy on Environmental and Social Sustainability, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. IFC (2012b). Performance Standards on Environmental and Social Sustainability, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. IFC (2012c). Environmental and Social Review Procedures Manual, Environment, Social and Governance Department, International Finance Corporation, World Bank Group, Washington DC, United States. ILO (1989). Indigenous and Tribal Peoples Convention 1989, No. 169. ILO (1991). Convention No. 169 concerning Indigenous and Tribal Peoples in Independent Countries 1991. Office of the Commissioner for Human Rights. Joyce, S. A. and M. MacFarlane (2001). Social Impact Assessment in the Mining Industry: Current Situation and Future Directions. Mining, Minerals and Sustainable Development No. 46. Keatimilwe, K. and M. Mpotokwane (2006). Country Environmental Profile of the Republic of Botswana. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning and The European Commission. Kgatleng DMSAC (2011). District HIV & AIDS Comprehensive Plan (2012/2013). District AIDS Coordinating Office, Mochudi, Botswana. Land cover of Botswana - Globcover Regional. FAO. http://data.fao.org/maps/wms?styles=geonetwork_bwa_gc_adg_37170_style Lawry, S. and R. K. Hitchcock (2012). Hai//om Resettlement Farms Land Use Plan and Livelihoods Support Strategy. Millennium Challenge Corporation, Namibia. Malatsi, B. and A. Finnström (2011). Reformation of Land Administration in Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Mathuaba, B. (2003). Botswana Land Policy, Ministry of Lands and Housing, Gaborone. MFDP (2009). National Development Plan 10. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Government of Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Agriculture (2011). Botswana Agricultural Marketing Strategy (2011-2016). Government of Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Agriculture (nd). Land Requirement for Agricultural Enterprises: Guidelines. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Department of Tourism (2000). Botswana Tourism Master Plan. Botswana Tourism Development Programme. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 299 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Ministry of Education and Skills Development (1994). The Revised National Policy on Education (RNPE) Government Paper No. 2 of April 1994. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Education and Skills Development (2008). National Report on the Development of Education “Inclusive Education: The Way of the Future”. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (1997). National Population Policy, National Council on Population and Development, Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Gaborone. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (1999). National Implementation Plan of Action for the National Population Policy and Programmes (1998-2008), Population Secretariat, Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Gaborone. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (2002). Revised National Policy for Rural Development. Government Paper No. 3 of 2002. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Gaborone. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (2003). National Development Plan 9, Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Gaborone. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (2007). Macroeconomic Outline and Policy Framework for NDP10. Government of Botswana. Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (2010). Revised National Population Policy. Improving the Quality of Life. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Health (1996). National Policy on Care for People with Disabilities. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Health (nd). Safe Male Circumcision: Additional Strategy for HIV Prevention. Ministry of Health, Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Labour and Home Affairs (1996). National Youth Policy, Department of Culture & Social Welfare, Ministry of Labour and Home Affairs, Gaborone. Ministry of Labour and Home Affairs (2003). Ministry of Labour and Home Affairs Policy on HIV&AIDS in the Workplace. Ministry of Labour and Home Affairs, Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Labour and Home Affairs, Department of Youth and Culture. (2001). National Policy on Culture. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Lands and Housing (1967). State Land Act 3 of 1967. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Lands and Housing (1968). Tribal Land Act 54 of 1968. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Lands and Housing (1977). Town and Country Planning Act 11 of 1977. Gaborone, Botswana. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 300 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Ministry of Lands and Housing (1993). Tribal Land Act, Ministry of Lands and Housing, Government of Botswana, Gaborone. Ministry of Lands, Housing and Environment, Department of Lands. (2002). Botswana National Land Policy Review-Issues Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Local Government (2009). Southern District Development Plan 7 (2009-2016). Ministry of Minerals, Energy and Water Resources (2008). Botswana Mineral Investment Promotion. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Transport and Communications (2011). National Integrated Transport Policy White Paper. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Wildlife and National Parks (1992a). National Parks and Game Reserves Regulations. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Wildlife and National Parks (1992b). Wildlife Conservation and National Parks Act 28 of 1992. Gaborone, Botswana. Ministry of Wildlife and Tourism, Department of Environmental Affairs (2006). Botswana National Action Plan to Combat Desertification. Gaborone, Botswana. Mothibi, K. L., B. Malatsi and A. Finnström (2011). Systematic Adjudication on Tribal Land in Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. NACA (2003). National HIV&AIDS Strategic Framework 2003-2009. Gaborone, Botswana. NACA (2009). The Second National Strategic Framework for HIV and AIDS: 2010-2016. Gaborone, Botswana. NACA (2013). Botswana AIDS Impact Survey 4, National AIDS Coordinating Authority, Gaborone, Botswana. Nkwae, B (2008). Botswana’s Experience on Recognising Traditional Land Rights on a Large Scale . Gaborone, Botswana. Nkwae, B and D. Dumba (nd). From Certificate of Rights to Long-Term Leaseholds in Botswana. Gaborone, Botswana. Okavango Basin - Fresh Water Resources - Okavango River (Macro) Basin and Main Sub-Basins. Shape file. FAO. July 2009. http://www.fao.org/geonetwork/srv/en/resources.get?id=42560&fname=OB_FWR_Okavango_MacroB asin_Subbasins.zip&access=private. Pansiri, N. O (2011). Silent Exclusion: The Unheard Voices in Remote Areas of Botswana. International Journal of Educational Science, 3(2): 109-118 (2011). 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 301 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Planning and Environmental Impact Assessment of Road Infrastructure, Guideline nº5, September 2001 (Ministry of Works, Transports and Communications, Roads Department, Republic of Botswana). Presidential Task Group (1997). A Long Term Vision for Botswana – Vision 2016. Government of Botswana, Gaborone, Botswana. Soil map of the Republic of Botswana (E=1:1,000,000). Soil Mapping and Advisory services Project. FAO/BOT/85/011. 1990. Solís, J. R. T and K. Moroka (2010). Innovative corporate social responsibility in Botswana The Debswana mining company study case. Contaduría y Administración, No. 233, enero-abril 2011: 85- 98. South African National Standards 10131 (2004), The handling, storage and distribution of liquefied petroleum gas in domestic, commercial and industrial installations – Part 3: Liquefied petroleum gas installations involving storage vessels of individual water capacity exceeding 500L.: https://www.law.resource.org/pub/za/ibr/za.sans.10131.2004.html Southern District Council (2014). RADP Report for the Month of January 2014, Southern District Council, Kanye. Southern District integrated land use Plan. Ministry of lands and Housing, Department of Lands, Southern District Council, Ngwaketse Land Board, Rolong Land Board. Environmetrix LTD in association with GISPlan LTC. December 2005. Statistics Botswana (2011). 2011 National Population and Housing Census. Population of Towns, Villages and Associated Localities. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2011a). Education Statistics 2011 No. 2011/16. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2011b). Labour Statistics 2010. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2011c). Preliminary Results of the Botswana Core Indicators (Poverty) Survey 2009/10. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012a). 2007 and 2008 Annual Agricultural Survey Report. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012b). 2007 and 2008 Annual Agricultural Survey Stats Brief Preliminary Results. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012c). Health Statistics 2009. Ministry of Health, Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012d). Stats Brief No. 2012/19. Botswana Maternal Mortality Ratio (MMR) 2007- 2011. Ministry of Health, Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012e). Crime Statistics Report 2004-2008. Gaborone. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 302 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 Statistics Botswana (2012f). Marriage Statistics 2010. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012g). Stats Brief: Botswana Transport and Infrastructure Statistics 2011. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012h). Stats Brief: June 2011 Formal Employment. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012i). Stats Brief: Work Permits Holders-Third Quarter 2011. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012j). Tourism Statistics 2009. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2012k). 2011 Population and Housing Census. Population of Towns, Villages and Associated Localities, Statistics Botswana, Gaborone. Statistics Botswana (2013a). Primary Education Statistics 2012, Stats Brief, Statistics Botswana, Gaborone. Statistics Botswana (2013b). Stats Brief: Botswana Household Ownership and Access to Information and Communication Technology 2001-2008. Gaborone, Botswana. Statistics Botswana (2013c). Stats Brief: Botswana Transport and Infrastructure Statistics Quarter 4, 2012. Gaborone, Botswana. UN Habitat (2010). Land Inventory in Botswana: Processes and Lessons. Nairobi, Kenya. UNICEF/Botswana (2007). A World Fit for Children. Mid Term Review. Botswana Progress Report. Gaborone, Botswana. UNICEF/Botswana (2012). UNICEF Botswana Annual Report. C. Formson on behalf of UNICEF/Botswana, Gaborone. United Nations (1994). Draft United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. United Nations (2002). International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination. CERD, United Nations, New York, United States. United Nations (2006). United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. Human Rights Council. United Nations Development Programme. (2005). Botswana Human Development Report: Harnessing Science and Technology for Human Development. Gaborone, Botswana. United Nations Sustainable Development (1992). United Nations Conference on Environment and Development: Rio de Janerio, Brazil, 3 to 14 June 1992, United Nations, New York, United States. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 303 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 USAID (2010a). Assessing Implementation of Botswana’s Program For Orphans and Vulnerable Children. Gaborone, Botswana. USAID (2010b). Property Rights and Resource Governance: Botswana. http://usaidlandtenure.net/botswana Van Der Merwe, M (2009). Development of a Conceptual Framework for the Capacity Enhancement of Development Workers in Botswana. Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch, South Africa. Van Klaveren, M., K. Tijdens, M. Hughie-Williams, and N. R. Martin (2009). An Overview of Women’s Work and Employment in Botswana. University of Amsterdam, Netherlands. Van Wyk, D (2009). Corporate Social Responsibility in the Diamond Mining Industry in Botswana. Policy Gap 5 SADC Research Report for Bench Marks Foundation. Vegetation map of the Republic of Botswana (E=1:2,000,000). Soil Mapping and Advisory services Project. AG:DP/BOT/85/011. 1991. Working Group on the Tertiary Education Policy for Botswana (2005). Tertiary Education Policy for Botswana: Challenges and Choices. Gaborone, Botswana. World Bank (2005a). World Bank Operational Policies: Indigenous Peoples. The World Bank Operational Manual, World Bank, Washington DC, United States. 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 304 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 16 Appendices 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd 1 OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX A Elsamex ITNL Profile 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX B DEA Corespondence and Project Brief 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX C Approved Scoping and Terms of Reference 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX D Public Consultation Documents 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX E Social Impact Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX F Hydrology Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX G Flora Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX H Fauna Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX I Water Requirements Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX J Air Quality Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX K Noise Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX L Archaeological Impact Assessment Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX M Environmental Health and Safety specialist report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX N Traffic Study Report 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX O New Proposed Design for B101-4 Road 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX P Land Use/Location Map 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX Q Proposed Engineers Fencing Designs 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02 Loci Environmental Pty Ltd Appendices OPRC Roads Project Package 2 APPENDIX R Construction Camp Layout Plan 13EIA045EI RP02 ESIS F02